rdelaage
/
postgresql
mirror of https://git.postgresql.org/git/postgresql.git
1
0
Fork 0
Code Issues Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity
postgresql/src/backend/commands/indexcmds.c

2620 lines
80 KiB
C
Raw Normal View History

Postgres95 1.01 Distribution - Virgin Sources
1996-07-09 08:22:35 +02:00
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
Defend against > INDEX_MAX_KEYS keys in an index.
2000-01-12 06:04:42 +01:00
* indexcmds.c
Disallow non-cachable functions in functional indexes and in index predicates. Per suggestion from Hiroshi.
2001-07-17 23:53:01 +02:00
* POSTGRES define and remove index code.
Postgres95 1.01 Distribution - Virgin Sources
1996-07-09 08:22:35 +02:00
*
Update copyright for 2018 Backpatch-through: certain files through 9.3
2018-01-03 05:30:12 +01:00
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2018, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
Add: * Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2000, PostgreSQL, Inc to all files copyright Regents of Berkeley. Man, that's a lot of files.
2000-01-26 06:58:53 +01:00
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
Postgres95 1.01 Distribution - Virgin Sources
1996-07-09 08:22:35 +02:00
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
Remove cvs keywords from all files.
2010-09-20 22:08:53 +02:00
* src/backend/commands/indexcmds.c
Postgres95 1.01 Distribution - Virgin Sources
1996-07-09 08:22:35 +02:00
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
Another first pass at cleaning up the #includes
1996-11-04 00:57:43 +01:00
Change #include's to use <> and "" as appropriate.
1999-07-16 01:04:24 +02:00
#include "postgres.h"
Postgres95 1.01 Distribution - Virgin Sources
1996-07-09 08:22:35 +02:00
Restructure index access method API to hide most of it at the C level. This patch reduces pg_am to just two columns, a name and a handler function. All the data formerly obtained from pg_am is now provided in a C struct returned by the handler function. This is similar to the designs we've adopted for FDWs and tablesample methods. There are multiple advantages. For one, the index AM's support functions are now simple C functions, making them faster to call and much less error-prone, since the C compiler can now check function signatures. For another, this will make it far more practical to define index access methods in installable extensions. A disadvantage is that SQL-level code can no longer see attributes of index AMs; in particular, some of the crosschecks in the opr_sanity regression test are no longer possible from SQL. We've addressed that by adding a facility for the index AM to perform such checks instead. (Much more could be done in that line, but for now we're content if the amvalidate functions more or less replace what opr_sanity used to do.) We might also want to expose some sort of reporting functionality, but this patch doesn't do that. Alexander Korotkov, reviewed by Petr Jelínek, and rather heavily editorialized on by me.
2016-01-18 01:36:59 +01:00
#include "access/amapi.h"
Split tuple struct defs from htup.h to htup_details.h This reduces unnecessary exposure of other headers through htup.h, which is very widely included by many files. I have chosen to move the function prototypes to the new file as well, because that means htup.h no longer needs to include tupdesc.h. In itself this doesn't have much effect in indirect inclusion of tupdesc.h throughout the tree, because it's also required by execnodes.h; but it's something to explore in the future, and it seemed best to do the htup.h change now while I'm busy with it.
2012-08-30 22:15:44 +02:00
#include "access/htup_details.h"
Code review for FILLFACTOR patch. Change WITH grammar as per earlier discussion (including making def_arg allow reserved words), add missed opt_definition for UNIQUE case. Put the reloptions support code in a less random place (I chose to make a new file access/common/reloptions.c). Eliminate header inclusion creep. Make the index options functions safely user-callable (seems like client apps might like to be able to test validity of options before trying to make an index). Reduce overhead for normal case with no options by allowing rd_options to be NULL. Fix some unmaintainably klugy code, including getting rid of Natts_pg_class_fixed at long last. Some stylistic cleanup too, and pay attention to keeping comments in sync with code. Documentation still needs work, though I did fix the omissions in catalogs.sgml and indexam.sgml.
2006-07-04 00:45:41 +02:00
#include "access/reloptions.h"
Disallow creation of indexes on system columns (except for OID). Although OID acts pretty much like user data, the other system columns do not, so an index on one would likely misbehave. And it's pretty hard to see a use-case for one, anyway. Let's just forbid the case rather than worry about whether it should be supported. David Rowley
2016-04-16 18:11:41 +02:00
#include "access/sysattr.h"
Allow include files to compile own their own. Strip unused include files out unused include files, and add needed includes to C files. The next step is to remove unused include files in C files.
2006-07-13 18:49:20 +02:00
#include "access/xact.h"
Make toast-table creation and deletion work somewhat reliably. Don't go through pg_exec_query_dest(), but directly to the execution routines. Also, extend parameter lists so that there's no need to change the global setting of allowSystemTableMods, a hack that was certain to cause trouble in the event of any error.
2000-07-04 08:11:54 +02:00
#include "catalog/catalog.h"
Change #include's to use <> and "" as appropriate.
1999-07-16 01:04:24 +02:00
#include "catalog/index.h"
Change search for default operator classes so that it examines all opclasses regardless of the current schema search path. Since CREATE OPERATOR CLASS only allows one default opclass per datatype regardless of schemas, this should have minimal impact, and it fixes problems with failure to find a desired opclass while restoring dump files. Per discussion at http://archives.postgresql.org/pgsql-hackers/2006-02/msg00284.php. Remove now-redundant-or-unused code in typcache.c and namespace.c, and backpatch as far as 8.0.
2006-02-10 20:01:12 +01:00
#include "catalog/indexing.h"
Local partitioned indexes When CREATE INDEX is run on a partitioned table, create catalog entries for an index on the partitioned table (which is just a placeholder since the table proper has no data of its own), and recurse to create actual indexes on the existing partitions; create them in future partitions also. As a convenience gadget, if the new index definition matches some existing index in partitions, these are picked up and used instead of creating new ones. Whichever way these indexes come about, they become attached to the index on the parent table and are dropped alongside it, and cannot be dropped on isolation unless they are detached first. To support pg_dump'ing these indexes, add commands CREATE INDEX ON ONLY <table> (which creates the index on the parent partitioned table, without recursing) and ALTER INDEX ATTACH PARTITION (which is used after the indexes have been created individually on each partition, to attach them to the parent index). These reconstruct prior database state exactly. Reviewed-by: (in alphabetical order) Peter Eisentraut, Robert Haas, Amit Langote, Jesper Pedersen, Simon Riggs, David Rowley Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171113170646.gzweigyrgg6pwsg4@alvherre.pgsql
2018-01-19 15:49:22 +01:00
#include "catalog/partition.h"
Restructure index access method API to hide most of it at the C level. This patch reduces pg_am to just two columns, a name and a handler function. All the data formerly obtained from pg_am is now provided in a C struct returned by the handler function. This is similar to the designs we've adopted for FDWs and tablesample methods. There are multiple advantages. For one, the index AM's support functions are now simple C functions, making them faster to call and much less error-prone, since the C compiler can now check function signatures. For another, this will make it far more practical to define index access methods in installable extensions. A disadvantage is that SQL-level code can no longer see attributes of index AMs; in particular, some of the crosschecks in the opr_sanity regression test are no longer possible from SQL. We've addressed that by adding a facility for the index AM to perform such checks instead. (Much more could be done in that line, but for now we're content if the amvalidate functions more or less replace what opr_sanity used to do.) We might also want to expose some sort of reporting functionality, but this patch doesn't do that. Alexander Korotkov, reviewed by Petr Jelínek, and rather heavily editorialized on by me.
2016-01-18 01:36:59 +01:00
#include "catalog/pg_am.h"
Merge catalog/pg_foo_fn.h headers back into pg_foo.h headers. Traditionally, include/catalog/pg_foo.h contains extern declarations for functions in backend/catalog/pg_foo.c, in addition to its function as the authoritative definition of the pg_foo catalog's rowtype. In some cases, we'd been forced to split out those extern declarations into separate pg_foo_fn.h headers so that the catalog definitions could be #include'd by frontend code. That problem is gone as of commit 9c0a0de4c, so let's undo the splits to make things less confusing. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/23690.1523031777@sss.pgh.pa.us
2018-04-08 20:35:29 +02:00
#include "catalog/pg_constraint.h"
Local partitioned indexes When CREATE INDEX is run on a partitioned table, create catalog entries for an index on the partitioned table (which is just a placeholder since the table proper has no data of its own), and recurse to create actual indexes on the existing partitions; create them in future partitions also. As a convenience gadget, if the new index definition matches some existing index in partitions, these are picked up and used instead of creating new ones. Whichever way these indexes come about, they become attached to the index on the parent table and are dropped alongside it, and cannot be dropped on isolation unless they are detached first. To support pg_dump'ing these indexes, add commands CREATE INDEX ON ONLY <table> (which creates the index on the parent partitioned table, without recursing) and ALTER INDEX ATTACH PARTITION (which is used after the indexes have been created individually on each partition, to attach them to the parent index). These reconstruct prior database state exactly. Reviewed-by: (in alphabetical order) Peter Eisentraut, Robert Haas, Amit Langote, Jesper Pedersen, Simon Riggs, David Rowley Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171113170646.gzweigyrgg6pwsg4@alvherre.pgsql
2018-01-19 15:49:22 +01:00
#include "catalog/pg_inherits.h"
Final cleanup.
1999-07-16 07:00:38 +02:00
#include "catalog/pg_opclass.h"
Add exclusion constraints, which generalize the concept of uniqueness to support any indexable commutative operator, not just equality. Two rows violate the exclusion constraint if "row1.col OP row2.col" is TRUE for each of the columns in the constraint. Jeff Davis, reviewed by Robert Haas
2009-12-07 06:22:23 +01:00
#include "catalog/pg_opfamily.h"
Create 'default_tablespace' GUC variable that supplies a TABLESPACE clause implicitly whenever one is not given explicitly. Remove concept of a schema having an associated tablespace, and simplify the rules for selecting a default tablespace for a table or index. It's now just (a) explicit TABLESPACE clause; (b) default_tablespace if that's not an empty string; (c) database's default. This will allow pg_dump to use SET commands instead of tablespace clauses to determine object locations (but I didn't actually make it do so). All per recent discussions.
2004-11-05 20:17:13 +01:00
#include "catalog/pg_tablespace.h"
Make CheckIndexCompatible simpler and more bullet-proof. This gives up the "don't rewrite the index" behavior in a couple of relatively unimportant cases, such as changing between an array type and an unconstrained domain over that array type, in return for making this code more future-proof. Noah Misch
2012-01-25 21:28:07 +01:00
#include "catalog/pg_type.h"
Avoid pre-determining index names during CREATE TABLE LIKE parsing. Formerly, when trying to copy both indexes and comments, CREATE TABLE LIKE had to pre-assign names to indexes that had comments, because it made up an explicit CommentStmt command to apply the comment and so it had to know the name for the index. This creates bad interactions with other indexes, as shown in bug #6734 from Daniele Varrazzo: the preassignment logic couldn't take any other indexes into account so it could choose a conflicting name. To fix, add a field to IndexStmt that allows it to carry a comment to be assigned to the new index. (This isn't a user-exposed feature of CREATE INDEX, only an internal option.) Now we don't need preassignment of index names in any situation. I also took the opportunity to refactor DefineIndex to accept the IndexStmt as such, rather than passing all its fields individually in a mile-long parameter list. Back-patch to 9.2, but no further, because it seems too dangerous to change IndexStmt or DefineIndex's API in released branches. The bug exists back to 9.0 where CREATE TABLE LIKE grew the ability to copy comments, but given the lack of prior complaints we'll just let it go unfixed before 9.2.
2012-07-16 19:25:18 +02:00
#include "commands/comment.h"
First batch of object rename commands.
2003-06-27 16:45:32 +02:00
#include "commands/dbcommands.h"
Change #include's to use <> and "" as appropriate.
1999-07-16 01:04:24 +02:00
#include "commands/defrem.h"
Improve behavior of concurrent CLUSTER. In the previous coding, a user could queue up for an AccessExclusiveLock on a table they did not have permission to cluster, thus potentially interfering with access by authorized users who got stuck waiting behind the AccessExclusiveLock. This approach avoids that. cluster() has the same permissions-checking requirements as REINDEX TABLE, so this commit moves the now-shared callback to tablecmds.c and renames it, per discussion with Noah Misch.
2011-12-21 21:17:28 +01:00
#include "commands/tablecmds.h"
Tablespaces. Alternate database locations are dead, long live tablespaces. There are various things left to do: contrib dbsize and oid2name modules need work, and so does the documentation. Also someone should think about COMMENT ON TABLESPACE and maybe RENAME TABLESPACE. Also initlocation is dead, it just doesn't know it yet. Gavin Sherry and Tom Lane.
2004-06-18 08:14:31 +02:00
#include "commands/tablespace.h"
Clean up generation of default names for constraints, indexes, and serial sequences, as per recent discussion. All these names are now of the form table_column_type, with digits added if needed to make them unique. Default constraint names are chosen to be unique across their whole schema, not just within the parent object, so as to be more SQL-spec-compatible and make the information schema views more useful.
2004-06-10 19:56:03 +02:00
#include "mb/pg_wchar.h"
Make toast-table creation and deletion work somewhat reliably. Don't go through pg_exec_query_dest(), but directly to the execution routines. Also, extend parameter lists so that there's no need to change the global setting of allowSystemTableMods, a hack that was certain to cause trouble in the event of any error.
2000-07-04 08:11:54 +02:00
#include "miscadmin.h"
Local partitioned indexes When CREATE INDEX is run on a partitioned table, create catalog entries for an index on the partitioned table (which is just a placeholder since the table proper has no data of its own), and recurse to create actual indexes on the existing partitions; create them in future partitions also. As a convenience gadget, if the new index definition matches some existing index in partitions, these are picked up and used instead of creating new ones. Whichever way these indexes come about, they become attached to the index on the parent table and are dropped alongside it, and cannot be dropped on isolation unless they are detached first. To support pg_dump'ing these indexes, add commands CREATE INDEX ON ONLY <table> (which creates the index on the parent partitioned table, without recursing) and ALTER INDEX ATTACH PARTITION (which is used after the indexes have been created individually on each partition, to attach them to the parent index). These reconstruct prior database state exactly. Reviewed-by: (in alphabetical order) Peter Eisentraut, Robert Haas, Amit Langote, Jesper Pedersen, Simon Riggs, David Rowley Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171113170646.gzweigyrgg6pwsg4@alvherre.pgsql
2018-01-19 15:49:22 +01:00
#include "nodes/makefuncs.h"
Move exprType(), exprTypmod(), expression_tree_walker(), and related routines into nodes/nodeFuncs, so as to reduce wanton cross-subsystem #includes inside the backend. There's probably more that should be done along this line, but this is a start anyway.
2008-08-26 00:42:34 +02:00
#include "nodes/nodeFuncs.h"
Change #include's to use <> and "" as appropriate.
1999-07-16 01:04:24 +02:00
#include "optimizer/clauses.h"
Make CREATE INDEX run expression preprocessing on a proposed index expression before it checks whether the expression is immutable. This covers two cases that were previously handled poorly: 1. SQL function inlining could reduce the apparent volatility of the expression, allowing an expression to be accepted where it previously would not have been. As an example, polymorphic functions must be marked with the worst-case volatility they have for any argument type, but for specific argument types they might not be so volatile, so indexing could be allowed. (Since the planner will refuse to inline functions in cases where the apparent volatility of the expression would increase, this won't break any cases that were accepted before.) 2. A nominally immutable function could have default arguments that are volatile expressions. In such a case insertion of the defaults will increase both the apparent and actual volatility of the expression, so it is *necessary* to check this before allowing the expression to be indexed. Back-patch to 8.4, where default arguments were introduced.
2010-05-27 17:59:10 +02:00
#include "optimizer/planner.h"
Disallow creation of indexes on system columns (except for OID). Although OID acts pretty much like user data, the other system columns do not, so an index on one would likely misbehave. And it's pretty hard to see a use-case for one, anyway. Let's just forbid the case rather than worry about whether it should be supported. David Rowley
2016-04-16 18:11:41 +02:00
#include "optimizer/var.h"
Check that user-specified opclass in CREATE INDEX corresponds to operators that will actually work on the column datatype.
2000-04-25 04:45:54 +02:00
#include "parser/parse_coerce.h"
Fix longstanding bug that kept functional indexes from working when you defaulted the opclass. This addresses TODO item * Allow creation of functional indexes to use default types (Does that make it a feature? Oh dear...)
2000-02-25 03:58:48 +01:00
#include "parser/parse_func.h"
Add exclusion constraints, which generalize the concept of uniqueness to support any indexable commutative operator, not just equality. Two rows violate the exclusion constraint if "row1.col OP row2.col" is TRUE for each of the columns in the constraint. Jeff Davis, reviewed by Robert Haas
2009-12-07 06:22:23 +01:00
#include "parser/parse_oper.h"
Local partitioned indexes When CREATE INDEX is run on a partitioned table, create catalog entries for an index on the partitioned table (which is just a placeholder since the table proper has no data of its own), and recurse to create actual indexes on the existing partitions; create them in future partitions also. As a convenience gadget, if the new index definition matches some existing index in partitions, these are picked up and used instead of creating new ones. Whichever way these indexes come about, they become attached to the index on the parent table and are dropped alongside it, and cannot be dropped on isolation unless they are detached first. To support pg_dump'ing these indexes, add commands CREATE INDEX ON ONLY <table> (which creates the index on the parent partitioned table, without recursing) and ALTER INDEX ATTACH PARTITION (which is used after the indexes have been created individually on each partition, to attach them to the parent index). These reconstruct prior database state exactly. Reviewed-by: (in alphabetical order) Peter Eisentraut, Robert Haas, Amit Langote, Jesper Pedersen, Simon Riggs, David Rowley Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171113170646.gzweigyrgg6pwsg4@alvherre.pgsql
2018-01-19 15:49:22 +01:00
#include "rewrite/rewriteManip.h"
Restructure some header files a bit, in particular heapam.h, by removing some unnecessary #include lines in it. Also, move some tuple routine prototypes and macros to htup.h, which allows removal of heapam.h inclusion from some .c files. For this to work, a new header file access/sysattr.h needed to be created, initially containing attribute numbers of system columns, for pg_dump usage. While at it, make contrib ltree, intarray and hstore header files more consistent with our header style.
2008-05-12 02:00:54 +02:00
#include "storage/lmgr.h"
Clean up the #include mess a little. walsender.h should depend on xlog.h, not vice versa. (Actually, the inclusion was circular until a couple hours ago, which was even sillier; but Bruce broke it in the expedient rather than logically correct direction.) Because of that poor decision, plus blind application of pgrminclude, we had a situation where half the system was depending on xlog.h to include such unrelated stuff as array.h and guc.h. Clean up the header inclusion, and manually revert a lot of what pgrminclude had done so things build again. This episode reinforces my feeling that pgrminclude should not be run without adult supervision. Inclusion changes in header files in particular need to be reviewed with great care. More generally, it'd be good if we had a clearer notion of module layering to dictate which headers can sanely include which others ... but that's a big task for another day.
2011-09-04 07:13:16 +02:00
#include "storage/proc.h"
Implement lazy XID allocation: transactions that do not modify any database rows will normally never obtain an XID at all. We already did things this way for subtransactions, but this patch extends the concept to top-level transactions. In applications where there are lots of short read-only transactions, this should improve performance noticeably; not so much from removal of the actual XID-assignments, as from reduction of overhead that's driven by the rate of XID consumption. We add a concept of a "virtual transaction ID" so that active transactions can be uniquely identified even if they don't have a regular XID. This is a much lighter-weight concept: uniqueness of VXIDs is only guaranteed over the short term, and no on-disk record is made about them. Florian Pflug, with some editorialization by Tom.
2007-09-05 20:10:48 +02:00
#include "storage/procarray.h"
Restructure aclcheck error reporting to make permission-failure messages more uniform and internationalizable: the global array aclcheck_error_strings[] is gone in favor of a subroutine aclcheck_error(). Partial implementation of namespace-related permission checks --- not all done yet.
2002-04-27 05:45:03 +02:00
#include "utils/acl.h"
Final cleanup.
1999-07-16 07:00:38 +02:00
#include "utils/builtins.h"
Change search for default operator classes so that it examines all opclasses regardless of the current schema search path. Since CREATE OPERATOR CLASS only allows one default opclass per datatype regardless of schemas, this should have minimal impact, and it fixes problems with failure to find a desired opclass while restoring dump files. Per discussion at http://archives.postgresql.org/pgsql-hackers/2006-02/msg00284.php. Remove now-redundant-or-unused code in typcache.c and namespace.c, and backpatch as far as 8.0.
2006-02-10 20:01:12 +01:00
#include "utils/fmgroids.h"
Fix things so that when CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY sets pg_index.indisvalid true at the very end of its processing, the update is broadcast via a shared-cache-inval message for the index; without this, existing backends that already have relcache entries for the index might never see it become valid. Also, force a relcache inval on the index's parent table at the same time, so that any cached plans for that table are re-planned; this ensures that the newly valid index will be used if appropriate. Aside from making C.I.C. behave more reasonably, this is necessary infrastructure for some aspects of the HOT patch. Pavan Deolasee, with a little further stuff from me.
2007-05-02 23:08:46 +02:00
#include "utils/inval.h"
Disallow non-cachable functions in functional indexes and in index predicates. Per suggestion from Hiroshi.
2001-07-17 23:53:01 +02:00
#include "utils/lsyscache.h"
For some reason access/tupmacs.h has been #including utils/memutils.h, which is neither needed by nor related to that header. Remove the bogus inclusion and instead include the header in those C files that actually need it. Also fix unnecessary inclusions and bad inclusion order in tsearch2 files.
2005-05-06 19:24:55 +02:00
#include "utils/memutils.h"
Reorganize partitioning code There's been a massive addition of partitioning code in PostgreSQL 11, with little oversight on its placement, resulting in a catalog/partition.c with poorly defined boundaries and responsibilities. This commit tries to set a couple of distinct modules to separate things a little bit. There are no code changes here, only code movement. There are three new files: src/backend/utils/cache/partcache.c src/include/partitioning/partdefs.h src/include/utils/partcache.h The previous arrangement of #including catalog/partition.h almost everywhere is no more. Authors: Amit Langote and Álvaro Herrera Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/98e8d509-790a-128c-be7f-e48a5b2d8d97@lab.ntt.co.jp https://postgr.es/m/11aa0c50-316b-18bb-722d-c23814f39059@lab.ntt.co.jp https://postgr.es/m/143ed9a4-6038-76d4-9a55-502035815e68@lab.ntt.co.jp https://postgr.es/m/20180413193503.nynq7bnmgh6vs5vm@alvherre.pgsql
2018-04-15 02:12:14 +02:00
#include "utils/partcache.h"
Move some things from builtins.h to new header files This avoids that builtins.h has to include additional header files.
2017-01-21 02:29:53 +01:00
#include "utils/regproc.h"
Rename snapmgmt.c/h to snapmgr.c/h, for consistency with other files. Per complaint from Tom Lane.
2008-03-26 19:48:59 +01:00
#include "utils/snapmgr.h"
Final cleanup.
1999-07-16 07:00:38 +02:00
#include "utils/syscache.h"
Move the HTSU_Result enum definition into snapshot.h, to avoid including tqual.h into heapam.h. This makes all inclusion of tqual.h explicit. I also sorted alphabetically the includes on some source files.
2008-03-26 22:10:39 +01:00
#include "utils/tqual.h"
Postgres95 1.01 Distribution - Virgin Sources
1996-07-09 08:22:35 +02:00
Disallow non-cachable functions in functional indexes and in index predicates. Per suggestion from Hiroshi.
2001-07-17 23:53:01 +02:00
Postgres95 1.01 Distribution - Virgin Sources
1996-07-09 08:22:35 +02:00
/* non-export function prototypes */
Clean up the usage of canonicalize_qual(): in particular, be consistent about whether it is applied before or after eval_const_expressions(). I believe there were some corner cases where the system would fail to recognize that a partial index is applicable because of the previous inconsistency. Store normal rather than 'implicit AND' representations of constraints and index predicates in the catalogs. initdb forced due to representation change of constraints/predicates.
2003-12-28 22:57:37 +01:00
static void CheckPredicate(Expr *predicate);
Support ORDER BY ... NULLS FIRST/LAST, and add ASC/DESC/NULLS FIRST/NULLS LAST per-column options for btree indexes. The planner's support for this is still pretty rudimentary; it does not yet know how to plan mergejoins with nondefault ordering options. The documentation is pretty rudimentary, too. I'll work on improving that stuff later. Note incompatible change from prior behavior: ORDER BY ... USING will now be rejected if the operator is not a less-than or greater-than member of some btree opclass. This prevents less-than-sane behavior if an operator that doesn't actually define a proper sort ordering is selected.
2007-01-09 03:14:16 +01:00
static void ComputeIndexAttrs(IndexInfo *indexInfo,
Make CheckIndexCompatible simpler and more bullet-proof. This gives up the "don't rewrite the index" behavior in a couple of relatively unimportant cases, such as changing between an array type and an unconstrained domain over that array type, in return for making this code more future-proof. Noah Misch
2012-01-25 21:28:07 +01:00
Oid *typeOidP,
Per-column collation support This adds collation support for columns and domains, a COLLATE clause to override it per expression, and B-tree index support. Peter Eisentraut reviewed by Pavel Stehule, Itagaki Takahiro, Robert Haas, Noah Misch
2011-02-08 22:04:18 +01:00
Oid *collationOidP,
Support ORDER BY ... NULLS FIRST/LAST, and add ASC/DESC/NULLS FIRST/NULLS LAST per-column options for btree indexes. The planner's support for this is still pretty rudimentary; it does not yet know how to plan mergejoins with nondefault ordering options. The documentation is pretty rudimentary, too. I'll work on improving that stuff later. Note incompatible change from prior behavior: ORDER BY ... USING will now be rejected if the operator is not a less-than or greater-than member of some btree opclass. This prevents less-than-sane behavior if an operator that doesn't actually define a proper sort ordering is selected.
2007-01-09 03:14:16 +01:00
Oid *classOidP,
int16 *colOptionP,
Pgindent run for 8.0.
2004-08-29 07:07:03 +02:00
List *attList,
Add exclusion constraints, which generalize the concept of uniqueness to support any indexable commutative operator, not just equality. Two rows violate the exclusion constraint if "row1.col OP row2.col" is TRUE for each of the columns in the constraint. Jeff Davis, reviewed by Robert Haas
2009-12-07 06:22:23 +01:00
List *exclusionOpNames,
Pgindent run for 8.0.
2004-08-29 07:07:03 +02:00
Oid relId,
Add some const decorations to prototypes Reviewed-by: Fabien COELHO <coelho@cri.ensmp.fr>
2017-10-31 15:34:31 +01:00
const char *accessMethodName, Oid accessMethodId,
Support ORDER BY ... NULLS FIRST/LAST, and add ASC/DESC/NULLS FIRST/NULLS LAST per-column options for btree indexes. The planner's support for this is still pretty rudimentary; it does not yet know how to plan mergejoins with nondefault ordering options. The documentation is pretty rudimentary, too. I'll work on improving that stuff later. Note incompatible change from prior behavior: ORDER BY ... USING will now be rejected if the operator is not a less-than or greater-than member of some btree opclass. This prevents less-than-sane behavior if an operator that doesn't actually define a proper sort ordering is selected.
2007-01-09 03:14:16 +01:00
bool amcanorder,
Pgindent run for 8.0.
2004-08-29 07:07:03 +02:00
bool isconstraint);
Avoid pre-determining index names during CREATE TABLE LIKE parsing. Formerly, when trying to copy both indexes and comments, CREATE TABLE LIKE had to pre-assign names to indexes that had comments, because it made up an explicit CommentStmt command to apply the comment and so it had to know the name for the index. This creates bad interactions with other indexes, as shown in bug #6734 from Daniele Varrazzo: the preassignment logic couldn't take any other indexes into account so it could choose a conflicting name. To fix, add a field to IndexStmt that allows it to carry a comment to be assigned to the new index. (This isn't a user-exposed feature of CREATE INDEX, only an internal option.) Now we don't need preassignment of index names in any situation. I also took the opportunity to refactor DefineIndex to accept the IndexStmt as such, rather than passing all its fields individually in a mile-long parameter list. Back-patch to 9.2, but no further, because it seems too dangerous to change IndexStmt or DefineIndex's API in released branches. The bug exists back to 9.0 where CREATE TABLE LIKE grew the ability to copy comments, but given the lack of prior complaints we'll just let it go unfixed before 9.2.
2012-07-16 19:25:18 +02:00
static char *ChooseIndexName(const char *tabname, Oid namespaceId,
List *colnames, List *exclusionOpNames,
bool primary, bool isconstraint);
Adjust naming of indexes and their columns per recent discussion. Index expression columns are now named after the FigureColname result for their expressions, rather than always being "pg_expression_N". Digits are appended to this name if needed to make the column name unique within the index. (That happens for regular columns too, thus fixing the old problem that CREATE INDEX fooi ON foo (f1, f1) fails. Before exclusion indexes there was no real reason to do such a thing, but now maybe there is.) Default names for indexes and associated constraints now include the column names of all their columns, not only the first one as in previous practice. (Of course, this will be truncated as needed to fit in NAMEDATALEN. Also, pkey indexes retain the historical behavior of not naming specific columns at all.) An example of the results: regression=# create table foo (f1 int, f2 text, regression(# exclude (f1 with =, lower(f2) with =)); NOTICE: CREATE TABLE / EXCLUDE will create implicit index "foo_f1_lower_exclusion" for table "foo" CREATE TABLE regression=# \d foo_f1_lower_exclusion Index "public.foo_f1_lower_exclusion" Column | Type | Definition --------+---------+------------ f1 | integer | f1 lower | text | lower(f2) btree, for table "public.foo"
2009-12-23 03:35:25 +01:00
static char *ChooseIndexNameAddition(List *colnames);
Avoid pre-determining index names during CREATE TABLE LIKE parsing. Formerly, when trying to copy both indexes and comments, CREATE TABLE LIKE had to pre-assign names to indexes that had comments, because it made up an explicit CommentStmt command to apply the comment and so it had to know the name for the index. This creates bad interactions with other indexes, as shown in bug #6734 from Daniele Varrazzo: the preassignment logic couldn't take any other indexes into account so it could choose a conflicting name. To fix, add a field to IndexStmt that allows it to carry a comment to be assigned to the new index. (This isn't a user-exposed feature of CREATE INDEX, only an internal option.) Now we don't need preassignment of index names in any situation. I also took the opportunity to refactor DefineIndex to accept the IndexStmt as such, rather than passing all its fields individually in a mile-long parameter list. Back-patch to 9.2, but no further, because it seems too dangerous to change IndexStmt or DefineIndex's API in released branches. The bug exists back to 9.0 where CREATE TABLE LIKE grew the ability to copy comments, but given the lack of prior complaints we'll just let it go unfixed before 9.2.
2012-07-16 19:25:18 +02:00
static List *ChooseIndexColumnNames(List *indexElems);
Improve table locking behavior in the face of current DDL. In the previous coding, callers were faced with an awkward choice: look up the name, do permissions checks, and then lock the table; or look up the name, lock the table, and then do permissions checks. The first choice was wrong because the results of the name lookup and permissions checks might be out-of-date by the time the table lock was acquired, while the second allowed a user with no privileges to interfere with access to a table by users who do have privileges (e.g. if a malicious backend queues up for an AccessExclusiveLock on a table on which AccessShareLock is already held, further attempts to access the table will be blocked until the AccessExclusiveLock is obtained and the malicious backend's transaction rolls back). To fix, allow callers of RangeVarGetRelid() to pass a callback which gets executed after performing the name lookup but before acquiring the relation lock. If the name lookup is retried (because invalidation messages are received), the callback will be re-executed as well, so we get the best of both worlds. RangeVarGetRelid() is renamed to RangeVarGetRelidExtended(); callers not wishing to supply a callback can continue to invoke it as RangeVarGetRelid(), which is now a macro. Since the only one caller that uses nowait = true now passes a callback anyway, the RangeVarGetRelid() macro defaults nowait as well. The callback can also be used for supplemental locking - for example, REINDEX INDEX needs to acquire the table lock before the index lock to reduce deadlock possibilities. There's a lot more work to be done here to fix all the cases where this can be a problem, but this commit provides the general infrastructure and fixes the following specific cases: REINDEX INDEX, REINDEX TABLE, LOCK TABLE, and and DROP TABLE/INDEX/SEQUENCE/VIEW/FOREIGN TABLE. Per discussion with Noah Misch and Alvaro Herrera.
2011-11-30 16:12:27 +01:00
static void RangeVarCallbackForReindexIndex(const RangeVar *relation,
Oid relId, Oid oldRelId, void *arg);
Local partitioned indexes When CREATE INDEX is run on a partitioned table, create catalog entries for an index on the partitioned table (which is just a placeholder since the table proper has no data of its own), and recurse to create actual indexes on the existing partitions; create them in future partitions also. As a convenience gadget, if the new index definition matches some existing index in partitions, these are picked up and used instead of creating new ones. Whichever way these indexes come about, they become attached to the index on the parent table and are dropped alongside it, and cannot be dropped on isolation unless they are detached first. To support pg_dump'ing these indexes, add commands CREATE INDEX ON ONLY <table> (which creates the index on the parent partitioned table, without recursing) and ALTER INDEX ATTACH PARTITION (which is used after the indexes have been created individually on each partition, to attach them to the parent index). These reconstruct prior database state exactly. Reviewed-by: (in alphabetical order) Peter Eisentraut, Robert Haas, Amit Langote, Jesper Pedersen, Simon Riggs, David Rowley Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171113170646.gzweigyrgg6pwsg4@alvherre.pgsql
2018-01-19 15:49:22 +01:00
static void ReindexPartitionedIndex(Relation parentIdx);
Postgres95 1.01 Distribution - Virgin Sources
1996-07-09 08:22:35 +02:00
Avoid index rebuild for no-rewrite ALTER TABLE .. ALTER TYPE. Noah Misch. Review and minor cosmetic changes by me.
2011-07-18 17:02:48 +02:00
/*
* CheckIndexCompatible
* Determine whether an existing index definition is compatible with a
* prospective index definition, such that the existing index storage
* could become the storage of the new index, avoiding a rebuild.
*
* 'heapRelation': the relation the index would apply to.
* 'accessMethodName': name of the AM to use.
* 'attributeList': a list of IndexElem specifying columns and expressions
* to index on.
* 'exclusionOpNames': list of names of exclusion-constraint operators,
* or NIL if not an exclusion constraint.
*
* This is tailored to the needs of ALTER TABLE ALTER TYPE, which recreates
* any indexes that depended on a changing column from their pg_get_indexdef
* or pg_get_constraintdef definitions. We omit some of the sanity checks of
* DefineIndex. We assume that the old and new indexes have the same number
* of columns and that if one has an expression column or predicate, both do.
* Errors arising from the attribute list still apply.
*
Make CheckIndexCompatible simpler and more bullet-proof. This gives up the "don't rewrite the index" behavior in a couple of relatively unimportant cases, such as changing between an array type and an unconstrained domain over that array type, in return for making this code more future-proof. Noah Misch
2012-01-25 21:28:07 +01:00
* Most column type changes that can skip a table rewrite do not invalidate
Fix typos in comments. Backpatch to all supported versions, where applicable, to make backpatching of future fixes go more smoothly. Josh Soref Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CACZqfqCf+5qRztLPgmmosr-B0Ye4srWzzw_mo4c_8_B_mtjmJQ@mail.gmail.com
2017-02-06 10:33:58 +01:00
* indexes. We acknowledge this when all operator classes, collations and
Make CheckIndexCompatible simpler and more bullet-proof. This gives up the "don't rewrite the index" behavior in a couple of relatively unimportant cases, such as changing between an array type and an unconstrained domain over that array type, in return for making this code more future-proof. Noah Misch
2012-01-25 21:28:07 +01:00
* exclusion operators match. Though we could further permit intra-opfamily
* changes for btree and hash indexes, that adds subtle complexity with no
Indexes with INCLUDE columns and their support in B-tree This patch introduces INCLUDE clause to index definition. This clause specifies a list of columns which will be included as a non-key part in the index. The INCLUDE columns exist solely to allow more queries to benefit from index-only scans. Also, such columns don't need to have appropriate operator classes. Expressions are not supported as INCLUDE columns since they cannot be used in index-only scans. Index access methods supporting INCLUDE are indicated by amcaninclude flag in IndexAmRoutine. For now, only B-tree indexes support INCLUDE clause. In B-tree indexes INCLUDE columns are truncated from pivot index tuples (tuples located in non-leaf pages and high keys). Therefore, B-tree indexes now might have variable number of attributes. This patch also provides generic facility to support that: pivot tuples contain number of their attributes in t_tid.ip_posid. Free 13th bit of t_info is used for indicating that. This facility will simplify further support of index suffix truncation. The changes of above are backward-compatible, pg_upgrade doesn't need special handling of B-tree indexes for that. Bump catalog version Author: Anastasia Lubennikova with contribition by Alexander Korotkov and me Reviewed by: Peter Geoghegan, Tomas Vondra, Antonin Houska, Jeff Janes, David Rowley, Alexander Korotkov Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/56168952.4010101@postgrespro.ru
2018-04-07 22:00:39 +02:00
* concrete benefit for core types. Note, that INCLUDE columns aren't
* checked by this function, for them it's enough that table rewrite is
* skipped.
*
Make CheckIndexCompatible simpler and more bullet-proof. This gives up the "don't rewrite the index" behavior in a couple of relatively unimportant cases, such as changing between an array type and an unconstrained domain over that array type, in return for making this code more future-proof. Noah Misch
2012-01-25 21:28:07 +01:00
* When a comparison or exclusion operator has a polymorphic input type, the
pgindent run for 9.4 This includes removing tabs after periods in C comments, which was applied to back branches, so this change should not effect backpatching.
2014-05-06 18:12:18 +02:00
* actual input types must also match. This defends against the possibility
Make CheckIndexCompatible simpler and more bullet-proof. This gives up the "don't rewrite the index" behavior in a couple of relatively unimportant cases, such as changing between an array type and an unconstrained domain over that array type, in return for making this code more future-proof. Noah Misch
2012-01-25 21:28:07 +01:00
* that operators could vary behavior in response to get_fn_expr_argtype().
* At present, this hazard is theoretical: check_exclusion_constraint() and
* all core index access methods decline to set fn_expr for such calls.
Avoid index rebuild for no-rewrite ALTER TABLE .. ALTER TYPE. Noah Misch. Review and minor cosmetic changes by me.
2011-07-18 17:02:48 +02:00
*
* We do not yet implement a test to verify compatibility of expression
* columns or predicates, so assume any such index is incompatible.
*/
bool
CheckIndexCompatible(Oid oldId,
Add some const decorations to prototypes Reviewed-by: Fabien COELHO <coelho@cri.ensmp.fr>
2017-10-31 15:34:31 +01:00
const char *accessMethodName,
Avoid index rebuild for no-rewrite ALTER TABLE .. ALTER TYPE. Noah Misch. Review and minor cosmetic changes by me.
2011-07-18 17:02:48 +02:00
List *attributeList,
List *exclusionOpNames)
{
bool isconstraint;
Make CheckIndexCompatible simpler and more bullet-proof. This gives up the "don't rewrite the index" behavior in a couple of relatively unimportant cases, such as changing between an array type and an unconstrained domain over that array type, in return for making this code more future-proof. Noah Misch
2012-01-25 21:28:07 +01:00
Oid *typeObjectId;
Avoid index rebuild for no-rewrite ALTER TABLE .. ALTER TYPE. Noah Misch. Review and minor cosmetic changes by me.
2011-07-18 17:02:48 +02:00
Oid *collationObjectId;
Oid *classObjectId;
Oid accessMethodId;
Oid relationId;
HeapTuple tuple;
Fix assorted bugs in CREATE/DROP INDEX CONCURRENTLY. Commit 8cb53654dbdb4c386369eb988062d0bbb6de725e, which introduced DROP INDEX CONCURRENTLY, managed to break CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY via a poor choice of catalog state representation. The pg_index state for an index that's reached the final pre-drop stage was the same as the state for an index just created by CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY. This meant that the (necessary) change to make RelationGetIndexList ignore about-to-die indexes also made it ignore freshly-created indexes; which is catastrophic because the latter do need to be considered in HOT-safety decisions. Failure to do so leads to incorrect index entries and subsequently wrong results from queries depending on the concurrently-created index. To fix, add an additional boolean column "indislive" to pg_index, so that the freshly-created and about-to-die states can be distinguished. (This change obviously is only possible in HEAD. This patch will need to be back-patched, but in 9.2 we'll use a kluge consisting of overloading the formerly-impossible state of indisvalid = true and indisready = false.) In addition, change CREATE/DROP INDEX CONCURRENTLY so that the pg_index flag changes they make without exclusive lock on the index are made via heap_inplace_update() rather than a normal transactional update. The latter is not very safe because moving the pg_index tuple could result in concurrent SnapshotNow scans finding it twice or not at all, thus possibly resulting in index corruption. This is a pre-existing bug in CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY, which was copied into the DROP code. In addition, fix various places in the code that ought to check to make sure that the indexes they are manipulating are valid and/or ready as appropriate. These represent bugs that have existed since 8.2, since a failed CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY could leave a corrupt or invalid index behind, and we ought not try to do anything that might fail with such an index. Also fix RelationReloadIndexInfo to ensure it copies all the pg_index columns that are allowed to change after initial creation. Previously we could have been left with stale values of some fields in an index relcache entry. It's not clear whether this actually had any user-visible consequences, but it's at least a bug waiting to happen. In addition, do some code and docs review for DROP INDEX CONCURRENTLY; some cosmetic code cleanup but mostly addition and revision of comments. This will need to be back-patched, but in a noticeably different form, so I'm committing it to HEAD before working on the back-patch. Problem reported by Amit Kapila, diagnosis by Pavan Deolassee, fix by Tom Lane and Andres Freund.
2012-11-29 03:25:27 +01:00
Form_pg_index indexForm;
Avoid index rebuild for no-rewrite ALTER TABLE .. ALTER TYPE. Noah Misch. Review and minor cosmetic changes by me.
2011-07-18 17:02:48 +02:00
Form_pg_am accessMethodForm;
Restructure index access method API to hide most of it at the C level. This patch reduces pg_am to just two columns, a name and a handler function. All the data formerly obtained from pg_am is now provided in a C struct returned by the handler function. This is similar to the designs we've adopted for FDWs and tablesample methods. There are multiple advantages. For one, the index AM's support functions are now simple C functions, making them faster to call and much less error-prone, since the C compiler can now check function signatures. For another, this will make it far more practical to define index access methods in installable extensions. A disadvantage is that SQL-level code can no longer see attributes of index AMs; in particular, some of the crosschecks in the opr_sanity regression test are no longer possible from SQL. We've addressed that by adding a facility for the index AM to perform such checks instead. (Much more could be done in that line, but for now we're content if the amvalidate functions more or less replace what opr_sanity used to do.) We might also want to expose some sort of reporting functionality, but this patch doesn't do that. Alexander Korotkov, reviewed by Petr Jelínek, and rather heavily editorialized on by me.
2016-01-18 01:36:59 +01:00
IndexAmRoutine *amRoutine;
Avoid index rebuild for no-rewrite ALTER TABLE .. ALTER TYPE. Noah Misch. Review and minor cosmetic changes by me.
2011-07-18 17:02:48 +02:00
bool amcanorder;
int16 *coloptions;
IndexInfo *indexInfo;
int numberOfAttributes;
int old_natts;
bool isnull;
bool ret = true;
oidvector *old_indclass;
oidvector *old_indcollation;
Make CheckIndexCompatible simpler and more bullet-proof. This gives up the "don't rewrite the index" behavior in a couple of relatively unimportant cases, such as changing between an array type and an unconstrained domain over that array type, in return for making this code more future-proof. Noah Misch
2012-01-25 21:28:07 +01:00
Relation irel;
Avoid index rebuild for no-rewrite ALTER TABLE .. ALTER TYPE. Noah Misch. Review and minor cosmetic changes by me.
2011-07-18 17:02:48 +02:00
int i;
Datum d;
/* Caller should already have the relation locked in some way. */
Avoid repeated name lookups during table and index DDL. If the name lookups come to different conclusions due to concurrent activity, we might perform some parts of the DDL on a different table than other parts. At least in the case of CREATE INDEX, this can be used to cause the permissions checks to be performed against a different table than the index creation, allowing for a privilege escalation attack. This changes the calling convention for DefineIndex, CreateTrigger, transformIndexStmt, transformAlterTableStmt, CheckIndexCompatible (in 9.2 and newer), and AlterTable (in 9.1 and older). In addition, CheckRelationOwnership is removed in 9.2 and newer and the calling convention is changed in older branches. A field has also been added to the Constraint node (FkConstraint in 8.4). Third-party code calling these functions or using the Constraint node will require updating. Report by Andres Freund. Patch by Robert Haas and Andres Freund, reviewed by Tom Lane. Security: CVE-2014-0062
2014-02-17 15:33:31 +01:00
relationId = IndexGetRelation(oldId, false);
Run pgindent on 9.2 source tree in preparation for first 9.3 commit-fest.
2012-06-10 21:20:04 +02:00
Avoid index rebuild for no-rewrite ALTER TABLE .. ALTER TYPE. Noah Misch. Review and minor cosmetic changes by me.
2011-07-18 17:02:48 +02:00
/*
* We can pretend isconstraint = false unconditionally. It only serves to
* decide the text of an error message that should never happen for us.
*/
isconstraint = false;
numberOfAttributes = list_length(attributeList);
Assert(numberOfAttributes > 0);
Assert(numberOfAttributes <= INDEX_MAX_KEYS);
/* look up the access method */
tuple = SearchSysCache1(AMNAME, PointerGetDatum(accessMethodName));
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
errmsg("access method \"%s\" does not exist",
accessMethodName)));
accessMethodId = HeapTupleGetOid(tuple);
accessMethodForm = (Form_pg_am) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
Restructure index access method API to hide most of it at the C level. This patch reduces pg_am to just two columns, a name and a handler function. All the data formerly obtained from pg_am is now provided in a C struct returned by the handler function. This is similar to the designs we've adopted for FDWs and tablesample methods. There are multiple advantages. For one, the index AM's support functions are now simple C functions, making them faster to call and much less error-prone, since the C compiler can now check function signatures. For another, this will make it far more practical to define index access methods in installable extensions. A disadvantage is that SQL-level code can no longer see attributes of index AMs; in particular, some of the crosschecks in the opr_sanity regression test are no longer possible from SQL. We've addressed that by adding a facility for the index AM to perform such checks instead. (Much more could be done in that line, but for now we're content if the amvalidate functions more or less replace what opr_sanity used to do.) We might also want to expose some sort of reporting functionality, but this patch doesn't do that. Alexander Korotkov, reviewed by Petr Jelínek, and rather heavily editorialized on by me.
2016-01-18 01:36:59 +01:00
amRoutine = GetIndexAmRoutine(accessMethodForm->amhandler);
Avoid index rebuild for no-rewrite ALTER TABLE .. ALTER TYPE. Noah Misch. Review and minor cosmetic changes by me.
2011-07-18 17:02:48 +02:00
ReleaseSysCache(tuple);
Restructure index access method API to hide most of it at the C level. This patch reduces pg_am to just two columns, a name and a handler function. All the data formerly obtained from pg_am is now provided in a C struct returned by the handler function. This is similar to the designs we've adopted for FDWs and tablesample methods. There are multiple advantages. For one, the index AM's support functions are now simple C functions, making them faster to call and much less error-prone, since the C compiler can now check function signatures. For another, this will make it far more practical to define index access methods in installable extensions. A disadvantage is that SQL-level code can no longer see attributes of index AMs; in particular, some of the crosschecks in the opr_sanity regression test are no longer possible from SQL. We've addressed that by adding a facility for the index AM to perform such checks instead. (Much more could be done in that line, but for now we're content if the amvalidate functions more or less replace what opr_sanity used to do.) We might also want to expose some sort of reporting functionality, but this patch doesn't do that. Alexander Korotkov, reviewed by Petr Jelínek, and rather heavily editorialized on by me.
2016-01-18 01:36:59 +01:00
amcanorder = amRoutine->amcanorder;
Avoid index rebuild for no-rewrite ALTER TABLE .. ALTER TYPE. Noah Misch. Review and minor cosmetic changes by me.
2011-07-18 17:02:48 +02:00
/*
Run pgindent on 9.2 source tree in preparation for first 9.3 commit-fest.
2012-06-10 21:20:04 +02:00
* Compute the operator classes, collations, and exclusion operators for
* the new index, so we can test whether it's compatible with the existing
* one. Note that ComputeIndexAttrs might fail here, but that's OK:
* DefineIndex would have called this function with the same arguments
Fix additional breakage in covering-index patch. CheckIndexCompatible() misused ComputeIndexAttrs() by not bothering to fill ii_NumIndexAttrs and ii_NumIndexKeyAttrs in the passed IndexInfo. Omission of ii_NumIndexAttrs was previously unimportant, but now this matters because ComputeIndexAttrs depends on ii_NumIndexKeyAttrs to decide how many columns it needs to report on. (BTW, the fact that this oversight wasn't detected earlier implies that we have no regression test verifying whether CheckIndexCompatible ever succeeds. Bad dog. Not the job of this patch to fix it, though.) Also, change the API of ComputeIndexAttrs so that it fills the opclass output array for all column positions, as it does for the options output array; positions for non-key index columns are filled with zeroes. This isn't directly fixing any bug, but it seems like a good idea. Per valgrind failure reports from buildfarm. Alexander Korotkov, tweaked a bit by me Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPpHfduWrysrT-qAhn+3Ea5+Mg6Vhc-oA6o2Z-hRCPRdvf3tiw@mail.gmail.com
2018-04-08 23:23:39 +02:00
* later on, and it would have failed then anyway. Our attributeList
* contains only key attributes, thus we're filling ii_NumIndexAttrs and
* ii_NumIndexKeyAttrs with same value.
Avoid index rebuild for no-rewrite ALTER TABLE .. ALTER TYPE. Noah Misch. Review and minor cosmetic changes by me.
2011-07-18 17:02:48 +02:00
*/
indexInfo = makeNode(IndexInfo);
Fix additional breakage in covering-index patch. CheckIndexCompatible() misused ComputeIndexAttrs() by not bothering to fill ii_NumIndexAttrs and ii_NumIndexKeyAttrs in the passed IndexInfo. Omission of ii_NumIndexAttrs was previously unimportant, but now this matters because ComputeIndexAttrs depends on ii_NumIndexKeyAttrs to decide how many columns it needs to report on. (BTW, the fact that this oversight wasn't detected earlier implies that we have no regression test verifying whether CheckIndexCompatible ever succeeds. Bad dog. Not the job of this patch to fix it, though.) Also, change the API of ComputeIndexAttrs so that it fills the opclass output array for all column positions, as it does for the options output array; positions for non-key index columns are filled with zeroes. This isn't directly fixing any bug, but it seems like a good idea. Per valgrind failure reports from buildfarm. Alexander Korotkov, tweaked a bit by me Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPpHfduWrysrT-qAhn+3Ea5+Mg6Vhc-oA6o2Z-hRCPRdvf3tiw@mail.gmail.com
2018-04-08 23:23:39 +02:00
indexInfo->ii_NumIndexAttrs = numberOfAttributes;
indexInfo->ii_NumIndexKeyAttrs = numberOfAttributes;
Avoid index rebuild for no-rewrite ALTER TABLE .. ALTER TYPE. Noah Misch. Review and minor cosmetic changes by me.
2011-07-18 17:02:48 +02:00
indexInfo->ii_Expressions = NIL;
indexInfo->ii_ExpressionsState = NIL;
Faster expression evaluation and targetlist projection. This replaces the old, recursive tree-walk based evaluation, with non-recursive, opcode dispatch based, expression evaluation. Projection is now implemented as part of expression evaluation. This both leads to significant performance improvements, and makes future just-in-time compilation of expressions easier. The speed gains primarily come from: - non-recursive implementation reduces stack usage / overhead - simple sub-expressions are implemented with a single jump, without function calls - sharing some state between different sub-expressions - reduced amount of indirect/hard to predict memory accesses by laying out operation metadata sequentially; including the avoidance of nearly all of the previously used linked lists - more code has been moved to expression initialization, avoiding constant re-checks at evaluation time Future just-in-time compilation (JIT) has become easier, as demonstrated by released patches intended to be merged in a later release, for primarily two reasons: Firstly, due to a stricter split between expression initialization and evaluation, less code has to be handled by the JIT. Secondly, due to the non-recursive nature of the generated "instructions", less performance-critical code-paths can easily be shared between interpreted and compiled evaluation. The new framework allows for significant future optimizations. E.g.: - basic infrastructure for to later reduce the per executor-startup overhead of expression evaluation, by caching state in prepared statements. That'd be helpful in OLTPish scenarios where initialization overhead is measurable. - optimizing the generated "code". A number of proposals for potential work has already been made. - optimizing the interpreter. Similarly a number of proposals have been made here too. The move of logic into the expression initialization step leads to some backward-incompatible changes: - Function permission checks are now done during expression initialization, whereas previously they were done during execution. In edge cases this can lead to errors being raised that previously wouldn't have been, e.g. a NULL array being coerced to a different array type previously didn't perform checks. - The set of domain constraints to be checked, is now evaluated once during expression initialization, previously it was re-built every time a domain check was evaluated. For normal queries this doesn't change much, but e.g. for plpgsql functions, which caches ExprStates, the old set could stick around longer. The behavior around might still change. Author: Andres Freund, with significant changes by Tom Lane, changes by Heikki Linnakangas Reviewed-By: Tom Lane, Heikki Linnakangas Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20161206034955.bh33paeralxbtluv@alap3.anarazel.de
2017-03-14 23:45:36 +01:00
indexInfo->ii_PredicateState = NULL;
Avoid index rebuild for no-rewrite ALTER TABLE .. ALTER TYPE. Noah Misch. Review and minor cosmetic changes by me.
2011-07-18 17:02:48 +02:00
indexInfo->ii_ExclusionOps = NULL;
indexInfo->ii_ExclusionProcs = NULL;
indexInfo->ii_ExclusionStrats = NULL;
Local partitioned indexes When CREATE INDEX is run on a partitioned table, create catalog entries for an index on the partitioned table (which is just a placeholder since the table proper has no data of its own), and recurse to create actual indexes on the existing partitions; create them in future partitions also. As a convenience gadget, if the new index definition matches some existing index in partitions, these are picked up and used instead of creating new ones. Whichever way these indexes come about, they become attached to the index on the parent table and are dropped alongside it, and cannot be dropped on isolation unless they are detached first. To support pg_dump'ing these indexes, add commands CREATE INDEX ON ONLY <table> (which creates the index on the parent partitioned table, without recursing) and ALTER INDEX ATTACH PARTITION (which is used after the indexes have been created individually on each partition, to attach them to the parent index). These reconstruct prior database state exactly. Reviewed-by: (in alphabetical order) Peter Eisentraut, Robert Haas, Amit Langote, Jesper Pedersen, Simon Riggs, David Rowley Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171113170646.gzweigyrgg6pwsg4@alvherre.pgsql
2018-01-19 15:49:22 +01:00
indexInfo->ii_Am = accessMethodId;
Allow index AMs to cache data across aminsert calls within a SQL command. It's always been possible for index AMs to cache data across successive amgettuple calls within a single SQL command: the IndexScanDesc.opaque field is meant for precisely that. However, no comparable facility exists for amortizing setup work across successive aminsert calls. This patch adds such a feature and teaches GIN, GIST, and BRIN to use it to amortize catalog lookups they'd previously been doing on every call. (The other standard index AMs keep everything they need in the relcache, so there's little to improve there.) For GIN, the overall improvement in a statement that inserts many rows can be as much as 10%, though it seems a bit less for the other two. In addition, this makes a really significant difference in runtime for CLOBBER_CACHE_ALWAYS tests, since in those builds the repeated catalog lookups are vastly more expensive. The reason this has been hard up to now is that the aminsert function is not passed any useful place to cache per-statement data. What I chose to do is to add suitable fields to struct IndexInfo and pass that to aminsert. That's not widening the index AM API very much because IndexInfo is already within the ken of ambuild; in fact, by passing the same info to aminsert as to ambuild, this is really removing an inconsistency in the AM API. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/27568.1486508680@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-02-09 17:52:12 +01:00
indexInfo->ii_AmCache = NULL;
indexInfo->ii_Context = CurrentMemoryContext;
Make CheckIndexCompatible simpler and more bullet-proof. This gives up the "don't rewrite the index" behavior in a couple of relatively unimportant cases, such as changing between an array type and an unconstrained domain over that array type, in return for making this code more future-proof. Noah Misch
2012-01-25 21:28:07 +01:00
typeObjectId = (Oid *) palloc(numberOfAttributes * sizeof(Oid));
Avoid index rebuild for no-rewrite ALTER TABLE .. ALTER TYPE. Noah Misch. Review and minor cosmetic changes by me.
2011-07-18 17:02:48 +02:00
collationObjectId = (Oid *) palloc(numberOfAttributes * sizeof(Oid));
classObjectId = (Oid *) palloc(numberOfAttributes * sizeof(Oid));
coloptions = (int16 *) palloc(numberOfAttributes * sizeof(int16));
Make CheckIndexCompatible simpler and more bullet-proof. This gives up the "don't rewrite the index" behavior in a couple of relatively unimportant cases, such as changing between an array type and an unconstrained domain over that array type, in return for making this code more future-proof. Noah Misch
2012-01-25 21:28:07 +01:00
ComputeIndexAttrs(indexInfo,
typeObjectId, collationObjectId, classObjectId,
Avoid index rebuild for no-rewrite ALTER TABLE .. ALTER TYPE. Noah Misch. Review and minor cosmetic changes by me.
2011-07-18 17:02:48 +02:00
coloptions, attributeList,
exclusionOpNames, relationId,
accessMethodName, accessMethodId,
amcanorder, isconstraint);
/* Get the soon-obsolete pg_index tuple. */
tuple = SearchSysCache1(INDEXRELID, ObjectIdGetDatum(oldId));
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))
elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for index %u", oldId);
Fix assorted bugs in CREATE/DROP INDEX CONCURRENTLY. Commit 8cb53654dbdb4c386369eb988062d0bbb6de725e, which introduced DROP INDEX CONCURRENTLY, managed to break CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY via a poor choice of catalog state representation. The pg_index state for an index that's reached the final pre-drop stage was the same as the state for an index just created by CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY. This meant that the (necessary) change to make RelationGetIndexList ignore about-to-die indexes also made it ignore freshly-created indexes; which is catastrophic because the latter do need to be considered in HOT-safety decisions. Failure to do so leads to incorrect index entries and subsequently wrong results from queries depending on the concurrently-created index. To fix, add an additional boolean column "indislive" to pg_index, so that the freshly-created and about-to-die states can be distinguished. (This change obviously is only possible in HEAD. This patch will need to be back-patched, but in 9.2 we'll use a kluge consisting of overloading the formerly-impossible state of indisvalid = true and indisready = false.) In addition, change CREATE/DROP INDEX CONCURRENTLY so that the pg_index flag changes they make without exclusive lock on the index are made via heap_inplace_update() rather than a normal transactional update. The latter is not very safe because moving the pg_index tuple could result in concurrent SnapshotNow scans finding it twice or not at all, thus possibly resulting in index corruption. This is a pre-existing bug in CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY, which was copied into the DROP code. In addition, fix various places in the code that ought to check to make sure that the indexes they are manipulating are valid and/or ready as appropriate. These represent bugs that have existed since 8.2, since a failed CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY could leave a corrupt or invalid index behind, and we ought not try to do anything that might fail with such an index. Also fix RelationReloadIndexInfo to ensure it copies all the pg_index columns that are allowed to change after initial creation. Previously we could have been left with stale values of some fields in an index relcache entry. It's not clear whether this actually had any user-visible consequences, but it's at least a bug waiting to happen. In addition, do some code and docs review for DROP INDEX CONCURRENTLY; some cosmetic code cleanup but mostly addition and revision of comments. This will need to be back-patched, but in a noticeably different form, so I'm committing it to HEAD before working on the back-patch. Problem reported by Amit Kapila, diagnosis by Pavan Deolassee, fix by Tom Lane and Andres Freund.
2012-11-29 03:25:27 +01:00
indexForm = (Form_pg_index) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
Avoid index rebuild for no-rewrite ALTER TABLE .. ALTER TYPE. Noah Misch. Review and minor cosmetic changes by me.
2011-07-18 17:02:48 +02:00
Fix assorted bugs in CREATE/DROP INDEX CONCURRENTLY. Commit 8cb53654dbdb4c386369eb988062d0bbb6de725e, which introduced DROP INDEX CONCURRENTLY, managed to break CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY via a poor choice of catalog state representation. The pg_index state for an index that's reached the final pre-drop stage was the same as the state for an index just created by CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY. This meant that the (necessary) change to make RelationGetIndexList ignore about-to-die indexes also made it ignore freshly-created indexes; which is catastrophic because the latter do need to be considered in HOT-safety decisions. Failure to do so leads to incorrect index entries and subsequently wrong results from queries depending on the concurrently-created index. To fix, add an additional boolean column "indislive" to pg_index, so that the freshly-created and about-to-die states can be distinguished. (This change obviously is only possible in HEAD. This patch will need to be back-patched, but in 9.2 we'll use a kluge consisting of overloading the formerly-impossible state of indisvalid = true and indisready = false.) In addition, change CREATE/DROP INDEX CONCURRENTLY so that the pg_index flag changes they make without exclusive lock on the index are made via heap_inplace_update() rather than a normal transactional update. The latter is not very safe because moving the pg_index tuple could result in concurrent SnapshotNow scans finding it twice or not at all, thus possibly resulting in index corruption. This is a pre-existing bug in CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY, which was copied into the DROP code. In addition, fix various places in the code that ought to check to make sure that the indexes they are manipulating are valid and/or ready as appropriate. These represent bugs that have existed since 8.2, since a failed CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY could leave a corrupt or invalid index behind, and we ought not try to do anything that might fail with such an index. Also fix RelationReloadIndexInfo to ensure it copies all the pg_index columns that are allowed to change after initial creation. Previously we could have been left with stale values of some fields in an index relcache entry. It's not clear whether this actually had any user-visible consequences, but it's at least a bug waiting to happen. In addition, do some code and docs review for DROP INDEX CONCURRENTLY; some cosmetic code cleanup but mostly addition and revision of comments. This will need to be back-patched, but in a noticeably different form, so I'm committing it to HEAD before working on the back-patch. Problem reported by Amit Kapila, diagnosis by Pavan Deolassee, fix by Tom Lane and Andres Freund.
2012-11-29 03:25:27 +01:00
/*
* We don't assess expressions or predicates; assume incompatibility.
* Also, if the index is invalid for any reason, treat it as incompatible.
*/
Fast ALTER TABLE ADD COLUMN with a non-NULL default Currently adding a column to a table with a non-NULL default results in a rewrite of the table. For large tables this can be both expensive and disruptive. This patch removes the need for the rewrite as long as the default value is not volatile. The default expression is evaluated at the time of the ALTER TABLE and the result stored in a new column (attmissingval) in pg_attribute, and a new column (atthasmissing) is set to true. Any existing row when fetched will be supplied with the attmissingval. New rows will have the supplied value or the default and so will never need the attmissingval. Any time the table is rewritten all the atthasmissing and attmissingval settings for the attributes are cleared, as they are no longer needed. The most visible code change from this is in heap_attisnull, which acquires a third TupleDesc argument, allowing it to detect a missing value if there is one. In many cases where it is known that there will not be any (e.g. catalog relations) NULL can be passed for this argument. Andrew Dunstan, heavily modified from an original patch from Serge Rielau. Reviewed by Tom Lane, Andres Freund, Tomas Vondra and David Rowley. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/31e2e921-7002-4c27-59f5-51f08404c858@2ndQuadrant.com
2018-03-28 02:13:52 +02:00
if (!(heap_attisnull(tuple, Anum_pg_index_indpred, NULL) &&
heap_attisnull(tuple, Anum_pg_index_indexprs, NULL) &&
Fix assorted bugs in CREATE/DROP INDEX CONCURRENTLY. Commit 8cb53654dbdb4c386369eb988062d0bbb6de725e, which introduced DROP INDEX CONCURRENTLY, managed to break CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY via a poor choice of catalog state representation. The pg_index state for an index that's reached the final pre-drop stage was the same as the state for an index just created by CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY. This meant that the (necessary) change to make RelationGetIndexList ignore about-to-die indexes also made it ignore freshly-created indexes; which is catastrophic because the latter do need to be considered in HOT-safety decisions. Failure to do so leads to incorrect index entries and subsequently wrong results from queries depending on the concurrently-created index. To fix, add an additional boolean column "indislive" to pg_index, so that the freshly-created and about-to-die states can be distinguished. (This change obviously is only possible in HEAD. This patch will need to be back-patched, but in 9.2 we'll use a kluge consisting of overloading the formerly-impossible state of indisvalid = true and indisready = false.) In addition, change CREATE/DROP INDEX CONCURRENTLY so that the pg_index flag changes they make without exclusive lock on the index are made via heap_inplace_update() rather than a normal transactional update. The latter is not very safe because moving the pg_index tuple could result in concurrent SnapshotNow scans finding it twice or not at all, thus possibly resulting in index corruption. This is a pre-existing bug in CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY, which was copied into the DROP code. In addition, fix various places in the code that ought to check to make sure that the indexes they are manipulating are valid and/or ready as appropriate. These represent bugs that have existed since 8.2, since a failed CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY could leave a corrupt or invalid index behind, and we ought not try to do anything that might fail with such an index. Also fix RelationReloadIndexInfo to ensure it copies all the pg_index columns that are allowed to change after initial creation. Previously we could have been left with stale values of some fields in an index relcache entry. It's not clear whether this actually had any user-visible consequences, but it's at least a bug waiting to happen. In addition, do some code and docs review for DROP INDEX CONCURRENTLY; some cosmetic code cleanup but mostly addition and revision of comments. This will need to be back-patched, but in a noticeably different form, so I'm committing it to HEAD before working on the back-patch. Problem reported by Amit Kapila, diagnosis by Pavan Deolassee, fix by Tom Lane and Andres Freund.
2012-11-29 03:25:27 +01:00
IndexIsValid(indexForm)))
Avoid index rebuild for no-rewrite ALTER TABLE .. ALTER TYPE. Noah Misch. Review and minor cosmetic changes by me.
2011-07-18 17:02:48 +02:00
{
ReleaseSysCache(tuple);
return false;
}
Make CheckIndexCompatible simpler and more bullet-proof. This gives up the "don't rewrite the index" behavior in a couple of relatively unimportant cases, such as changing between an array type and an unconstrained domain over that array type, in return for making this code more future-proof. Noah Misch
2012-01-25 21:28:07 +01:00
/* Any change in operator class or collation breaks compatibility. */
Indexes with INCLUDE columns and their support in B-tree This patch introduces INCLUDE clause to index definition. This clause specifies a list of columns which will be included as a non-key part in the index. The INCLUDE columns exist solely to allow more queries to benefit from index-only scans. Also, such columns don't need to have appropriate operator classes. Expressions are not supported as INCLUDE columns since they cannot be used in index-only scans. Index access methods supporting INCLUDE are indicated by amcaninclude flag in IndexAmRoutine. For now, only B-tree indexes support INCLUDE clause. In B-tree indexes INCLUDE columns are truncated from pivot index tuples (tuples located in non-leaf pages and high keys). Therefore, B-tree indexes now might have variable number of attributes. This patch also provides generic facility to support that: pivot tuples contain number of their attributes in t_tid.ip_posid. Free 13th bit of t_info is used for indicating that. This facility will simplify further support of index suffix truncation. The changes of above are backward-compatible, pg_upgrade doesn't need special handling of B-tree indexes for that. Bump catalog version Author: Anastasia Lubennikova with contribition by Alexander Korotkov and me Reviewed by: Peter Geoghegan, Tomas Vondra, Antonin Houska, Jeff Janes, David Rowley, Alexander Korotkov Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/56168952.4010101@postgrespro.ru
2018-04-07 22:00:39 +02:00
old_natts = indexForm->indnkeyatts;
Avoid index rebuild for no-rewrite ALTER TABLE .. ALTER TYPE. Noah Misch. Review and minor cosmetic changes by me.
2011-07-18 17:02:48 +02:00
Assert(old_natts == numberOfAttributes);
d = SysCacheGetAttr(INDEXRELID, tuple, Anum_pg_index_indcollation, &isnull);
Assert(!isnull);
old_indcollation = (oidvector *) DatumGetPointer(d);
d = SysCacheGetAttr(INDEXRELID, tuple, Anum_pg_index_indclass, &isnull);
Assert(!isnull);
old_indclass = (oidvector *) DatumGetPointer(d);
Make CheckIndexCompatible simpler and more bullet-proof. This gives up the "don't rewrite the index" behavior in a couple of relatively unimportant cases, such as changing between an array type and an unconstrained domain over that array type, in return for making this code more future-proof. Noah Misch
2012-01-25 21:28:07 +01:00
ret = (memcmp(old_indclass->values, classObjectId,
old_natts * sizeof(Oid)) == 0 &&
memcmp(old_indcollation->values, collationObjectId,
old_natts * sizeof(Oid)) == 0);
Avoid index rebuild for no-rewrite ALTER TABLE .. ALTER TYPE. Noah Misch. Review and minor cosmetic changes by me.
2011-07-18 17:02:48 +02:00
ReleaseSysCache(tuple);
Damage control for yesterday's CheckIndexCompatible changes. Rip out a regression test that doesn't play well with settings put in place by the build farm, and rewrite the code in CheckIndexCompatible in a hopefully more transparent style.
2012-01-26 14:21:31 +01:00
if (!ret)
return false;
Make CheckIndexCompatible simpler and more bullet-proof. This gives up the "don't rewrite the index" behavior in a couple of relatively unimportant cases, such as changing between an array type and an unconstrained domain over that array type, in return for making this code more future-proof. Noah Misch
2012-01-25 21:28:07 +01:00
/* For polymorphic opcintype, column type changes break compatibility. */
Run pgindent on 9.2 source tree in preparation for first 9.3 commit-fest.
2012-06-10 21:20:04 +02:00
irel = index_open(oldId, AccessShareLock); /* caller probably has a lock */
Damage control for yesterday's CheckIndexCompatible changes. Rip out a regression test that doesn't play well with settings put in place by the build farm, and rewrite the code in CheckIndexCompatible in a hopefully more transparent style.
2012-01-26 14:21:31 +01:00
for (i = 0; i < old_natts; i++)
{
if (IsPolymorphicType(get_opclass_input_type(classObjectId[i])) &&
Change tupledesc->attrs[n] to TupleDescAttr(tupledesc, n). This is a mechanical change in preparation for a later commit that will change the layout of TupleDesc. Introducing a macro to abstract the details of where attributes are stored will allow us to change that in separate step and revise it in future. Author: Thomas Munro, editorialized by Andres Freund Reviewed-By: Andres Freund Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEepm=0ZtQ-SpsgCyzzYpsXS6e=kZWqk3g5Ygn3MDV7A8dabUA@mail.gmail.com
2017-08-20 20:19:07 +02:00
TupleDescAttr(irel->rd_att, i)->atttypid != typeObjectId[i])
Damage control for yesterday's CheckIndexCompatible changes. Rip out a regression test that doesn't play well with settings put in place by the build farm, and rewrite the code in CheckIndexCompatible in a hopefully more transparent style.
2012-01-26 14:21:31 +01:00
{
ret = false;
break;
}
}
Make CheckIndexCompatible simpler and more bullet-proof. This gives up the "don't rewrite the index" behavior in a couple of relatively unimportant cases, such as changing between an array type and an unconstrained domain over that array type, in return for making this code more future-proof. Noah Misch
2012-01-25 21:28:07 +01:00
/* Any change in exclusion operator selections breaks compatibility. */
if (ret && indexInfo->ii_ExclusionOps != NULL)
Avoid index rebuild for no-rewrite ALTER TABLE .. ALTER TYPE. Noah Misch. Review and minor cosmetic changes by me.
2011-07-18 17:02:48 +02:00
{
Run pgindent on 9.2 source tree in preparation for first 9.3 commit-fest.
2012-06-10 21:20:04 +02:00
Oid *old_operators,
*old_procs;
Avoid index rebuild for no-rewrite ALTER TABLE .. ALTER TYPE. Noah Misch. Review and minor cosmetic changes by me.
2011-07-18 17:02:48 +02:00
uint16 *old_strats;
RelationGetExclusionInfo(irel, &old_operators, &old_procs, &old_strats);
Make CheckIndexCompatible simpler and more bullet-proof. This gives up the "don't rewrite the index" behavior in a couple of relatively unimportant cases, such as changing between an array type and an unconstrained domain over that array type, in return for making this code more future-proof. Noah Misch
2012-01-25 21:28:07 +01:00
ret = memcmp(old_operators, indexInfo->ii_ExclusionOps,
old_natts * sizeof(Oid)) == 0;
Avoid index rebuild for no-rewrite ALTER TABLE .. ALTER TYPE. Noah Misch. Review and minor cosmetic changes by me.
2011-07-18 17:02:48 +02:00
Make CheckIndexCompatible simpler and more bullet-proof. This gives up the "don't rewrite the index" behavior in a couple of relatively unimportant cases, such as changing between an array type and an unconstrained domain over that array type, in return for making this code more future-proof. Noah Misch
2012-01-25 21:28:07 +01:00
/* Require an exact input type match for polymorphic operators. */
Damage control for yesterday's CheckIndexCompatible changes. Rip out a regression test that doesn't play well with settings put in place by the build farm, and rewrite the code in CheckIndexCompatible in a hopefully more transparent style.
2012-01-26 14:21:31 +01:00
if (ret)
Make CheckIndexCompatible simpler and more bullet-proof. This gives up the "don't rewrite the index" behavior in a couple of relatively unimportant cases, such as changing between an array type and an unconstrained domain over that array type, in return for making this code more future-proof. Noah Misch
2012-01-25 21:28:07 +01:00
{
Damage control for yesterday's CheckIndexCompatible changes. Rip out a regression test that doesn't play well with settings put in place by the build farm, and rewrite the code in CheckIndexCompatible in a hopefully more transparent style.
2012-01-26 14:21:31 +01:00
for (i = 0; i < old_natts && ret; i++)
{
Oid left,
right;
Avoid index rebuild for no-rewrite ALTER TABLE .. ALTER TYPE. Noah Misch. Review and minor cosmetic changes by me.
2011-07-18 17:02:48 +02:00
Damage control for yesterday's CheckIndexCompatible changes. Rip out a regression test that doesn't play well with settings put in place by the build farm, and rewrite the code in CheckIndexCompatible in a hopefully more transparent style.
2012-01-26 14:21:31 +01:00
op_input_types(indexInfo->ii_ExclusionOps[i], &left, &right);
if ((IsPolymorphicType(left) || IsPolymorphicType(right)) &&
Change tupledesc->attrs[n] to TupleDescAttr(tupledesc, n). This is a mechanical change in preparation for a later commit that will change the layout of TupleDesc. Introducing a macro to abstract the details of where attributes are stored will allow us to change that in separate step and revise it in future. Author: Thomas Munro, editorialized by Andres Freund Reviewed-By: Andres Freund Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEepm=0ZtQ-SpsgCyzzYpsXS6e=kZWqk3g5Ygn3MDV7A8dabUA@mail.gmail.com
2017-08-20 20:19:07 +02:00
TupleDescAttr(irel->rd_att, i)->atttypid != typeObjectId[i])
Damage control for yesterday's CheckIndexCompatible changes. Rip out a regression test that doesn't play well with settings put in place by the build farm, and rewrite the code in CheckIndexCompatible in a hopefully more transparent style.
2012-01-26 14:21:31 +01:00
{
ret = false;
break;
}
}
Make CheckIndexCompatible simpler and more bullet-proof. This gives up the "don't rewrite the index" behavior in a couple of relatively unimportant cases, such as changing between an array type and an unconstrained domain over that array type, in return for making this code more future-proof. Noah Misch
2012-01-25 21:28:07 +01:00
}
Avoid index rebuild for no-rewrite ALTER TABLE .. ALTER TYPE. Noah Misch. Review and minor cosmetic changes by me.
2011-07-18 17:02:48 +02:00
}
Make CheckIndexCompatible simpler and more bullet-proof. This gives up the "don't rewrite the index" behavior in a couple of relatively unimportant cases, such as changing between an array type and an unconstrained domain over that array type, in return for making this code more future-proof. Noah Misch
2012-01-25 21:28:07 +01:00
index_close(irel, NoLock);
Avoid index rebuild for no-rewrite ALTER TABLE .. ALTER TYPE. Noah Misch. Review and minor cosmetic changes by me.
2011-07-18 17:02:48 +02:00
return ret;
}
Postgres95 1.01 Distribution - Virgin Sources
1996-07-09 08:22:35 +02:00
/*
pgindent run over code.
1999-05-25 18:15:34 +02:00
* DefineIndex
Massive commit to run PGINDENT on all *.c and *.h files.
1997-09-07 07:04:48 +02:00
* Creates a new index.
Postgres95 1.01 Distribution - Virgin Sources
1996-07-09 08:22:35 +02:00
*
Avoid repeated name lookups during table and index DDL. If the name lookups come to different conclusions due to concurrent activity, we might perform some parts of the DDL on a different table than other parts. At least in the case of CREATE INDEX, this can be used to cause the permissions checks to be performed against a different table than the index creation, allowing for a privilege escalation attack. This changes the calling convention for DefineIndex, CreateTrigger, transformIndexStmt, transformAlterTableStmt, CheckIndexCompatible (in 9.2 and newer), and AlterTable (in 9.1 and older). In addition, CheckRelationOwnership is removed in 9.2 and newer and the calling convention is changed in older branches. A field has also been added to the Constraint node (FkConstraint in 8.4). Third-party code calling these functions or using the Constraint node will require updating. Report by Andres Freund. Patch by Robert Haas and Andres Freund, reviewed by Tom Lane. Security: CVE-2014-0062
2014-02-17 15:33:31 +01:00
* 'relationId': the OID of the heap relation on which the index is to be
* created
Avoid pre-determining index names during CREATE TABLE LIKE parsing. Formerly, when trying to copy both indexes and comments, CREATE TABLE LIKE had to pre-assign names to indexes that had comments, because it made up an explicit CommentStmt command to apply the comment and so it had to know the name for the index. This creates bad interactions with other indexes, as shown in bug #6734 from Daniele Varrazzo: the preassignment logic couldn't take any other indexes into account so it could choose a conflicting name. To fix, add a field to IndexStmt that allows it to carry a comment to be assigned to the new index. (This isn't a user-exposed feature of CREATE INDEX, only an internal option.) Now we don't need preassignment of index names in any situation. I also took the opportunity to refactor DefineIndex to accept the IndexStmt as such, rather than passing all its fields individually in a mile-long parameter list. Back-patch to 9.2, but no further, because it seems too dangerous to change IndexStmt or DefineIndex's API in released branches. The bug exists back to 9.0 where CREATE TABLE LIKE grew the ability to copy comments, but given the lack of prior complaints we'll just let it go unfixed before 9.2.
2012-07-16 19:25:18 +02:00
* 'stmt': IndexStmt describing the properties of the new index.
First phase of project to use fixed OIDs for all system catalogs and indexes. Extend the macros in include/catalog/*.h to carry the info about hand-assigned OIDs, and adjust the genbki script and bootstrap code to make the relations actually get those OIDs. Remove the small number of RelOid_pg_foo macros that we had in favor of a complete set named like the catname.h and indexing.h macros. Next phase will get rid of internal use of names for looking up catalogs and indexes; but this completes the changes forcing an initdb, so it looks like a good place to commit. Along the way, I made the shared relations (pg_database etc) not be 'bootstrap' relations any more, so as to reduce the number of hardwired entries and simplify changing those relations in future. I'm not sure whether they ever really needed to be handled as bootstrap relations, but it seems to work fine to not do so now.
2005-04-14 03:38:22 +02:00
* 'indexRelationId': normally InvalidOid, but during bootstrap can be
* nonzero to specify a preselected OID for the index.
Local partitioned indexes When CREATE INDEX is run on a partitioned table, create catalog entries for an index on the partitioned table (which is just a placeholder since the table proper has no data of its own), and recurse to create actual indexes on the existing partitions; create them in future partitions also. As a convenience gadget, if the new index definition matches some existing index in partitions, these are picked up and used instead of creating new ones. Whichever way these indexes come about, they become attached to the index on the parent table and are dropped alongside it, and cannot be dropped on isolation unless they are detached first. To support pg_dump'ing these indexes, add commands CREATE INDEX ON ONLY <table> (which creates the index on the parent partitioned table, without recursing) and ALTER INDEX ATTACH PARTITION (which is used after the indexes have been created individually on each partition, to attach them to the parent index). These reconstruct prior database state exactly. Reviewed-by: (in alphabetical order) Peter Eisentraut, Robert Haas, Amit Langote, Jesper Pedersen, Simon Riggs, David Rowley Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171113170646.gzweigyrgg6pwsg4@alvherre.pgsql
2018-01-19 15:49:22 +01:00
* 'parentIndexId': the OID of the parent index; InvalidOid if not the child
* of a partitioned index.
Allow UNIQUE indexes on partitioned tables If we restrict unique constraints on partitioned tables so that they must always include the partition key, then our standard approach to unique indexes already works --- each unique key is forced to exist within a single partition, so enforcing the unique restriction in each index individually is enough to have it enforced globally. Therefore we can implement unique indexes on partitions by simply removing a few restrictions (and adding others.) Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171222212921.hi6hg6pem2w2t36z@alvherre.pgsql Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171229230607.3iib6b62fn3uaf47@alvherre.pgsql Reviewed-by: Simon Riggs, Jesper Pedersen, Peter Eisentraut, Jaime Casanova, Amit Langote
2018-02-19 20:59:37 +01:00
* 'parentConstraintId': the OID of the parent constraint; InvalidOid if not
* the child of a constraint (only used when recursing)
ALTER TABLE rewrite. New cool stuff: * ALTER ... ADD COLUMN with defaults and NOT NULL constraints works per SQL spec. A default is implemented by rewriting the table with the new value stored in each row. * ALTER COLUMN TYPE. You can change a column's datatype to anything you want, so long as you can specify how to convert the old value. Rewrites the table. (Possible future improvement: optimize no-op conversions such as varchar(N) to varchar(N+1).) * Multiple ALTER actions in a single ALTER TABLE command. You can perform any number of column additions, type changes, and constraint additions with only one pass over the table contents. Basic documentation provided in ALTER TABLE ref page, but some more docs work is needed. Original patch from Rod Taylor, additional work from Tom Lane.
2004-05-05 06:48:48 +02:00
* 'is_alter_table': this is due to an ALTER rather than a CREATE operation.
Ignore tablespace ACLs when ignoring schema ACLs. The ALTER TABLE ALTER TYPE implementation can issue DROP INDEX and CREATE INDEX to refit existing indexes for the new column type. Since this CREATE INDEX is an implementation detail of an index alteration, the ensuing DefineIndex() should skip ACL checks specific to index creation. It already skips the namespace ACL check. Make it skip the tablespace ACL check, too. Back-patch to 9.2 (all supported versions). Reviewed by Tom Lane.
2017-02-12 22:03:41 +01:00
* 'check_rights': check for CREATE rights in namespace and tablespace. (This
* should be true except when ALTER is deleting/recreating an index.)
Disallow CREATE INDEX if table is already in use in current session. If we allow this, whatever outer command has the table open will not know about the new index and may fail to update it as needed, as shown in a report from Laurenz Albe. We already had such a prohibition in place for ALTER TABLE, but the CREATE INDEX syntax missed the check. Fixing it requires an API change for DefineIndex(), which conceivably would break third-party extensions if we were to back-patch it. Given how long this problem has existed without being noticed, fixing it in the back branches doesn't seem worth that risk. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/A737B7A37273E048B164557ADEF4A58B53A4DC9A@ntex2010i.host.magwien.gv.at
2017-06-04 18:02:31 +02:00
* 'check_not_in_use': check for table not already in use in current session.
* This should be true unless caller is holding the table open, in which
* case the caller had better have checked it earlier.
Local partitioned indexes When CREATE INDEX is run on a partitioned table, create catalog entries for an index on the partitioned table (which is just a placeholder since the table proper has no data of its own), and recurse to create actual indexes on the existing partitions; create them in future partitions also. As a convenience gadget, if the new index definition matches some existing index in partitions, these are picked up and used instead of creating new ones. Whichever way these indexes come about, they become attached to the index on the parent table and are dropped alongside it, and cannot be dropped on isolation unless they are detached first. To support pg_dump'ing these indexes, add commands CREATE INDEX ON ONLY <table> (which creates the index on the parent partitioned table, without recursing) and ALTER INDEX ATTACH PARTITION (which is used after the indexes have been created individually on each partition, to attach them to the parent index). These reconstruct prior database state exactly. Reviewed-by: (in alphabetical order) Peter Eisentraut, Robert Haas, Amit Langote, Jesper Pedersen, Simon Riggs, David Rowley Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171113170646.gzweigyrgg6pwsg4@alvherre.pgsql
2018-01-19 15:49:22 +01:00
* 'skip_build': make the catalog entries but don't create the index files
ALTER TABLE rewrite. New cool stuff: * ALTER ... ADD COLUMN with defaults and NOT NULL constraints works per SQL spec. A default is implemented by rewriting the table with the new value stored in each row. * ALTER COLUMN TYPE. You can change a column's datatype to anything you want, so long as you can specify how to convert the old value. Rewrites the table. (Possible future improvement: optimize no-op conversions such as varchar(N) to varchar(N+1).) * Multiple ALTER actions in a single ALTER TABLE command. You can perform any number of column additions, type changes, and constraint additions with only one pass over the table contents. Basic documentation provided in ALTER TABLE ref page, but some more docs work is needed. Original patch from Rod Taylor, additional work from Tom Lane.
2004-05-05 06:48:48 +02:00
* 'quiet': suppress the NOTICE chatter ordinarily provided for constraints.
Avoid index rebuild for no-rewrite ALTER TABLE .. ALTER TYPE. Noah Misch. Review and minor cosmetic changes by me.
2011-07-18 17:02:48 +02:00
*
Change many routines to return ObjectAddress rather than OID The changed routines are mostly those that can be directly called by ProcessUtilitySlow; the intention is to make the affected object information more precise, in support for future event trigger changes. Originally it was envisioned that the OID of the affected object would be enough, and in most cases that is correct, but upon actually implementing the event trigger changes it turned out that ObjectAddress is more widely useful. Additionally, some command execution routines grew an output argument that's an object address which provides further info about the executed command. To wit: * for ALTER DOMAIN / ADD CONSTRAINT, it corresponds to the address of the new constraint * for ALTER OBJECT / SET SCHEMA, it corresponds to the address of the schema that originally contained the object. * for ALTER EXTENSION {ADD, DROP} OBJECT, it corresponds to the address of the object added to or dropped from the extension. There's no user-visible change in this commit, and no functional change either. Discussion: 20150218213255.GC6717@tamriel.snowman.net Reviewed-By: Stephen Frost, Andres Freund
2015-03-03 18:10:50 +01:00
* Returns the object address of the created index.
Postgres95 1.01 Distribution - Virgin Sources
1996-07-09 08:22:35 +02:00
*/
Change many routines to return ObjectAddress rather than OID The changed routines are mostly those that can be directly called by ProcessUtilitySlow; the intention is to make the affected object information more precise, in support for future event trigger changes. Originally it was envisioned that the OID of the affected object would be enough, and in most cases that is correct, but upon actually implementing the event trigger changes it turned out that ObjectAddress is more widely useful. Additionally, some command execution routines grew an output argument that's an object address which provides further info about the executed command. To wit: * for ALTER DOMAIN / ADD CONSTRAINT, it corresponds to the address of the new constraint * for ALTER OBJECT / SET SCHEMA, it corresponds to the address of the schema that originally contained the object. * for ALTER EXTENSION {ADD, DROP} OBJECT, it corresponds to the address of the object added to or dropped from the extension. There's no user-visible change in this commit, and no functional change either. Discussion: 20150218213255.GC6717@tamriel.snowman.net Reviewed-By: Stephen Frost, Andres Freund
2015-03-03 18:10:50 +01:00
ObjectAddress
Avoid repeated name lookups during table and index DDL. If the name lookups come to different conclusions due to concurrent activity, we might perform some parts of the DDL on a different table than other parts. At least in the case of CREATE INDEX, this can be used to cause the permissions checks to be performed against a different table than the index creation, allowing for a privilege escalation attack. This changes the calling convention for DefineIndex, CreateTrigger, transformIndexStmt, transformAlterTableStmt, CheckIndexCompatible (in 9.2 and newer), and AlterTable (in 9.1 and older). In addition, CheckRelationOwnership is removed in 9.2 and newer and the calling convention is changed in older branches. A field has also been added to the Constraint node (FkConstraint in 8.4). Third-party code calling these functions or using the Constraint node will require updating. Report by Andres Freund. Patch by Robert Haas and Andres Freund, reviewed by Tom Lane. Security: CVE-2014-0062
2014-02-17 15:33:31 +01:00
DefineIndex(Oid relationId,
IndexStmt *stmt,
First phase of project to use fixed OIDs for all system catalogs and indexes. Extend the macros in include/catalog/*.h to carry the info about hand-assigned OIDs, and adjust the genbki script and bootstrap code to make the relations actually get those OIDs. Remove the small number of RelOid_pg_foo macros that we had in favor of a complete set named like the catname.h and indexing.h macros. Next phase will get rid of internal use of names for looking up catalogs and indexes; but this completes the changes forcing an initdb, so it looks like a good place to commit. Along the way, I made the shared relations (pg_database etc) not be 'bootstrap' relations any more, so as to reduce the number of hardwired entries and simplify changing those relations in future. I'm not sure whether they ever really needed to be handled as bootstrap relations, but it seems to work fine to not do so now.
2005-04-14 03:38:22 +02:00
Oid indexRelationId,
Local partitioned indexes When CREATE INDEX is run on a partitioned table, create catalog entries for an index on the partitioned table (which is just a placeholder since the table proper has no data of its own), and recurse to create actual indexes on the existing partitions; create them in future partitions also. As a convenience gadget, if the new index definition matches some existing index in partitions, these are picked up and used instead of creating new ones. Whichever way these indexes come about, they become attached to the index on the parent table and are dropped alongside it, and cannot be dropped on isolation unless they are detached first. To support pg_dump'ing these indexes, add commands CREATE INDEX ON ONLY <table> (which creates the index on the parent partitioned table, without recursing) and ALTER INDEX ATTACH PARTITION (which is used after the indexes have been created individually on each partition, to attach them to the parent index). These reconstruct prior database state exactly. Reviewed-by: (in alphabetical order) Peter Eisentraut, Robert Haas, Amit Langote, Jesper Pedersen, Simon Riggs, David Rowley Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171113170646.gzweigyrgg6pwsg4@alvherre.pgsql
2018-01-19 15:49:22 +01:00
Oid parentIndexId,
Post-feature-freeze pgindent run. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15719.1523984266@sss.pgh.pa.us
2018-04-26 20:47:16 +02:00
Oid parentConstraintId,
ALTER TABLE rewrite. New cool stuff: * ALTER ... ADD COLUMN with defaults and NOT NULL constraints works per SQL spec. A default is implemented by rewriting the table with the new value stored in each row. * ALTER COLUMN TYPE. You can change a column's datatype to anything you want, so long as you can specify how to convert the old value. Rewrites the table. (Possible future improvement: optimize no-op conversions such as varchar(N) to varchar(N+1).) * Multiple ALTER actions in a single ALTER TABLE command. You can perform any number of column additions, type changes, and constraint additions with only one pass over the table contents. Basic documentation provided in ALTER TABLE ref page, but some more docs work is needed. Original patch from Rod Taylor, additional work from Tom Lane.
2004-05-05 06:48:48 +02:00
bool is_alter_table,
bool check_rights,
Disallow CREATE INDEX if table is already in use in current session. If we allow this, whatever outer command has the table open will not know about the new index and may fail to update it as needed, as shown in a report from Laurenz Albe. We already had such a prohibition in place for ALTER TABLE, but the CREATE INDEX syntax missed the check. Fixing it requires an API change for DefineIndex(), which conceivably would break third-party extensions if we were to back-patch it. Given how long this problem has existed without being noticed, fixing it in the back branches doesn't seem worth that risk. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/A737B7A37273E048B164557ADEF4A58B53A4DC9A@ntex2010i.host.magwien.gv.at
2017-06-04 18:02:31 +02:00
bool check_not_in_use,
ALTER TABLE rewrite. New cool stuff: * ALTER ... ADD COLUMN with defaults and NOT NULL constraints works per SQL spec. A default is implemented by rewriting the table with the new value stored in each row. * ALTER COLUMN TYPE. You can change a column's datatype to anything you want, so long as you can specify how to convert the old value. Rewrites the table. (Possible future improvement: optimize no-op conversions such as varchar(N) to varchar(N+1).) * Multiple ALTER actions in a single ALTER TABLE command. You can perform any number of column additions, type changes, and constraint additions with only one pass over the table contents. Basic documentation provided in ALTER TABLE ref page, but some more docs work is needed. Original patch from Rod Taylor, additional work from Tom Lane.
2004-05-05 06:48:48 +02:00
bool skip_build,
Avoid pre-determining index names during CREATE TABLE LIKE parsing. Formerly, when trying to copy both indexes and comments, CREATE TABLE LIKE had to pre-assign names to indexes that had comments, because it made up an explicit CommentStmt command to apply the comment and so it had to know the name for the index. This creates bad interactions with other indexes, as shown in bug #6734 from Daniele Varrazzo: the preassignment logic couldn't take any other indexes into account so it could choose a conflicting name. To fix, add a field to IndexStmt that allows it to carry a comment to be assigned to the new index. (This isn't a user-exposed feature of CREATE INDEX, only an internal option.) Now we don't need preassignment of index names in any situation. I also took the opportunity to refactor DefineIndex to accept the IndexStmt as such, rather than passing all its fields individually in a mile-long parameter list. Back-patch to 9.2, but no further, because it seems too dangerous to change IndexStmt or DefineIndex's API in released branches. The bug exists back to 9.0 where CREATE TABLE LIKE grew the ability to copy comments, but given the lack of prior complaints we'll just let it go unfixed before 9.2.
2012-07-16 19:25:18 +02:00
bool quiet)
Postgres95 1.01 Distribution - Virgin Sources
1996-07-09 08:22:35 +02:00
{
Avoid pre-determining index names during CREATE TABLE LIKE parsing. Formerly, when trying to copy both indexes and comments, CREATE TABLE LIKE had to pre-assign names to indexes that had comments, because it made up an explicit CommentStmt command to apply the comment and so it had to know the name for the index. This creates bad interactions with other indexes, as shown in bug #6734 from Daniele Varrazzo: the preassignment logic couldn't take any other indexes into account so it could choose a conflicting name. To fix, add a field to IndexStmt that allows it to carry a comment to be assigned to the new index. (This isn't a user-exposed feature of CREATE INDEX, only an internal option.) Now we don't need preassignment of index names in any situation. I also took the opportunity to refactor DefineIndex to accept the IndexStmt as such, rather than passing all its fields individually in a mile-long parameter list. Back-patch to 9.2, but no further, because it seems too dangerous to change IndexStmt or DefineIndex's API in released branches. The bug exists back to 9.0 where CREATE TABLE LIKE grew the ability to copy comments, but given the lack of prior complaints we'll just let it go unfixed before 9.2.
2012-07-16 19:25:18 +02:00
char *indexRelationName;
char *accessMethodName;
Make CheckIndexCompatible simpler and more bullet-proof. This gives up the "don't rewrite the index" behavior in a couple of relatively unimportant cases, such as changing between an array type and an unconstrained domain over that array type, in return for making this code more future-proof. Noah Misch
2012-01-25 21:28:07 +01:00
Oid *typeObjectId;
Per-column collation support This adds collation support for columns and domains, a COLLATE clause to override it per expression, and B-tree index support. Peter Eisentraut reviewed by Pavel Stehule, Itagaki Takahiro, Robert Haas, Noah Misch
2011-02-08 22:04:18 +01:00
Oid *collationObjectId;
Another PGINDENT run that changes variable indenting and case label indenting. Also static variable indenting.
1997-09-08 04:41:22 +02:00
Oid *classObjectId;
Oid accessMethodId;
Restructure aclcheck error reporting to make permission-failure messages more uniform and internationalizable: the global array aclcheck_error_strings[] is gone in favor of a subroutine aclcheck_error(). Partial implementation of namespace-related permission checks --- not all done yet.
2002-04-27 05:45:03 +02:00
Oid namespaceId;
Tablespaces. Alternate database locations are dead, long live tablespaces. There are various things left to do: contrib dbsize and oid2name modules need work, and so does the documentation. Also someone should think about COMMENT ON TABLESPACE and maybe RENAME TABLESPACE. Also initlocation is dead, it just doesn't know it yet. Gavin Sherry and Tom Lane.
2004-06-18 08:14:31 +02:00
Oid tablespaceId;
Allow UNIQUE indexes on partitioned tables If we restrict unique constraints on partitioned tables so that they must always include the partition key, then our standard approach to unique indexes already works --- each unique key is forced to exist within a single partition, so enforcing the unique restriction in each index individually is enough to have it enforced globally. Therefore we can implement unique indexes on partitions by simply removing a few restrictions (and adding others.) Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171222212921.hi6hg6pem2w2t36z@alvherre.pgsql Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171229230607.3iib6b62fn3uaf47@alvherre.pgsql Reviewed-by: Simon Riggs, Jesper Pedersen, Peter Eisentraut, Jaime Casanova, Amit Langote
2018-02-19 20:59:37 +01:00
Oid createdConstraintId = InvalidOid;
Adjust naming of indexes and their columns per recent discussion. Index expression columns are now named after the FigureColname result for their expressions, rather than always being "pg_expression_N". Digits are appended to this name if needed to make the column name unique within the index. (That happens for regular columns too, thus fixing the old problem that CREATE INDEX fooi ON foo (f1, f1) fails. Before exclusion indexes there was no real reason to do such a thing, but now maybe there is.) Default names for indexes and associated constraints now include the column names of all their columns, not only the first one as in previous practice. (Of course, this will be truncated as needed to fit in NAMEDATALEN. Also, pkey indexes retain the historical behavior of not naming specific columns at all.) An example of the results: regression=# create table foo (f1 int, f2 text, regression(# exclude (f1 with =, lower(f2) with =)); NOTICE: CREATE TABLE / EXCLUDE will create implicit index "foo_f1_lower_exclusion" for table "foo" CREATE TABLE regression=# \d foo_f1_lower_exclusion Index "public.foo_f1_lower_exclusion" Column | Type | Definition --------+---------+------------ f1 | integer | f1 lower | text | lower(f2) btree, for table "public.foo"
2009-12-23 03:35:25 +01:00
List *indexColNames;
Fix interference between covering indexes and partitioned tables The bug is caused due to the original IndexStmt that DefineIndex receives being overwritten when processing the INCLUDE columns. Use separate list of index params to propagate to child tables. Add tests covering this case. Amit Langote and Alexander Korotkov. Re-commit 5c6110c6a960ad6fe1b0d0fec6ae36ef4eb913f5 because it discovered a bug fixed in c266ed31a8a3beed3533e6a78faeca78234cbd43 Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAJGNTeO%3DBguEyG8wxMpU_Vgvg3nGGzy71zUQ0RpzEn_mb0bSWA%40mail.gmail.com
2018-04-12 16:25:13 +02:00
List *allIndexParams;
Require ownership permission for CREATE INDEX, per bug report. Disallow CREATE INDEX on system catalogs, non-tables (views, sequences, etc). Disallow CREATE/DROP TRIGGER on system catalogs, non-tables. Disallow ALTER TABLE ADD/DROP CONSTRAINT on system catalogs. Disallow FOREIGN KEY reference to non-table. None of these things can actually work in the present system structure, but the code was letting them pass without complaint.
2002-01-04 00:21:32 +01:00
Relation rel;
HOT updates. When we update a tuple without changing any of its indexed columns, and the new version can be stored on the same heap page, we no longer generate extra index entries for the new version. Instead, index searches follow the HOT-chain links to ensure they find the correct tuple version. In addition, this patch introduces the ability to "prune" dead tuples on a per-page basis, without having to do a complete VACUUM pass to recover space. VACUUM is still needed to clean up dead index entries, however. Pavan Deolasee, with help from a bunch of other people.
2007-09-20 19:56:33 +02:00
Relation indexRelation;
Restructure index AM interface for index building and index tuple deletion, per previous discussion on pghackers. Most of the duplicate code in different AMs' ambuild routines has been moved out to a common routine in index.c; this means that all index types now do the right things about inserting recently-dead tuples, etc. (I also removed support for EXTEND INDEX in the ambuild routines, since that's about to go away anyway, and it cluttered the code a lot.) The retail indextuple deletion routines have been replaced by a "bulk delete" routine in which the indexscan is inside the access method. I haven't pushed this change as far as it should go yet, but it should allow considerable simplification of the internal bookkeeping for deletions. Also, add flag columns to pg_am to eliminate various hardcoded tests on AM OIDs, and remove unused pg_am columns. Fix rtree and gist index types to not attempt to store NULLs; before this, gist usually crashed, while rtree managed not to crash but computed wacko bounding boxes for NULL entries (which might have had something to do with the performance problems we've heard about occasionally). Add AtEOXact routines to hash, rtree, and gist, all of which have static state that needs to be reset after an error. We discovered this need long ago for btree, but missed the other guys. Oh, one more thing: concurrent VACUUM is now the default.
2001-07-16 00:48:19 +02:00
HeapTuple tuple;
Form_pg_am accessMethodForm;
Restructure index access method API to hide most of it at the C level. This patch reduces pg_am to just two columns, a name and a handler function. All the data formerly obtained from pg_am is now provided in a C struct returned by the handler function. This is similar to the designs we've adopted for FDWs and tablesample methods. There are multiple advantages. For one, the index AM's support functions are now simple C functions, making them faster to call and much less error-prone, since the C compiler can now check function signatures. For another, this will make it far more practical to define index access methods in installable extensions. A disadvantage is that SQL-level code can no longer see attributes of index AMs; in particular, some of the crosschecks in the opr_sanity regression test are no longer possible from SQL. We've addressed that by adding a facility for the index AM to perform such checks instead. (Much more could be done in that line, but for now we're content if the amvalidate functions more or less replace what opr_sanity used to do.) We might also want to expose some sort of reporting functionality, but this patch doesn't do that. Alexander Korotkov, reviewed by Petr Jelínek, and rather heavily editorialized on by me.
2016-01-18 01:36:59 +01:00
IndexAmRoutine *amRoutine;
Support ORDER BY ... NULLS FIRST/LAST, and add ASC/DESC/NULLS FIRST/NULLS LAST per-column options for btree indexes. The planner's support for this is still pretty rudimentary; it does not yet know how to plan mergejoins with nondefault ordering options. The documentation is pretty rudimentary, too. I'll work on improving that stuff later. Note incompatible change from prior behavior: ORDER BY ... USING will now be rejected if the operator is not a less-than or greater-than member of some btree opclass. This prevents less-than-sane behavior if an operator that doesn't actually define a proper sort ordering is selected.
2007-01-09 03:14:16 +01:00
bool amcanorder;
Restructure index access method API to hide most of it at the C level. This patch reduces pg_am to just two columns, a name and a handler function. All the data formerly obtained from pg_am is now provided in a C struct returned by the handler function. This is similar to the designs we've adopted for FDWs and tablesample methods. There are multiple advantages. For one, the index AM's support functions are now simple C functions, making them faster to call and much less error-prone, since the C compiler can now check function signatures. For another, this will make it far more practical to define index access methods in installable extensions. A disadvantage is that SQL-level code can no longer see attributes of index AMs; in particular, some of the crosschecks in the opr_sanity regression test are no longer possible from SQL. We've addressed that by adding a facility for the index AM to perform such checks instead. (Much more could be done in that line, but for now we're content if the amvalidate functions more or less replace what opr_sanity used to do.) We might also want to expose some sort of reporting functionality, but this patch doesn't do that. Alexander Korotkov, reviewed by Petr Jelínek, and rather heavily editorialized on by me.
2016-01-18 01:36:59 +01:00
amoptions_function amoptions;
Local partitioned indexes When CREATE INDEX is run on a partitioned table, create catalog entries for an index on the partitioned table (which is just a placeholder since the table proper has no data of its own), and recurse to create actual indexes on the existing partitions; create them in future partitions also. As a convenience gadget, if the new index definition matches some existing index in partitions, these are picked up and used instead of creating new ones. Whichever way these indexes come about, they become attached to the index on the parent table and are dropped alongside it, and cannot be dropped on isolation unless they are detached first. To support pg_dump'ing these indexes, add commands CREATE INDEX ON ONLY <table> (which creates the index on the parent partitioned table, without recursing) and ALTER INDEX ATTACH PARTITION (which is used after the indexes have been created individually on each partition, to attach them to the parent index). These reconstruct prior database state exactly. Reviewed-by: (in alphabetical order) Peter Eisentraut, Robert Haas, Amit Langote, Jesper Pedersen, Simon Riggs, David Rowley Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171113170646.gzweigyrgg6pwsg4@alvherre.pgsql
2018-01-19 15:49:22 +01:00
bool partitioned;
Code review for FILLFACTOR patch. Change WITH grammar as per earlier discussion (including making def_arg allow reserved words), add missed opt_definition for UNIQUE case. Put the reloptions support code in a less random place (I chose to make a new file access/common/reloptions.c). Eliminate header inclusion creep. Make the index options functions safely user-callable (seems like client apps might like to be able to test validity of options before trying to make an index). Reduce overhead for normal case with no options by allowing rd_options to be NULL. Fix some unmaintainably klugy code, including getting rid of Natts_pg_class_fixed at long last. Some stylistic cleanup too, and pay attention to keeping comments in sync with code. Documentation still needs work, though I did fix the omissions in catalogs.sgml and indexam.sgml.
2006-07-04 00:45:41 +02:00
Datum reloptions;
Support ORDER BY ... NULLS FIRST/LAST, and add ASC/DESC/NULLS FIRST/NULLS LAST per-column options for btree indexes. The planner's support for this is still pretty rudimentary; it does not yet know how to plan mergejoins with nondefault ordering options. The documentation is pretty rudimentary, too. I'll work on improving that stuff later. Note incompatible change from prior behavior: ORDER BY ... USING will now be rejected if the operator is not a less-than or greater-than member of some btree opclass. This prevents less-than-sane behavior if an operator that doesn't actually define a proper sort ordering is selected.
2007-01-09 03:14:16 +01:00
int16 *coloptions;
Cleanup of code for creating index entries. Functional indexes with pass-by-ref data types --- eg, an index on lower(textfield) --- no longer leak memory during index creation or update. Clean up a lot of redundant code ... did you know that copy, vacuum, truncate, reindex, extend index, and bootstrap each basically duplicated the main executor's logic for extracting information about an index and preparing index entries? Functional indexes should be a little faster now too, due to removal of repeated function lookups. CREATE INDEX 'opt_type' clause is deimplemented by these changes, but I haven't removed it from the parser yet (need to merge with Thomas' latest change set first).
2000-07-15 00:18:02 +02:00
IndexInfo *indexInfo;
Simplify index_[constraint_]create API Instead of passing large swaths of boolean arguments, define some flags that can be used in a bitmask. This makes it easier not only to figure out what each call site is doing, but also to add some new flags. The flags are split in two -- one set for index_create directly and another for constraints. index_create() itself receives both, and then passes down the latter to index_constraint_create(), which can also be called standalone. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171023151251.j75uoe27gajdjmlm@alvherre.pgsql Reviewed-by: Simon Riggs
2017-11-14 15:19:05 +01:00
bits16 flags;
bits16 constr_flags;
Another PGINDENT run that changes variable indenting and case label indenting. Also static variable indenting.
1997-09-08 04:41:22 +02:00
int numberOfAttributes;
Indexes with INCLUDE columns and their support in B-tree This patch introduces INCLUDE clause to index definition. This clause specifies a list of columns which will be included as a non-key part in the index. The INCLUDE columns exist solely to allow more queries to benefit from index-only scans. Also, such columns don't need to have appropriate operator classes. Expressions are not supported as INCLUDE columns since they cannot be used in index-only scans. Index access methods supporting INCLUDE are indicated by amcaninclude flag in IndexAmRoutine. For now, only B-tree indexes support INCLUDE clause. In B-tree indexes INCLUDE columns are truncated from pivot index tuples (tuples located in non-leaf pages and high keys). Therefore, B-tree indexes now might have variable number of attributes. This patch also provides generic facility to support that: pivot tuples contain number of their attributes in t_tid.ip_posid. Free 13th bit of t_info is used for indicating that. This facility will simplify further support of index suffix truncation. The changes of above are backward-compatible, pg_upgrade doesn't need special handling of B-tree indexes for that. Bump catalog version Author: Anastasia Lubennikova with contribition by Alexander Korotkov and me Reviewed by: Peter Geoghegan, Tomas Vondra, Antonin Houska, Jeff Janes, David Rowley, Alexander Korotkov Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/56168952.4010101@postgrespro.ru
2018-04-07 22:00:39 +02:00
int numberOfKeyAttributes;
Avoid deadlock between concurrent CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY commands. There was a high probability of two or more concurrent C.I.C. commands deadlocking just before completion, because each would wait for the others to release their reference snapshots. Fix by releasing the snapshot before waiting for other snapshots to go away. Per report from Paul Hinze. Back-patch to all active branches.
2013-04-25 22:58:05 +02:00
TransactionId limitXmin;
Implement lazy XID allocation: transactions that do not modify any database rows will normally never obtain an XID at all. We already did things this way for subtransactions, but this patch extends the concept to top-level transactions. In applications where there are lots of short read-only transactions, this should improve performance noticeably; not so much from removal of the actual XID-assignments, as from reduction of overhead that's driven by the rate of XID consumption. We add a concept of a "virtual transaction ID" so that active transactions can be uniquely identified even if they don't have a regular XID. This is a much lighter-weight concept: uniqueness of VXIDs is only guaranteed over the short term, and no on-disk record is made about them. Florian Pflug, with some editorialization by Tom.
2007-09-05 20:10:48 +02:00
VirtualTransactionId *old_snapshots;
Change many routines to return ObjectAddress rather than OID The changed routines are mostly those that can be directly called by ProcessUtilitySlow; the intention is to make the affected object information more precise, in support for future event trigger changes. Originally it was envisioned that the OID of the affected object would be enough, and in most cases that is correct, but upon actually implementing the event trigger changes it turned out that ObjectAddress is more widely useful. Additionally, some command execution routines grew an output argument that's an object address which provides further info about the executed command. To wit: * for ALTER DOMAIN / ADD CONSTRAINT, it corresponds to the address of the new constraint * for ALTER OBJECT / SET SCHEMA, it corresponds to the address of the schema that originally contained the object. * for ALTER EXTENSION {ADD, DROP} OBJECT, it corresponds to the address of the object added to or dropped from the extension. There's no user-visible change in this commit, and no functional change either. Discussion: 20150218213255.GC6717@tamriel.snowman.net Reviewed-By: Stephen Frost, Andres Freund
2015-03-03 18:10:50 +01:00
ObjectAddress address;
A session that does not have any live snapshots does not have to be waited for when we are waiting for old snapshots to go away during a concurrent index build. In particular, this rule lets us avoid waiting for idle-in-transaction sessions. This logic could be improved further if we had some way to wake up when the session we are currently waiting for goes idle-in-transaction. However that would be a significantly more complex/invasive patch, so it'll have to wait for some other day. Simon Riggs, with some improvements by Tom.
2009-04-04 19:40:36 +02:00
int n_old_snapshots;
Add the ability to create indexes 'concurrently', that is, without blocking concurrent writes to the table. Greg Stark, with a little help from Tom Lane.
2006-08-25 06:06:58 +02:00
LockRelId heaprelid;
Add a function GetLockConflicts() to lock.c to report xacts holding locks that would conflict with a specified lock request, without actually trying to get that lock. Use this instead of the former ad hoc method of doing the first wait step in CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY. Fixes problem with undetected deadlock and in many cases will allow the index creation to proceed sooner than it otherwise could've. Per discussion with Greg Stark.
2006-08-27 21:14:34 +02:00
LOCKTAG heaplocktag;
Avoid repeated name lookups during table and index DDL. If the name lookups come to different conclusions due to concurrent activity, we might perform some parts of the DDL on a different table than other parts. At least in the case of CREATE INDEX, this can be used to cause the permissions checks to be performed against a different table than the index creation, allowing for a privilege escalation attack. This changes the calling convention for DefineIndex, CreateTrigger, transformIndexStmt, transformAlterTableStmt, CheckIndexCompatible (in 9.2 and newer), and AlterTable (in 9.1 and older). In addition, CheckRelationOwnership is removed in 9.2 and newer and the calling convention is changed in older branches. A field has also been added to the Constraint node (FkConstraint in 8.4). Third-party code calling these functions or using the Constraint node will require updating. Report by Andres Freund. Patch by Robert Haas and Andres Freund, reviewed by Tom Lane. Security: CVE-2014-0062
2014-02-17 15:33:31 +01:00
LOCKMODE lockmode;
Add the ability to create indexes 'concurrently', that is, without blocking concurrent writes to the table. Greg Stark, with a little help from Tom Lane.
2006-08-25 06:06:58 +02:00
Snapshot snapshot;
A session that does not have any live snapshots does not have to be waited for when we are waiting for old snapshots to go away during a concurrent index build. In particular, this rule lets us avoid waiting for idle-in-transaction sessions. This logic could be improved further if we had some way to wake up when the session we are currently waiting for goes idle-in-transaction. However that would be a significantly more complex/invasive patch, so it'll have to wait for some other day. Simon Riggs, with some improvements by Tom.
2009-04-04 19:40:36 +02:00
int i;
Massive commit to run PGINDENT on all *.c and *.h files.
1997-09-07 07:04:48 +02:00
/*
Indexes with INCLUDE columns and their support in B-tree This patch introduces INCLUDE clause to index definition. This clause specifies a list of columns which will be included as a non-key part in the index. The INCLUDE columns exist solely to allow more queries to benefit from index-only scans. Also, such columns don't need to have appropriate operator classes. Expressions are not supported as INCLUDE columns since they cannot be used in index-only scans. Index access methods supporting INCLUDE are indicated by amcaninclude flag in IndexAmRoutine. For now, only B-tree indexes support INCLUDE clause. In B-tree indexes INCLUDE columns are truncated from pivot index tuples (tuples located in non-leaf pages and high keys). Therefore, B-tree indexes now might have variable number of attributes. This patch also provides generic facility to support that: pivot tuples contain number of their attributes in t_tid.ip_posid. Free 13th bit of t_info is used for indicating that. This facility will simplify further support of index suffix truncation. The changes of above are backward-compatible, pg_upgrade doesn't need special handling of B-tree indexes for that. Bump catalog version Author: Anastasia Lubennikova with contribition by Alexander Korotkov and me Reviewed by: Peter Geoghegan, Tomas Vondra, Antonin Houska, Jeff Janes, David Rowley, Alexander Korotkov Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/56168952.4010101@postgrespro.ru
2018-04-07 22:00:39 +02:00
* count key attributes in index
Massive commit to run PGINDENT on all *.c and *.h files.
1997-09-07 07:04:48 +02:00
*/
Indexes with INCLUDE columns and their support in B-tree This patch introduces INCLUDE clause to index definition. This clause specifies a list of columns which will be included as a non-key part in the index. The INCLUDE columns exist solely to allow more queries to benefit from index-only scans. Also, such columns don't need to have appropriate operator classes. Expressions are not supported as INCLUDE columns since they cannot be used in index-only scans. Index access methods supporting INCLUDE are indicated by amcaninclude flag in IndexAmRoutine. For now, only B-tree indexes support INCLUDE clause. In B-tree indexes INCLUDE columns are truncated from pivot index tuples (tuples located in non-leaf pages and high keys). Therefore, B-tree indexes now might have variable number of attributes. This patch also provides generic facility to support that: pivot tuples contain number of their attributes in t_tid.ip_posid. Free 13th bit of t_info is used for indicating that. This facility will simplify further support of index suffix truncation. The changes of above are backward-compatible, pg_upgrade doesn't need special handling of B-tree indexes for that. Bump catalog version Author: Anastasia Lubennikova with contribition by Alexander Korotkov and me Reviewed by: Peter Geoghegan, Tomas Vondra, Antonin Houska, Jeff Janes, David Rowley, Alexander Korotkov Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/56168952.4010101@postgrespro.ru
2018-04-07 22:00:39 +02:00
numberOfKeyAttributes = list_length(stmt->indexParams);
/*
Fix interference between covering indexes and partitioned tables The bug is caused due to the original IndexStmt that DefineIndex receives being overwritten when processing the INCLUDE columns. Use separate list of index params to propagate to child tables. Add tests covering this case. Amit Langote and Alexander Korotkov. Re-commit 5c6110c6a960ad6fe1b0d0fec6ae36ef4eb913f5 because it discovered a bug fixed in c266ed31a8a3beed3533e6a78faeca78234cbd43 Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAJGNTeO%3DBguEyG8wxMpU_Vgvg3nGGzy71zUQ0RpzEn_mb0bSWA%40mail.gmail.com
2018-04-12 16:25:13 +02:00
* Calculate the new list of index columns including both key columns and
Post-feature-freeze pgindent run. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15719.1523984266@sss.pgh.pa.us
2018-04-26 20:47:16 +02:00
* INCLUDE columns. Later we can determine which of these are key
* columns, and which are just part of the INCLUDE list by checking the
* list position. A list item in a position less than ii_NumIndexKeyAttrs
* is part of the key columns, and anything equal to and over is part of
* the INCLUDE columns.
Indexes with INCLUDE columns and their support in B-tree This patch introduces INCLUDE clause to index definition. This clause specifies a list of columns which will be included as a non-key part in the index. The INCLUDE columns exist solely to allow more queries to benefit from index-only scans. Also, such columns don't need to have appropriate operator classes. Expressions are not supported as INCLUDE columns since they cannot be used in index-only scans. Index access methods supporting INCLUDE are indicated by amcaninclude flag in IndexAmRoutine. For now, only B-tree indexes support INCLUDE clause. In B-tree indexes INCLUDE columns are truncated from pivot index tuples (tuples located in non-leaf pages and high keys). Therefore, B-tree indexes now might have variable number of attributes. This patch also provides generic facility to support that: pivot tuples contain number of their attributes in t_tid.ip_posid. Free 13th bit of t_info is used for indicating that. This facility will simplify further support of index suffix truncation. The changes of above are backward-compatible, pg_upgrade doesn't need special handling of B-tree indexes for that. Bump catalog version Author: Anastasia Lubennikova with contribition by Alexander Korotkov and me Reviewed by: Peter Geoghegan, Tomas Vondra, Antonin Houska, Jeff Janes, David Rowley, Alexander Korotkov Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/56168952.4010101@postgrespro.ru
2018-04-07 22:00:39 +02:00
*/
Fix interference between covering indexes and partitioned tables The bug is caused due to the original IndexStmt that DefineIndex receives being overwritten when processing the INCLUDE columns. Use separate list of index params to propagate to child tables. Add tests covering this case. Amit Langote and Alexander Korotkov. Re-commit 5c6110c6a960ad6fe1b0d0fec6ae36ef4eb913f5 because it discovered a bug fixed in c266ed31a8a3beed3533e6a78faeca78234cbd43 Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAJGNTeO%3DBguEyG8wxMpU_Vgvg3nGGzy71zUQ0RpzEn_mb0bSWA%40mail.gmail.com
2018-04-12 16:25:13 +02:00
allIndexParams = list_concat(list_copy(stmt->indexParams),
list_copy(stmt->indexIncludingParams));
numberOfAttributes = list_length(allIndexParams);
Indexes with INCLUDE columns and their support in B-tree This patch introduces INCLUDE clause to index definition. This clause specifies a list of columns which will be included as a non-key part in the index. The INCLUDE columns exist solely to allow more queries to benefit from index-only scans. Also, such columns don't need to have appropriate operator classes. Expressions are not supported as INCLUDE columns since they cannot be used in index-only scans. Index access methods supporting INCLUDE are indicated by amcaninclude flag in IndexAmRoutine. For now, only B-tree indexes support INCLUDE clause. In B-tree indexes INCLUDE columns are truncated from pivot index tuples (tuples located in non-leaf pages and high keys). Therefore, B-tree indexes now might have variable number of attributes. This patch also provides generic facility to support that: pivot tuples contain number of their attributes in t_tid.ip_posid. Free 13th bit of t_info is used for indicating that. This facility will simplify further support of index suffix truncation. The changes of above are backward-compatible, pg_upgrade doesn't need special handling of B-tree indexes for that. Bump catalog version Author: Anastasia Lubennikova with contribition by Alexander Korotkov and me Reviewed by: Peter Geoghegan, Tomas Vondra, Antonin Houska, Jeff Janes, David Rowley, Alexander Korotkov Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/56168952.4010101@postgrespro.ru
2018-04-07 22:00:39 +02:00
Revert CREATE INDEX ... INCLUDING ... It's not ready yet, revert two commits 690c543550b0d2852060c18d270cdb534d339d9a - unstable test output 386e3d7609c49505e079c40c65919d99feb82505 - patch itself
2016-04-08 20:52:13 +02:00
if (numberOfAttributes <= 0)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
errmsg("must specify at least one column")));
Defend against > INDEX_MAX_KEYS keys in an index.
2000-01-12 06:04:42 +01:00
if (numberOfAttributes > INDEX_MAX_KEYS)
Another round of error message editing, covering backend/commands/.
2003-07-20 23:56:35 +02:00
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_TOO_MANY_COLUMNS),
Message editing: remove gratuitous variations in message wording, standardize terms, add some clarifications, fix some untranslatable attempts at dynamic message building.
2003-09-25 08:58:07 +02:00
errmsg("cannot use more than %d columns in an index",
Another round of error message editing, covering backend/commands/.
2003-07-20 23:56:35 +02:00
INDEX_MAX_KEYS)));
Massive commit to run PGINDENT on all *.c and *.h files.
1997-09-07 07:04:48 +02:00
/*
Add the ability to create indexes 'concurrently', that is, without blocking concurrent writes to the table. Greg Stark, with a little help from Tom Lane.
2006-08-25 06:06:58 +02:00
* Only SELECT ... FOR UPDATE/SHARE are allowed while doing a standard
* index build; but for concurrent builds we allow INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE
* (but not VACUUM).
Avoid repeated name lookups during table and index DDL. If the name lookups come to different conclusions due to concurrent activity, we might perform some parts of the DDL on a different table than other parts. At least in the case of CREATE INDEX, this can be used to cause the permissions checks to be performed against a different table than the index creation, allowing for a privilege escalation attack. This changes the calling convention for DefineIndex, CreateTrigger, transformIndexStmt, transformAlterTableStmt, CheckIndexCompatible (in 9.2 and newer), and AlterTable (in 9.1 and older). In addition, CheckRelationOwnership is removed in 9.2 and newer and the calling convention is changed in older branches. A field has also been added to the Constraint node (FkConstraint in 8.4). Third-party code calling these functions or using the Constraint node will require updating. Report by Andres Freund. Patch by Robert Haas and Andres Freund, reviewed by Tom Lane. Security: CVE-2014-0062
2014-02-17 15:33:31 +01:00
*
pgindent run for 9.4 This includes removing tabs after periods in C comments, which was applied to back branches, so this change should not effect backpatching.
2014-05-06 18:12:18 +02:00
* NB: Caller is responsible for making sure that relationId refers to the
* relation on which the index should be built; except in bootstrap mode,
* this will typically require the caller to have already locked the
* relation. To avoid lock upgrade hazards, that lock should be at least
* as strong as the one we take here.
Support parallel btree index builds. To make this work, tuplesort.c and logtape.c must also support parallelism, so this patch adds that infrastructure and then applies it to the particular case of parallel btree index builds. Testing to date shows that this can often be 2-3x faster than a serial index build. The model for deciding how many workers to use is fairly primitive at present, but it's better than not having the feature. We can refine it as we get more experience. Peter Geoghegan with some help from Rushabh Lathia. While Heikki Linnakangas is not an author of this patch, he wrote other patches without which this feature would not have been possible, and therefore the release notes should possibly credit him as an author of this feature. Reviewed by Claudio Freire, Heikki Linnakangas, Thomas Munro, Tels, Amit Kapila, me. Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAM3SWZQKM=Pzc=CAHzRixKjp2eO5Q0Jg1SoFQqeXFQ647JiwqQ@mail.gmail.com Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wz=AxWqDoVvGU7dq856S4r6sJAj6DBn7VMtigkB33N5eyg@mail.gmail.com
2018-02-02 19:25:55 +01:00
*
* NB: If the lock strength here ever changes, code that is run by
* parallel workers under the control of certain particular ambuild
* functions will need to be updated, too.
Massive commit to run PGINDENT on all *.c and *.h files.
1997-09-07 07:04:48 +02:00
*/
Avoid repeated name lookups during table and index DDL. If the name lookups come to different conclusions due to concurrent activity, we might perform some parts of the DDL on a different table than other parts. At least in the case of CREATE INDEX, this can be used to cause the permissions checks to be performed against a different table than the index creation, allowing for a privilege escalation attack. This changes the calling convention for DefineIndex, CreateTrigger, transformIndexStmt, transformAlterTableStmt, CheckIndexCompatible (in 9.2 and newer), and AlterTable (in 9.1 and older). In addition, CheckRelationOwnership is removed in 9.2 and newer and the calling convention is changed in older branches. A field has also been added to the Constraint node (FkConstraint in 8.4). Third-party code calling these functions or using the Constraint node will require updating. Report by Andres Freund. Patch by Robert Haas and Andres Freund, reviewed by Tom Lane. Security: CVE-2014-0062
2014-02-17 15:33:31 +01:00
lockmode = stmt->concurrent ? ShareUpdateExclusiveLock : ShareLock;
rel = heap_open(relationId, lockmode);
Add the ability to create indexes 'concurrently', that is, without blocking concurrent writes to the table. Greg Stark, with a little help from Tom Lane.
2006-08-25 06:06:58 +02:00
relationId = RelationGetRelid(rel);
namespaceId = RelationGetNamespace(rel);
Require ownership permission for CREATE INDEX, per bug report. Disallow CREATE INDEX on system catalogs, non-tables (views, sequences, etc). Disallow CREATE/DROP TRIGGER on system catalogs, non-tables. Disallow ALTER TABLE ADD/DROP CONSTRAINT on system catalogs. Disallow FOREIGN KEY reference to non-table. None of these things can actually work in the present system structure, but the code was letting them pass without complaint.
2002-01-04 00:21:32 +01:00
Rework DefineIndex relkind check Simplify coding using a switch rather than nested if tests. Author: Álvaro Reviewed-by: Robert Haas, Amit Langote, Michaël Paquier Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171013163820.pai7djcaxrntaxtn@alvherre.pgsql
2017-10-16 12:22:18 +02:00
/* Ensure that it makes sense to index this kind of relation */
switch (rel->rd_rel->relkind)
Clarify error message when attempting to create index on foreign table Instead of just saying "is not a table", specifically state that indexes aren't supported on *foreign* tables.
2011-05-05 21:47:42 +02:00
{
Rework DefineIndex relkind check Simplify coding using a switch rather than nested if tests. Author: Álvaro Reviewed-by: Robert Haas, Amit Langote, Michaël Paquier Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171013163820.pai7djcaxrntaxtn@alvherre.pgsql
2017-10-16 12:22:18 +02:00
case RELKIND_RELATION:
case RELKIND_MATVIEW:
Local partitioned indexes When CREATE INDEX is run on a partitioned table, create catalog entries for an index on the partitioned table (which is just a placeholder since the table proper has no data of its own), and recurse to create actual indexes on the existing partitions; create them in future partitions also. As a convenience gadget, if the new index definition matches some existing index in partitions, these are picked up and used instead of creating new ones. Whichever way these indexes come about, they become attached to the index on the parent table and are dropped alongside it, and cannot be dropped on isolation unless they are detached first. To support pg_dump'ing these indexes, add commands CREATE INDEX ON ONLY <table> (which creates the index on the parent partitioned table, without recursing) and ALTER INDEX ATTACH PARTITION (which is used after the indexes have been created individually on each partition, to attach them to the parent index). These reconstruct prior database state exactly. Reviewed-by: (in alphabetical order) Peter Eisentraut, Robert Haas, Amit Langote, Jesper Pedersen, Simon Riggs, David Rowley Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171113170646.gzweigyrgg6pwsg4@alvherre.pgsql
2018-01-19 15:49:22 +01:00
case RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE:
Rework DefineIndex relkind check Simplify coding using a switch rather than nested if tests. Author: Álvaro Reviewed-by: Robert Haas, Amit Langote, Michaël Paquier Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171013163820.pai7djcaxrntaxtn@alvherre.pgsql
2017-10-16 12:22:18 +02:00
/* OK */
break;
case RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE:
Post-feature-freeze pgindent run. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15719.1523984266@sss.pgh.pa.us
2018-04-26 20:47:16 +02:00
Local partitioned indexes When CREATE INDEX is run on a partitioned table, create catalog entries for an index on the partitioned table (which is just a placeholder since the table proper has no data of its own), and recurse to create actual indexes on the existing partitions; create them in future partitions also. As a convenience gadget, if the new index definition matches some existing index in partitions, these are picked up and used instead of creating new ones. Whichever way these indexes come about, they become attached to the index on the parent table and are dropped alongside it, and cannot be dropped on isolation unless they are detached first. To support pg_dump'ing these indexes, add commands CREATE INDEX ON ONLY <table> (which creates the index on the parent partitioned table, without recursing) and ALTER INDEX ATTACH PARTITION (which is used after the indexes have been created individually on each partition, to attach them to the parent index). These reconstruct prior database state exactly. Reviewed-by: (in alphabetical order) Peter Eisentraut, Robert Haas, Amit Langote, Jesper Pedersen, Simon Riggs, David Rowley Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171113170646.gzweigyrgg6pwsg4@alvherre.pgsql
2018-01-19 15:49:22 +01:00
/*
* Custom error message for FOREIGN TABLE since the term is close
* to a regular table and can confuse the user.
*/
Clarify error message when attempting to create index on foreign table Instead of just saying "is not a table", specifically state that indexes aren't supported on *foreign* tables.
2011-05-05 21:47:42 +02:00
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
errmsg("cannot create index on foreign table \"%s\"",
Avoid pre-determining index names during CREATE TABLE LIKE parsing. Formerly, when trying to copy both indexes and comments, CREATE TABLE LIKE had to pre-assign names to indexes that had comments, because it made up an explicit CommentStmt command to apply the comment and so it had to know the name for the index. This creates bad interactions with other indexes, as shown in bug #6734 from Daniele Varrazzo: the preassignment logic couldn't take any other indexes into account so it could choose a conflicting name. To fix, add a field to IndexStmt that allows it to carry a comment to be assigned to the new index. (This isn't a user-exposed feature of CREATE INDEX, only an internal option.) Now we don't need preassignment of index names in any situation. I also took the opportunity to refactor DefineIndex to accept the IndexStmt as such, rather than passing all its fields individually in a mile-long parameter list. Back-patch to 9.2, but no further, because it seems too dangerous to change IndexStmt or DefineIndex's API in released branches. The bug exists back to 9.0 where CREATE TABLE LIKE grew the ability to copy comments, but given the lack of prior complaints we'll just let it go unfixed before 9.2.
2012-07-16 19:25:18 +02:00
RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
Clean up warnings from -Wimplicit-fallthrough. Recent gcc can warn about switch-case fall throughs that are not explicitly labeled as intentional. This seems like a good thing, so clean up the warnings exposed thereby by labeling all such cases with comments that gcc will recognize. In files that already had one or more suitable comments, I generally matched the existing style of those. Otherwise I went with /* FALLTHROUGH */, which is one of the spellings approved at the more-restrictive-than-default level -Wimplicit-fallthrough=4. (At the default level you can also spell it /* FALL ?THRU */, and it's not picky about case. What you can't do is include additional text in the same comment, so some existing comments containing versions of this aren't good enough.) Testing with gcc 8.0.1 (Fedora 28's current version), I found that I also had to put explicit "break"s after elog(ERROR) or ereport(ERROR); apparently, for this purpose gcc doesn't recognize that those don't return. That seems like possibly a gcc bug, but it's fine because in most places we did that anyway; so this amounts to a visit from the style police. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15083.1525207729@sss.pgh.pa.us
2018-05-02 01:35:08 +02:00
break;
Rework DefineIndex relkind check Simplify coding using a switch rather than nested if tests. Author: Álvaro Reviewed-by: Robert Haas, Amit Langote, Michaël Paquier Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171013163820.pai7djcaxrntaxtn@alvherre.pgsql
2017-10-16 12:22:18 +02:00
default:
Clarify error message when attempting to create index on foreign table Instead of just saying "is not a table", specifically state that indexes aren't supported on *foreign* tables.
2011-05-05 21:47:42 +02:00
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
Update messages, comments and documentation for materialized views. All instances of the verbiage lagging the code. Back-patch to 9.3, where materialized views were introduced.
2013-07-05 21:25:51 +02:00
errmsg("\"%s\" is not a table or materialized view",
Avoid pre-determining index names during CREATE TABLE LIKE parsing. Formerly, when trying to copy both indexes and comments, CREATE TABLE LIKE had to pre-assign names to indexes that had comments, because it made up an explicit CommentStmt command to apply the comment and so it had to know the name for the index. This creates bad interactions with other indexes, as shown in bug #6734 from Daniele Varrazzo: the preassignment logic couldn't take any other indexes into account so it could choose a conflicting name. To fix, add a field to IndexStmt that allows it to carry a comment to be assigned to the new index. (This isn't a user-exposed feature of CREATE INDEX, only an internal option.) Now we don't need preassignment of index names in any situation. I also took the opportunity to refactor DefineIndex to accept the IndexStmt as such, rather than passing all its fields individually in a mile-long parameter list. Back-patch to 9.2, but no further, because it seems too dangerous to change IndexStmt or DefineIndex's API in released branches. The bug exists back to 9.0 where CREATE TABLE LIKE grew the ability to copy comments, but given the lack of prior complaints we'll just let it go unfixed before 9.2.
2012-07-16 19:25:18 +02:00
RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
Local partitioned indexes When CREATE INDEX is run on a partitioned table, create catalog entries for an index on the partitioned table (which is just a placeholder since the table proper has no data of its own), and recurse to create actual indexes on the existing partitions; create them in future partitions also. As a convenience gadget, if the new index definition matches some existing index in partitions, these are picked up and used instead of creating new ones. Whichever way these indexes come about, they become attached to the index on the parent table and are dropped alongside it, and cannot be dropped on isolation unless they are detached first. To support pg_dump'ing these indexes, add commands CREATE INDEX ON ONLY <table> (which creates the index on the parent partitioned table, without recursing) and ALTER INDEX ATTACH PARTITION (which is used after the indexes have been created individually on each partition, to attach them to the parent index). These reconstruct prior database state exactly. Reviewed-by: (in alphabetical order) Peter Eisentraut, Robert Haas, Amit Langote, Jesper Pedersen, Simon Riggs, David Rowley Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171113170646.gzweigyrgg6pwsg4@alvherre.pgsql
2018-01-19 15:49:22 +01:00
break;
}
/*
* Establish behavior for partitioned tables, and verify sanity of
* parameters.
*
* We do not build an actual index in this case; we only create a few
* catalog entries. The actual indexes are built by recursing for each
* partition.
*/
partitioned = rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE;
if (partitioned)
{
if (stmt->concurrent)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
errmsg("cannot create index on partitioned table \"%s\" concurrently",
RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
if (stmt->excludeOpNames)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
errmsg("cannot create exclusion constraints on partitioned table \"%s\"",
RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
Clarify error message when attempting to create index on foreign table Instead of just saying "is not a table", specifically state that indexes aren't supported on *foreign* tables.
2011-05-05 21:47:42 +02:00
}
Massive commit to run PGINDENT on all *.c and *.h files.
1997-09-07 07:04:48 +02:00
Add the ability to create indexes 'concurrently', that is, without blocking concurrent writes to the table. Greg Stark, with a little help from Tom Lane.
2006-08-25 06:06:58 +02:00
/*
* Don't try to CREATE INDEX on temp tables of other backends.
*/
Modify the relcache to record the temp status of both local and nonlocal temp relations; this is no more expensive than before, now that we have pg_class.relistemp. Insert tests into bufmgr.c to prevent attempting to fetch pages from nonlocal temp relations. This provides a low-level defense against bugs-of-omission allowing temp pages to be loaded into shared buffers, as in the contrib/pgstattuple problem reported by Stuart Bishop. While at it, tweak a bunch of places to use new relcache tests (instead of expensive probes into pg_namespace) to detect local or nonlocal temp tables.
2009-04-01 00:12:48 +02:00
if (RELATION_IS_OTHER_TEMP(rel))
Add the ability to create indexes 'concurrently', that is, without blocking concurrent writes to the table. Greg Stark, with a little help from Tom Lane.
2006-08-25 06:06:58 +02:00
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
errmsg("cannot create indexes on temporary tables of other sessions")));
Require ownership permission for CREATE INDEX, per bug report. Disallow CREATE INDEX on system catalogs, non-tables (views, sequences, etc). Disallow CREATE/DROP TRIGGER on system catalogs, non-tables. Disallow ALTER TABLE ADD/DROP CONSTRAINT on system catalogs. Disallow FOREIGN KEY reference to non-table. None of these things can actually work in the present system structure, but the code was letting them pass without complaint.
2002-01-04 00:21:32 +01:00
Disallow CREATE INDEX if table is already in use in current session. If we allow this, whatever outer command has the table open will not know about the new index and may fail to update it as needed, as shown in a report from Laurenz Albe. We already had such a prohibition in place for ALTER TABLE, but the CREATE INDEX syntax missed the check. Fixing it requires an API change for DefineIndex(), which conceivably would break third-party extensions if we were to back-patch it. Given how long this problem has existed without being noticed, fixing it in the back branches doesn't seem worth that risk. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/A737B7A37273E048B164557ADEF4A58B53A4DC9A@ntex2010i.host.magwien.gv.at
2017-06-04 18:02:31 +02:00
/*
* Unless our caller vouches for having checked this already, insist that
* the table not be in use by our own session, either. Otherwise we might
* fail to make entries in the new index (for instance, if an INSERT or
* UPDATE is in progress and has already made its list of target indexes).
*/
if (check_not_in_use)
CheckTableNotInUse(rel, "CREATE INDEX");
Restructure aclcheck error reporting to make permission-failure messages more uniform and internationalizable: the global array aclcheck_error_strings[] is gone in favor of a subroutine aclcheck_error(). Partial implementation of namespace-related permission checks --- not all done yet.
2002-04-27 05:45:03 +02:00
/*
* Verify we (still) have CREATE rights in the rel's namespace.
Standard pgindent run for 8.1.
2005-10-15 04:49:52 +02:00
* (Presumably we did when the rel was created, but maybe not anymore.)
* Skip check if caller doesn't want it. Also skip check if
* bootstrapping, since permissions machinery may not be working yet.
Restructure aclcheck error reporting to make permission-failure messages more uniform and internationalizable: the global array aclcheck_error_strings[] is gone in favor of a subroutine aclcheck_error(). Partial implementation of namespace-related permission checks --- not all done yet.
2002-04-27 05:45:03 +02:00
*/
ALTER TABLE rewrite. New cool stuff: * ALTER ... ADD COLUMN with defaults and NOT NULL constraints works per SQL spec. A default is implemented by rewriting the table with the new value stored in each row. * ALTER COLUMN TYPE. You can change a column's datatype to anything you want, so long as you can specify how to convert the old value. Rewrites the table. (Possible future improvement: optimize no-op conversions such as varchar(N) to varchar(N+1).) * Multiple ALTER actions in a single ALTER TABLE command. You can perform any number of column additions, type changes, and constraint additions with only one pass over the table contents. Basic documentation provided in ALTER TABLE ref page, but some more docs work is needed. Original patch from Rod Taylor, additional work from Tom Lane.
2004-05-05 06:48:48 +02:00
if (check_rights && !IsBootstrapProcessingMode())
Restructure aclcheck error reporting to make permission-failure messages more uniform and internationalizable: the global array aclcheck_error_strings[] is gone in favor of a subroutine aclcheck_error(). Partial implementation of namespace-related permission checks --- not all done yet.
2002-04-27 05:45:03 +02:00
{
AclResult aclresult;
aclresult = pg_namespace_aclcheck(namespaceId, GetUserId(),
ACL_CREATE);
if (aclresult != ACLCHECK_OK)
Replace AclObjectKind with ObjectType AclObjectKind was basically just another enumeration for object types, and we already have a preferred one for that. It's only used in aclcheck_error. By using ObjectType instead, we can also give some more precise error messages, for example "index" instead of "relation". Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2017-12-02 15:26:34 +01:00
aclcheck_error(aclresult, OBJECT_SCHEMA,
Adjust 'permission denied' messages to be more useful and consistent.
2003-08-01 02:15:26 +02:00
get_namespace_name(namespaceId));
Restructure aclcheck error reporting to make permission-failure messages more uniform and internationalizable: the global array aclcheck_error_strings[] is gone in favor of a subroutine aclcheck_error(). Partial implementation of namespace-related permission checks --- not all done yet.
2002-04-27 05:45:03 +02:00
}
Create 'default_tablespace' GUC variable that supplies a TABLESPACE clause implicitly whenever one is not given explicitly. Remove concept of a schema having an associated tablespace, and simplify the rules for selecting a default tablespace for a table or index. It's now just (a) explicit TABLESPACE clause; (b) default_tablespace if that's not an empty string; (c) database's default. This will allow pg_dump to use SET commands instead of tablespace clauses to determine object locations (but I didn't actually make it do so). All per recent discussions.
2004-11-05 20:17:13 +01:00
/*
Create a GUC parameter temp_tablespaces that allows selection of the tablespace(s) in which to store temp tables and temporary files. This is a list to allow spreading the load across multiple tablespaces (a random list element is chosen each time a temp object is to be created). Temp files are not stored in per-database pgsql_tmp/ directories anymore, but per-tablespace directories. Jaime Casanova and Albert Cervera, with review by Bernd Helmle and Tom Lane.
2007-06-03 19:08:34 +02:00
* Select tablespace to use. If not specified, use default tablespace
Create 'default_tablespace' GUC variable that supplies a TABLESPACE clause implicitly whenever one is not given explicitly. Remove concept of a schema having an associated tablespace, and simplify the rules for selecting a default tablespace for a table or index. It's now just (a) explicit TABLESPACE clause; (b) default_tablespace if that's not an empty string; (c) database's default. This will allow pg_dump to use SET commands instead of tablespace clauses to determine object locations (but I didn't actually make it do so). All per recent discussions.
2004-11-05 20:17:13 +01:00
* (which may in turn default to database's default).
*/
Avoid pre-determining index names during CREATE TABLE LIKE parsing. Formerly, when trying to copy both indexes and comments, CREATE TABLE LIKE had to pre-assign names to indexes that had comments, because it made up an explicit CommentStmt command to apply the comment and so it had to know the name for the index. This creates bad interactions with other indexes, as shown in bug #6734 from Daniele Varrazzo: the preassignment logic couldn't take any other indexes into account so it could choose a conflicting name. To fix, add a field to IndexStmt that allows it to carry a comment to be assigned to the new index. (This isn't a user-exposed feature of CREATE INDEX, only an internal option.) Now we don't need preassignment of index names in any situation. I also took the opportunity to refactor DefineIndex to accept the IndexStmt as such, rather than passing all its fields individually in a mile-long parameter list. Back-patch to 9.2, but no further, because it seems too dangerous to change IndexStmt or DefineIndex's API in released branches. The bug exists back to 9.0 where CREATE TABLE LIKE grew the ability to copy comments, but given the lack of prior complaints we'll just let it go unfixed before 9.2.
2012-07-16 19:25:18 +02:00
if (stmt->tableSpace)
Tablespaces. Alternate database locations are dead, long live tablespaces. There are various things left to do: contrib dbsize and oid2name modules need work, and so does the documentation. Also someone should think about COMMENT ON TABLESPACE and maybe RENAME TABLESPACE. Also initlocation is dead, it just doesn't know it yet. Gavin Sherry and Tom Lane.
2004-06-18 08:14:31 +02:00
{
Avoid pre-determining index names during CREATE TABLE LIKE parsing. Formerly, when trying to copy both indexes and comments, CREATE TABLE LIKE had to pre-assign names to indexes that had comments, because it made up an explicit CommentStmt command to apply the comment and so it had to know the name for the index. This creates bad interactions with other indexes, as shown in bug #6734 from Daniele Varrazzo: the preassignment logic couldn't take any other indexes into account so it could choose a conflicting name. To fix, add a field to IndexStmt that allows it to carry a comment to be assigned to the new index. (This isn't a user-exposed feature of CREATE INDEX, only an internal option.) Now we don't need preassignment of index names in any situation. I also took the opportunity to refactor DefineIndex to accept the IndexStmt as such, rather than passing all its fields individually in a mile-long parameter list. Back-patch to 9.2, but no further, because it seems too dangerous to change IndexStmt or DefineIndex's API in released branches. The bug exists back to 9.0 where CREATE TABLE LIKE grew the ability to copy comments, but given the lack of prior complaints we'll just let it go unfixed before 9.2.
2012-07-16 19:25:18 +02:00
tablespaceId = get_tablespace_oid(stmt->tableSpace, false);
Create 'default_tablespace' GUC variable that supplies a TABLESPACE clause implicitly whenever one is not given explicitly. Remove concept of a schema having an associated tablespace, and simplify the rules for selecting a default tablespace for a table or index. It's now just (a) explicit TABLESPACE clause; (b) default_tablespace if that's not an empty string; (c) database's default. This will allow pg_dump to use SET commands instead of tablespace clauses to determine object locations (but I didn't actually make it do so). All per recent discussions.
2004-11-05 20:17:13 +01:00
}
else
{
Generalize concept of temporary relations to "relation persistence". This commit replaces pg_class.relistemp with pg_class.relpersistence; and also modifies the RangeVar node type to carry relpersistence rather than istemp. It also removes removes rd_istemp from RelationData and instead performs the correct computation based on relpersistence. For clarity, we add three new macros: RelationNeedsWAL(), RelationUsesLocalBuffers(), and RelationUsesTempNamespace(), so that we can clarify the purpose of each check that previous depended on rd_istemp. This is intended as infrastructure for the upcoming unlogged tables patch, as well as for future possible work on global temporary tables.
2010-12-13 18:34:26 +01:00
tablespaceId = GetDefaultTablespace(rel->rd_rel->relpersistence);
Create 'default_tablespace' GUC variable that supplies a TABLESPACE clause implicitly whenever one is not given explicitly. Remove concept of a schema having an associated tablespace, and simplify the rules for selecting a default tablespace for a table or index. It's now just (a) explicit TABLESPACE clause; (b) default_tablespace if that's not an empty string; (c) database's default. This will allow pg_dump to use SET commands instead of tablespace clauses to determine object locations (but I didn't actually make it do so). All per recent discussions.
2004-11-05 20:17:13 +01:00
/* note InvalidOid is OK in this case */
}
Ignore tablespace ACLs when ignoring schema ACLs. The ALTER TABLE ALTER TYPE implementation can issue DROP INDEX and CREATE INDEX to refit existing indexes for the new column type. Since this CREATE INDEX is an implementation detail of an index alteration, the ensuing DefineIndex() should skip ACL checks specific to index creation. It already skips the namespace ACL check. Make it skip the tablespace ACL check, too. Back-patch to 9.2 (all supported versions). Reviewed by Tom Lane.
2017-02-12 22:03:41 +01:00
/* Check tablespace permissions */
if (check_rights &&
OidIsValid(tablespaceId) && tablespaceId != MyDatabaseTableSpace)
Create 'default_tablespace' GUC variable that supplies a TABLESPACE clause implicitly whenever one is not given explicitly. Remove concept of a schema having an associated tablespace, and simplify the rules for selecting a default tablespace for a table or index. It's now just (a) explicit TABLESPACE clause; (b) default_tablespace if that's not an empty string; (c) database's default. This will allow pg_dump to use SET commands instead of tablespace clauses to determine object locations (but I didn't actually make it do so). All per recent discussions.
2004-11-05 20:17:13 +01:00
{
AclResult aclresult;
Tablespaces. Alternate database locations are dead, long live tablespaces. There are various things left to do: contrib dbsize and oid2name modules need work, and so does the documentation. Also someone should think about COMMENT ON TABLESPACE and maybe RENAME TABLESPACE. Also initlocation is dead, it just doesn't know it yet. Gavin Sherry and Tom Lane.
2004-06-18 08:14:31 +02:00
aclresult = pg_tablespace_aclcheck(tablespaceId, GetUserId(),
ACL_CREATE);
if (aclresult != ACLCHECK_OK)
Replace AclObjectKind with ObjectType AclObjectKind was basically just another enumeration for object types, and we already have a preferred one for that. It's only used in aclcheck_error. By using ObjectType instead, we can also give some more precise error messages, for example "index" instead of "relation". Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2017-12-02 15:26:34 +01:00
aclcheck_error(aclresult, OBJECT_TABLESPACE,
Create 'default_tablespace' GUC variable that supplies a TABLESPACE clause implicitly whenever one is not given explicitly. Remove concept of a schema having an associated tablespace, and simplify the rules for selecting a default tablespace for a table or index. It's now just (a) explicit TABLESPACE clause; (b) default_tablespace if that's not an empty string; (c) database's default. This will allow pg_dump to use SET commands instead of tablespace clauses to determine object locations (but I didn't actually make it do so). All per recent discussions.
2004-11-05 20:17:13 +01:00
get_tablespace_name(tablespaceId));
Tablespaces. Alternate database locations are dead, long live tablespaces. There are various things left to do: contrib dbsize and oid2name modules need work, and so does the documentation. Also someone should think about COMMENT ON TABLESPACE and maybe RENAME TABLESPACE. Also initlocation is dead, it just doesn't know it yet. Gavin Sherry and Tom Lane.
2004-06-18 08:14:31 +02:00
}
Create 'default_tablespace' GUC variable that supplies a TABLESPACE clause implicitly whenever one is not given explicitly. Remove concept of a schema having an associated tablespace, and simplify the rules for selecting a default tablespace for a table or index. It's now just (a) explicit TABLESPACE clause; (b) default_tablespace if that's not an empty string; (c) database's default. This will allow pg_dump to use SET commands instead of tablespace clauses to determine object locations (but I didn't actually make it do so). All per recent discussions.
2004-11-05 20:17:13 +01:00
/*
pgindent run for 9.4 This includes removing tabs after periods in C comments, which was applied to back branches, so this change should not effect backpatching.
2014-05-06 18:12:18 +02:00
* Force shared indexes into the pg_global tablespace. This is a bit of a
Create a "relation mapping" infrastructure to support changing the relfilenodes of shared or nailed system catalogs. This has two key benefits: * The new CLUSTER-based VACUUM FULL can be applied safely to all catalogs. * We no longer have to use an unsafe reindex-in-place approach for reindexing shared catalogs. CLUSTER on nailed catalogs now works too, although I left it disabled on shared catalogs because the resulting pg_index.indisclustered update would only be visible in one database. Since reindexing shared system catalogs is now fully transactional and crash-safe, the former special cases in REINDEX behavior have been removed; shared catalogs are treated the same as non-shared. This commit does not do anything about the recently-discussed problem of deadlocks between VACUUM FULL/CLUSTER on a system catalog and other concurrent queries; will address that in a separate patch. As a stopgap, parallel_schedule has been tweaked to run vacuum.sql by itself, to avoid such failures during the regression tests.
2010-02-07 21:48:13 +01:00
* hack but seems simpler than marking them in the BKI commands. On the
* other hand, if it's not shared, don't allow it to be placed there.
Create 'default_tablespace' GUC variable that supplies a TABLESPACE clause implicitly whenever one is not given explicitly. Remove concept of a schema having an associated tablespace, and simplify the rules for selecting a default tablespace for a table or index. It's now just (a) explicit TABLESPACE clause; (b) default_tablespace if that's not an empty string; (c) database's default. This will allow pg_dump to use SET commands instead of tablespace clauses to determine object locations (but I didn't actually make it do so). All per recent discussions.
2004-11-05 20:17:13 +01:00
*/
if (rel->rd_rel->relisshared)
tablespaceId = GLOBALTABLESPACE_OID;
Create a "relation mapping" infrastructure to support changing the relfilenodes of shared or nailed system catalogs. This has two key benefits: * The new CLUSTER-based VACUUM FULL can be applied safely to all catalogs. * We no longer have to use an unsafe reindex-in-place approach for reindexing shared catalogs. CLUSTER on nailed catalogs now works too, although I left it disabled on shared catalogs because the resulting pg_index.indisclustered update would only be visible in one database. Since reindexing shared system catalogs is now fully transactional and crash-safe, the former special cases in REINDEX behavior have been removed; shared catalogs are treated the same as non-shared. This commit does not do anything about the recently-discussed problem of deadlocks between VACUUM FULL/CLUSTER on a system catalog and other concurrent queries; will address that in a separate patch. As a stopgap, parallel_schedule has been tweaked to run vacuum.sql by itself, to avoid such failures during the regression tests.
2010-02-07 21:48:13 +01:00
else if (tablespaceId == GLOBALTABLESPACE_OID)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
errmsg("only shared relations can be placed in pg_global tablespace")));
Create 'default_tablespace' GUC variable that supplies a TABLESPACE clause implicitly whenever one is not given explicitly. Remove concept of a schema having an associated tablespace, and simplify the rules for selecting a default tablespace for a table or index. It's now just (a) explicit TABLESPACE clause; (b) default_tablespace if that's not an empty string; (c) database's default. This will allow pg_dump to use SET commands instead of tablespace clauses to determine object locations (but I didn't actually make it do so). All per recent discussions.
2004-11-05 20:17:13 +01:00
Adjust naming of indexes and their columns per recent discussion. Index expression columns are now named after the FigureColname result for their expressions, rather than always being "pg_expression_N". Digits are appended to this name if needed to make the column name unique within the index. (That happens for regular columns too, thus fixing the old problem that CREATE INDEX fooi ON foo (f1, f1) fails. Before exclusion indexes there was no real reason to do such a thing, but now maybe there is.) Default names for indexes and associated constraints now include the column names of all their columns, not only the first one as in previous practice. (Of course, this will be truncated as needed to fit in NAMEDATALEN. Also, pkey indexes retain the historical behavior of not naming specific columns at all.) An example of the results: regression=# create table foo (f1 int, f2 text, regression(# exclude (f1 with =, lower(f2) with =)); NOTICE: CREATE TABLE / EXCLUDE will create implicit index "foo_f1_lower_exclusion" for table "foo" CREATE TABLE regression=# \d foo_f1_lower_exclusion Index "public.foo_f1_lower_exclusion" Column | Type | Definition --------+---------+------------ f1 | integer | f1 lower | text | lower(f2) btree, for table "public.foo"
2009-12-23 03:35:25 +01:00
/*
* Choose the index column names.
*/
Fix interference between covering indexes and partitioned tables The bug is caused due to the original IndexStmt that DefineIndex receives being overwritten when processing the INCLUDE columns. Use separate list of index params to propagate to child tables. Add tests covering this case. Amit Langote and Alexander Korotkov. Re-commit 5c6110c6a960ad6fe1b0d0fec6ae36ef4eb913f5 because it discovered a bug fixed in c266ed31a8a3beed3533e6a78faeca78234cbd43 Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAJGNTeO%3DBguEyG8wxMpU_Vgvg3nGGzy71zUQ0RpzEn_mb0bSWA%40mail.gmail.com
2018-04-12 16:25:13 +02:00
indexColNames = ChooseIndexColumnNames(allIndexParams);
Adjust naming of indexes and their columns per recent discussion. Index expression columns are now named after the FigureColname result for their expressions, rather than always being "pg_expression_N". Digits are appended to this name if needed to make the column name unique within the index. (That happens for regular columns too, thus fixing the old problem that CREATE INDEX fooi ON foo (f1, f1) fails. Before exclusion indexes there was no real reason to do such a thing, but now maybe there is.) Default names for indexes and associated constraints now include the column names of all their columns, not only the first one as in previous practice. (Of course, this will be truncated as needed to fit in NAMEDATALEN. Also, pkey indexes retain the historical behavior of not naming specific columns at all.) An example of the results: regression=# create table foo (f1 int, f2 text, regression(# exclude (f1 with =, lower(f2) with =)); NOTICE: CREATE TABLE / EXCLUDE will create implicit index "foo_f1_lower_exclusion" for table "foo" CREATE TABLE regression=# \d foo_f1_lower_exclusion Index "public.foo_f1_lower_exclusion" Column | Type | Definition --------+---------+------------ f1 | integer | f1 lower | text | lower(f2) btree, for table "public.foo"
2009-12-23 03:35:25 +01:00
ALTER TABLE rewrite. New cool stuff: * ALTER ... ADD COLUMN with defaults and NOT NULL constraints works per SQL spec. A default is implemented by rewriting the table with the new value stored in each row. * ALTER COLUMN TYPE. You can change a column's datatype to anything you want, so long as you can specify how to convert the old value. Rewrites the table. (Possible future improvement: optimize no-op conversions such as varchar(N) to varchar(N+1).) * Multiple ALTER actions in a single ALTER TABLE command. You can perform any number of column additions, type changes, and constraint additions with only one pass over the table contents. Basic documentation provided in ALTER TABLE ref page, but some more docs work is needed. Original patch from Rod Taylor, additional work from Tom Lane.
2004-05-05 06:48:48 +02:00
/*
* Select name for index if caller didn't specify
*/
Avoid pre-determining index names during CREATE TABLE LIKE parsing. Formerly, when trying to copy both indexes and comments, CREATE TABLE LIKE had to pre-assign names to indexes that had comments, because it made up an explicit CommentStmt command to apply the comment and so it had to know the name for the index. This creates bad interactions with other indexes, as shown in bug #6734 from Daniele Varrazzo: the preassignment logic couldn't take any other indexes into account so it could choose a conflicting name. To fix, add a field to IndexStmt that allows it to carry a comment to be assigned to the new index. (This isn't a user-exposed feature of CREATE INDEX, only an internal option.) Now we don't need preassignment of index names in any situation. I also took the opportunity to refactor DefineIndex to accept the IndexStmt as such, rather than passing all its fields individually in a mile-long parameter list. Back-patch to 9.2, but no further, because it seems too dangerous to change IndexStmt or DefineIndex's API in released branches. The bug exists back to 9.0 where CREATE TABLE LIKE grew the ability to copy comments, but given the lack of prior complaints we'll just let it go unfixed before 9.2.
2012-07-16 19:25:18 +02:00
indexRelationName = stmt->idxname;
ALTER TABLE rewrite. New cool stuff: * ALTER ... ADD COLUMN with defaults and NOT NULL constraints works per SQL spec. A default is implemented by rewriting the table with the new value stored in each row. * ALTER COLUMN TYPE. You can change a column's datatype to anything you want, so long as you can specify how to convert the old value. Rewrites the table. (Possible future improvement: optimize no-op conversions such as varchar(N) to varchar(N+1).) * Multiple ALTER actions in a single ALTER TABLE command. You can perform any number of column additions, type changes, and constraint additions with only one pass over the table contents. Basic documentation provided in ALTER TABLE ref page, but some more docs work is needed. Original patch from Rod Taylor, additional work from Tom Lane.
2004-05-05 06:48:48 +02:00
if (indexRelationName == NULL)
Adjust naming of indexes and their columns per recent discussion. Index expression columns are now named after the FigureColname result for their expressions, rather than always being "pg_expression_N". Digits are appended to this name if needed to make the column name unique within the index. (That happens for regular columns too, thus fixing the old problem that CREATE INDEX fooi ON foo (f1, f1) fails. Before exclusion indexes there was no real reason to do such a thing, but now maybe there is.) Default names for indexes and associated constraints now include the column names of all their columns, not only the first one as in previous practice. (Of course, this will be truncated as needed to fit in NAMEDATALEN. Also, pkey indexes retain the historical behavior of not naming specific columns at all.) An example of the results: regression=# create table foo (f1 int, f2 text, regression(# exclude (f1 with =, lower(f2) with =)); NOTICE: CREATE TABLE / EXCLUDE will create implicit index "foo_f1_lower_exclusion" for table "foo" CREATE TABLE regression=# \d foo_f1_lower_exclusion Index "public.foo_f1_lower_exclusion" Column | Type | Definition --------+---------+------------ f1 | integer | f1 lower | text | lower(f2) btree, for table "public.foo"
2009-12-23 03:35:25 +01:00
indexRelationName = ChooseIndexName(RelationGetRelationName(rel),
namespaceId,
indexColNames,
Avoid pre-determining index names during CREATE TABLE LIKE parsing. Formerly, when trying to copy both indexes and comments, CREATE TABLE LIKE had to pre-assign names to indexes that had comments, because it made up an explicit CommentStmt command to apply the comment and so it had to know the name for the index. This creates bad interactions with other indexes, as shown in bug #6734 from Daniele Varrazzo: the preassignment logic couldn't take any other indexes into account so it could choose a conflicting name. To fix, add a field to IndexStmt that allows it to carry a comment to be assigned to the new index. (This isn't a user-exposed feature of CREATE INDEX, only an internal option.) Now we don't need preassignment of index names in any situation. I also took the opportunity to refactor DefineIndex to accept the IndexStmt as such, rather than passing all its fields individually in a mile-long parameter list. Back-patch to 9.2, but no further, because it seems too dangerous to change IndexStmt or DefineIndex's API in released branches. The bug exists back to 9.0 where CREATE TABLE LIKE grew the ability to copy comments, but given the lack of prior complaints we'll just let it go unfixed before 9.2.
2012-07-16 19:25:18 +02:00
stmt->excludeOpNames,
stmt->primary,
stmt->isconstraint);
ALTER TABLE rewrite. New cool stuff: * ALTER ... ADD COLUMN with defaults and NOT NULL constraints works per SQL spec. A default is implemented by rewriting the table with the new value stored in each row. * ALTER COLUMN TYPE. You can change a column's datatype to anything you want, so long as you can specify how to convert the old value. Rewrites the table. (Possible future improvement: optimize no-op conversions such as varchar(N) to varchar(N+1).) * Multiple ALTER actions in a single ALTER TABLE command. You can perform any number of column additions, type changes, and constraint additions with only one pass over the table contents. Basic documentation provided in ALTER TABLE ref page, but some more docs work is needed. Original patch from Rod Taylor, additional work from Tom Lane.
2004-05-05 06:48:48 +02:00
Massive commit to run PGINDENT on all *.c and *.h files.
1997-09-07 07:04:48 +02:00
/*
Standard pgindent run for 8.1.
2005-10-15 04:49:52 +02:00
* look up the access method, verify it can handle the requested features
Massive commit to run PGINDENT on all *.c and *.h files.
1997-09-07 07:04:48 +02:00
*/
Avoid pre-determining index names during CREATE TABLE LIKE parsing. Formerly, when trying to copy both indexes and comments, CREATE TABLE LIKE had to pre-assign names to indexes that had comments, because it made up an explicit CommentStmt command to apply the comment and so it had to know the name for the index. This creates bad interactions with other indexes, as shown in bug #6734 from Daniele Varrazzo: the preassignment logic couldn't take any other indexes into account so it could choose a conflicting name. To fix, add a field to IndexStmt that allows it to carry a comment to be assigned to the new index. (This isn't a user-exposed feature of CREATE INDEX, only an internal option.) Now we don't need preassignment of index names in any situation. I also took the opportunity to refactor DefineIndex to accept the IndexStmt as such, rather than passing all its fields individually in a mile-long parameter list. Back-patch to 9.2, but no further, because it seems too dangerous to change IndexStmt or DefineIndex's API in released branches. The bug exists back to 9.0 where CREATE TABLE LIKE grew the ability to copy comments, but given the lack of prior complaints we'll just let it go unfixed before 9.2.
2012-07-16 19:25:18 +02:00
accessMethodName = stmt->accessMethod;
Wrap calls to SearchSysCache and related functions using macros. The purpose of this change is to eliminate the need for every caller of SearchSysCache, SearchSysCacheCopy, SearchSysCacheExists, GetSysCacheOid, and SearchSysCacheList to know the maximum number of allowable keys for a syscache entry (currently 4). This will make it far easier to increase the maximum number of keys in a future release should we choose to do so, and it makes the code shorter, too. Design and review by Tom Lane.
2010-02-14 19:42:19 +01:00
tuple = SearchSysCache1(AMNAME, PointerGetDatum(accessMethodName));
Restructure index AM interface for index building and index tuple deletion, per previous discussion on pghackers. Most of the duplicate code in different AMs' ambuild routines has been moved out to a common routine in index.c; this means that all index types now do the right things about inserting recently-dead tuples, etc. (I also removed support for EXTEND INDEX in the ambuild routines, since that's about to go away anyway, and it cluttered the code a lot.) The retail indextuple deletion routines have been replaced by a "bulk delete" routine in which the indexscan is inside the access method. I haven't pushed this change as far as it should go yet, but it should allow considerable simplification of the internal bookkeeping for deletions. Also, add flag columns to pg_am to eliminate various hardcoded tests on AM OIDs, and remove unused pg_am columns. Fix rtree and gist index types to not attempt to store NULLs; before this, gist usually crashed, while rtree managed not to crash but computed wacko bounding boxes for NULL entries (which might have had something to do with the performance problems we've heard about occasionally). Add AtEOXact routines to hash, rtree, and gist, all of which have static state that needs to be reset after an error. We discovered this need long ago for btree, but missed the other guys. Oh, one more thing: concurrent VACUUM is now the default.
2001-07-16 00:48:19 +02:00
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))
R-tree is dead ... long live GiST.
2005-11-07 18:36:47 +01:00
{
/*
* Hack to provide more-or-less-transparent updating of old RTREE
Spell checking and markup refinement
2011-05-19 00:14:45 +02:00
* indexes to GiST: if RTREE is requested and not found, use GIST.
R-tree is dead ... long live GiST.
2005-11-07 18:36:47 +01:00
*/
if (strcmp(accessMethodName, "rtree") == 0)
{
ereport(NOTICE,
(errmsg("substituting access method \"gist\" for obsolete method \"rtree\"")));
accessMethodName = "gist";
Wrap calls to SearchSysCache and related functions using macros. The purpose of this change is to eliminate the need for every caller of SearchSysCache, SearchSysCacheCopy, SearchSysCacheExists, GetSysCacheOid, and SearchSysCacheList to know the maximum number of allowable keys for a syscache entry (currently 4). This will make it far easier to increase the maximum number of keys in a future release should we choose to do so, and it makes the code shorter, too. Design and review by Tom Lane.
2010-02-14 19:42:19 +01:00
tuple = SearchSysCache1(AMNAME, PointerGetDatum(accessMethodName));
R-tree is dead ... long live GiST.
2005-11-07 18:36:47 +01:00
}
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
errmsg("access method \"%s\" does not exist",
accessMethodName)));
}
oid is needed, it is added at the end of the struct (after the null bitmap, if present). Per Tom Lane's suggestion the information whether a tuple has an oid or not is carried in the tuple descriptor. For debugging reasons tdhasoid is of type char, not bool. There are predefined values for WITHOID, WITHOUTOID and UNDEFOID. This patch has been generated against a cvs snapshot from last week and I don't expect it to apply cleanly to current sources. While I post it here for public review, I'm working on a new version against a current snapshot. (There's been heavy activity recently; hope to catch up some day ...) This is a long patch; if it is too hard to swallow, I can provide it in smaller pieces: Part 1: Accessor macros Part 2: tdhasoid in TupDesc Part 3: Regression test Part 4: Parameter withoid to heap_addheader Part 5: Eliminate t_oid from HeapTupleHeader Part 2 is the most hairy part because of changes in the executor and even in the parser; the other parts are straightforward. Up to part 4 the patched postmaster stays binary compatible to databases created with an unpatched version. Part 5 is small (100 lines) and finally breaks compatibility. Manfred Koizar
2002-07-20 07:16:59 +02:00
accessMethodId = HeapTupleGetOid(tuple);
Restructure index AM interface for index building and index tuple deletion, per previous discussion on pghackers. Most of the duplicate code in different AMs' ambuild routines has been moved out to a common routine in index.c; this means that all index types now do the right things about inserting recently-dead tuples, etc. (I also removed support for EXTEND INDEX in the ambuild routines, since that's about to go away anyway, and it cluttered the code a lot.) The retail indextuple deletion routines have been replaced by a "bulk delete" routine in which the indexscan is inside the access method. I haven't pushed this change as far as it should go yet, but it should allow considerable simplification of the internal bookkeeping for deletions. Also, add flag columns to pg_am to eliminate various hardcoded tests on AM OIDs, and remove unused pg_am columns. Fix rtree and gist index types to not attempt to store NULLs; before this, gist usually crashed, while rtree managed not to crash but computed wacko bounding boxes for NULL entries (which might have had something to do with the performance problems we've heard about occasionally). Add AtEOXact routines to hash, rtree, and gist, all of which have static state that needs to be reset after an error. We discovered this need long ago for btree, but missed the other guys. Oh, one more thing: concurrent VACUUM is now the default.
2001-07-16 00:48:19 +02:00
accessMethodForm = (Form_pg_am) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
Restructure index access method API to hide most of it at the C level. This patch reduces pg_am to just two columns, a name and a handler function. All the data formerly obtained from pg_am is now provided in a C struct returned by the handler function. This is similar to the designs we've adopted for FDWs and tablesample methods. There are multiple advantages. For one, the index AM's support functions are now simple C functions, making them faster to call and much less error-prone, since the C compiler can now check function signatures. For another, this will make it far more practical to define index access methods in installable extensions. A disadvantage is that SQL-level code can no longer see attributes of index AMs; in particular, some of the crosschecks in the opr_sanity regression test are no longer possible from SQL. We've addressed that by adding a facility for the index AM to perform such checks instead. (Much more could be done in that line, but for now we're content if the amvalidate functions more or less replace what opr_sanity used to do.) We might also want to expose some sort of reporting functionality, but this patch doesn't do that. Alexander Korotkov, reviewed by Petr Jelínek, and rather heavily editorialized on by me.
2016-01-18 01:36:59 +01:00
amRoutine = GetIndexAmRoutine(accessMethodForm->amhandler);
Massive commit to run PGINDENT on all *.c and *.h files.
1997-09-07 07:04:48 +02:00
Restructure index access method API to hide most of it at the C level. This patch reduces pg_am to just two columns, a name and a handler function. All the data formerly obtained from pg_am is now provided in a C struct returned by the handler function. This is similar to the designs we've adopted for FDWs and tablesample methods. There are multiple advantages. For one, the index AM's support functions are now simple C functions, making them faster to call and much less error-prone, since the C compiler can now check function signatures. For another, this will make it far more practical to define index access methods in installable extensions. A disadvantage is that SQL-level code can no longer see attributes of index AMs; in particular, some of the crosschecks in the opr_sanity regression test are no longer possible from SQL. We've addressed that by adding a facility for the index AM to perform such checks instead. (Much more could be done in that line, but for now we're content if the amvalidate functions more or less replace what opr_sanity used to do.) We might also want to expose some sort of reporting functionality, but this patch doesn't do that. Alexander Korotkov, reviewed by Petr Jelínek, and rather heavily editorialized on by me.
2016-01-18 01:36:59 +01:00
if (stmt->unique && !amRoutine->amcanunique)
Another round of error message editing, covering backend/commands/.
2003-07-20 23:56:35 +02:00
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
Phase 3 of pgindent updates. Don't move parenthesized lines to the left, even if that means they flow past the right margin. By default, BSD indent lines up statement continuation lines that are within parentheses so that they start just to the right of the preceding left parenthesis. However, traditionally, if that resulted in the continuation line extending to the right of the desired right margin, then indent would push it left just far enough to not overrun the margin, if it could do so without making the continuation line start to the left of the current statement indent. That makes for a weird mix of indentations unless one has been completely rigid about never violating the 80-column limit. This behavior has been pretty universally panned by Postgres developers. Hence, disable it with indent's new -lpl switch, so that parenthesized lines are always lined up with the preceding left paren. This patch is much less interesting than the first round of indent changes, but also bulkier, so I thought it best to separate the effects. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E1dAmxK-0006EE-1r@gemulon.postgresql.org Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/30527.1495162840@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-06-21 21:35:54 +02:00
errmsg("access method \"%s\" does not support unique indexes",
accessMethodName)));
Drop the rule against included index columns duplicating key columns. The initial version of the included-index-column feature stated that included columns couldn't be the same as any key column of the index. While it'd be pretty silly to do that, since the included column would be entirely redundant, we've never prohibited redundant index columns before so it's not very consistent to do so here. Moreover, the prohibition was itself badly implemented, so that it failed to reject columns that were effectively identical but not spelled quite alike, as reported by Aditya Toshniwal. (Moreover, it's not hard to imagine that for some non-btree index types, such cases would be non-silly anyhow: the index might use a lossy representation for key columns but be able to support retrieval of the original form of included columns.) Hence, let's just drop the prohibition. In passing, do some copy-editing on the documentation for the included-column feature. Yugo Nagata; documentation and test corrections by me Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAM9w-_mhBCys4fQNfaiQKTRrVWtoFrZ-wXmDuE9Nj5y-Y7aDKQ@mail.gmail.com
2018-07-18 20:43:03 +02:00
if (stmt->indexIncludingParams != NIL && !amRoutine->amcaninclude)
Indexes with INCLUDE columns and their support in B-tree This patch introduces INCLUDE clause to index definition. This clause specifies a list of columns which will be included as a non-key part in the index. The INCLUDE columns exist solely to allow more queries to benefit from index-only scans. Also, such columns don't need to have appropriate operator classes. Expressions are not supported as INCLUDE columns since they cannot be used in index-only scans. Index access methods supporting INCLUDE are indicated by amcaninclude flag in IndexAmRoutine. For now, only B-tree indexes support INCLUDE clause. In B-tree indexes INCLUDE columns are truncated from pivot index tuples (tuples located in non-leaf pages and high keys). Therefore, B-tree indexes now might have variable number of attributes. This patch also provides generic facility to support that: pivot tuples contain number of their attributes in t_tid.ip_posid. Free 13th bit of t_info is used for indicating that. This facility will simplify further support of index suffix truncation. The changes of above are backward-compatible, pg_upgrade doesn't need special handling of B-tree indexes for that. Bump catalog version Author: Anastasia Lubennikova with contribition by Alexander Korotkov and me Reviewed by: Peter Geoghegan, Tomas Vondra, Antonin Houska, Jeff Janes, David Rowley, Alexander Korotkov Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/56168952.4010101@postgrespro.ru
2018-04-07 22:00:39 +02:00
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
errmsg("access method \"%s\" does not support included columns",
accessMethodName)));
Restructure index access method API to hide most of it at the C level. This patch reduces pg_am to just two columns, a name and a handler function. All the data formerly obtained from pg_am is now provided in a C struct returned by the handler function. This is similar to the designs we've adopted for FDWs and tablesample methods. There are multiple advantages. For one, the index AM's support functions are now simple C functions, making them faster to call and much less error-prone, since the C compiler can now check function signatures. For another, this will make it far more practical to define index access methods in installable extensions. A disadvantage is that SQL-level code can no longer see attributes of index AMs; in particular, some of the crosschecks in the opr_sanity regression test are no longer possible from SQL. We've addressed that by adding a facility for the index AM to perform such checks instead. (Much more could be done in that line, but for now we're content if the amvalidate functions more or less replace what opr_sanity used to do.) We might also want to expose some sort of reporting functionality, but this patch doesn't do that. Alexander Korotkov, reviewed by Petr Jelínek, and rather heavily editorialized on by me.
2016-01-18 01:36:59 +01:00
if (numberOfAttributes > 1 && !amRoutine->amcanmulticol)
Another round of error message editing, covering backend/commands/.
2003-07-20 23:56:35 +02:00
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
Phase 3 of pgindent updates. Don't move parenthesized lines to the left, even if that means they flow past the right margin. By default, BSD indent lines up statement continuation lines that are within parentheses so that they start just to the right of the preceding left parenthesis. However, traditionally, if that resulted in the continuation line extending to the right of the desired right margin, then indent would push it left just far enough to not overrun the margin, if it could do so without making the continuation line start to the left of the current statement indent. That makes for a weird mix of indentations unless one has been completely rigid about never violating the 80-column limit. This behavior has been pretty universally panned by Postgres developers. Hence, disable it with indent's new -lpl switch, so that parenthesized lines are always lined up with the preceding left paren. This patch is much less interesting than the first round of indent changes, but also bulkier, so I thought it best to separate the effects. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E1dAmxK-0006EE-1r@gemulon.postgresql.org Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/30527.1495162840@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-06-21 21:35:54 +02:00
errmsg("access method \"%s\" does not support multicolumn indexes",
accessMethodName)));
Restructure index access method API to hide most of it at the C level. This patch reduces pg_am to just two columns, a name and a handler function. All the data formerly obtained from pg_am is now provided in a C struct returned by the handler function. This is similar to the designs we've adopted for FDWs and tablesample methods. There are multiple advantages. For one, the index AM's support functions are now simple C functions, making them faster to call and much less error-prone, since the C compiler can now check function signatures. For another, this will make it far more practical to define index access methods in installable extensions. A disadvantage is that SQL-level code can no longer see attributes of index AMs; in particular, some of the crosschecks in the opr_sanity regression test are no longer possible from SQL. We've addressed that by adding a facility for the index AM to perform such checks instead. (Much more could be done in that line, but for now we're content if the amvalidate functions more or less replace what opr_sanity used to do.) We might also want to expose some sort of reporting functionality, but this patch doesn't do that. Alexander Korotkov, reviewed by Petr Jelínek, and rather heavily editorialized on by me.
2016-01-18 01:36:59 +01:00
if (stmt->excludeOpNames && amRoutine->amgettuple == NULL)
Add exclusion constraints, which generalize the concept of uniqueness to support any indexable commutative operator, not just equality. Two rows violate the exclusion constraint if "row1.col OP row2.col" is TRUE for each of the columns in the constraint. Jeff Davis, reviewed by Robert Haas
2009-12-07 06:22:23 +01:00
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
Phase 3 of pgindent updates. Don't move parenthesized lines to the left, even if that means they flow past the right margin. By default, BSD indent lines up statement continuation lines that are within parentheses so that they start just to the right of the preceding left parenthesis. However, traditionally, if that resulted in the continuation line extending to the right of the desired right margin, then indent would push it left just far enough to not overrun the margin, if it could do so without making the continuation line start to the left of the current statement indent. That makes for a weird mix of indentations unless one has been completely rigid about never violating the 80-column limit. This behavior has been pretty universally panned by Postgres developers. Hence, disable it with indent's new -lpl switch, so that parenthesized lines are always lined up with the preceding left paren. This patch is much less interesting than the first round of indent changes, but also bulkier, so I thought it best to separate the effects. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E1dAmxK-0006EE-1r@gemulon.postgresql.org Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/30527.1495162840@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-06-21 21:35:54 +02:00
errmsg("access method \"%s\" does not support exclusion constraints",
accessMethodName)));
Cleanup of code for creating index entries. Functional indexes with pass-by-ref data types --- eg, an index on lower(textfield) --- no longer leak memory during index creation or update. Clean up a lot of redundant code ... did you know that copy, vacuum, truncate, reindex, extend index, and bootstrap each basically duplicated the main executor's logic for extracting information about an index and preparing index entries? Functional indexes should be a little faster now too, due to removal of repeated function lookups. CREATE INDEX 'opt_type' clause is deimplemented by these changes, but I haven't removed it from the parser yet (need to merge with Thomas' latest change set first).
2000-07-15 00:18:02 +02:00
Restructure index access method API to hide most of it at the C level. This patch reduces pg_am to just two columns, a name and a handler function. All the data formerly obtained from pg_am is now provided in a C struct returned by the handler function. This is similar to the designs we've adopted for FDWs and tablesample methods. There are multiple advantages. For one, the index AM's support functions are now simple C functions, making them faster to call and much less error-prone, since the C compiler can now check function signatures. For another, this will make it far more practical to define index access methods in installable extensions. A disadvantage is that SQL-level code can no longer see attributes of index AMs; in particular, some of the crosschecks in the opr_sanity regression test are no longer possible from SQL. We've addressed that by adding a facility for the index AM to perform such checks instead. (Much more could be done in that line, but for now we're content if the amvalidate functions more or less replace what opr_sanity used to do.) We might also want to expose some sort of reporting functionality, but this patch doesn't do that. Alexander Korotkov, reviewed by Petr Jelínek, and rather heavily editorialized on by me.
2016-01-18 01:36:59 +01:00
amcanorder = amRoutine->amcanorder;
amoptions = amRoutine->amoptions;
Code review for FILLFACTOR patch. Change WITH grammar as per earlier discussion (including making def_arg allow reserved words), add missed opt_definition for UNIQUE case. Put the reloptions support code in a less random place (I chose to make a new file access/common/reloptions.c). Eliminate header inclusion creep. Make the index options functions safely user-callable (seems like client apps might like to be able to test validity of options before trying to make an index). Reduce overhead for normal case with no options by allowing rd_options to be NULL. Fix some unmaintainably klugy code, including getting rid of Natts_pg_class_fixed at long last. Some stylistic cleanup too, and pay attention to keeping comments in sync with code. Documentation still needs work, though I did fix the omissions in catalogs.sgml and indexam.sgml.
2006-07-04 00:45:41 +02:00
Restructure index access method API to hide most of it at the C level. This patch reduces pg_am to just two columns, a name and a handler function. All the data formerly obtained from pg_am is now provided in a C struct returned by the handler function. This is similar to the designs we've adopted for FDWs and tablesample methods. There are multiple advantages. For one, the index AM's support functions are now simple C functions, making them faster to call and much less error-prone, since the C compiler can now check function signatures. For another, this will make it far more practical to define index access methods in installable extensions. A disadvantage is that SQL-level code can no longer see attributes of index AMs; in particular, some of the crosschecks in the opr_sanity regression test are no longer possible from SQL. We've addressed that by adding a facility for the index AM to perform such checks instead. (Much more could be done in that line, but for now we're content if the amvalidate functions more or less replace what opr_sanity used to do.) We might also want to expose some sort of reporting functionality, but this patch doesn't do that. Alexander Korotkov, reviewed by Petr Jelínek, and rather heavily editorialized on by me.
2016-01-18 01:36:59 +01:00
pfree(amRoutine);
Restructure index AM interface for index building and index tuple deletion, per previous discussion on pghackers. Most of the duplicate code in different AMs' ambuild routines has been moved out to a common routine in index.c; this means that all index types now do the right things about inserting recently-dead tuples, etc. (I also removed support for EXTEND INDEX in the ambuild routines, since that's about to go away anyway, and it cluttered the code a lot.) The retail indextuple deletion routines have been replaced by a "bulk delete" routine in which the indexscan is inside the access method. I haven't pushed this change as far as it should go yet, but it should allow considerable simplification of the internal bookkeeping for deletions. Also, add flag columns to pg_am to eliminate various hardcoded tests on AM OIDs, and remove unused pg_am columns. Fix rtree and gist index types to not attempt to store NULLs; before this, gist usually crashed, while rtree managed not to crash but computed wacko bounding boxes for NULL entries (which might have had something to do with the performance problems we've heard about occasionally). Add AtEOXact routines to hash, rtree, and gist, all of which have static state that needs to be reset after an error. We discovered this need long ago for btree, but missed the other guys. Oh, one more thing: concurrent VACUUM is now the default.
2001-07-16 00:48:19 +02:00
ReleaseSysCache(tuple);
Cleanup of code for creating index entries. Functional indexes with pass-by-ref data types --- eg, an index on lower(textfield) --- no longer leak memory during index creation or update. Clean up a lot of redundant code ... did you know that copy, vacuum, truncate, reindex, extend index, and bootstrap each basically duplicated the main executor's logic for extracting information about an index and preparing index entries? Functional indexes should be a little faster now too, due to removal of repeated function lookups. CREATE INDEX 'opt_type' clause is deimplemented by these changes, but I haven't removed it from the parser yet (need to merge with Thomas' latest change set first).
2000-07-15 00:18:02 +02:00
Massive commit to run PGINDENT on all *.c and *.h files.
1997-09-07 07:04:48 +02:00
/*
Clean up the usage of canonicalize_qual(): in particular, be consistent about whether it is applied before or after eval_const_expressions(). I believe there were some corner cases where the system would fail to recognize that a partial index is applicable because of the previous inconsistency. Store normal rather than 'implicit AND' representations of constraints and index predicates in the catalogs. initdb forced due to representation change of constraints/predicates.
2003-12-28 22:57:37 +01:00
* Validate predicate, if given
Massive commit to run PGINDENT on all *.c and *.h files.
1997-09-07 07:04:48 +02:00
*/
Avoid pre-determining index names during CREATE TABLE LIKE parsing. Formerly, when trying to copy both indexes and comments, CREATE TABLE LIKE had to pre-assign names to indexes that had comments, because it made up an explicit CommentStmt command to apply the comment and so it had to know the name for the index. This creates bad interactions with other indexes, as shown in bug #6734 from Daniele Varrazzo: the preassignment logic couldn't take any other indexes into account so it could choose a conflicting name. To fix, add a field to IndexStmt that allows it to carry a comment to be assigned to the new index. (This isn't a user-exposed feature of CREATE INDEX, only an internal option.) Now we don't need preassignment of index names in any situation. I also took the opportunity to refactor DefineIndex to accept the IndexStmt as such, rather than passing all its fields individually in a mile-long parameter list. Back-patch to 9.2, but no further, because it seems too dangerous to change IndexStmt or DefineIndex's API in released branches. The bug exists back to 9.0 where CREATE TABLE LIKE grew the ability to copy comments, but given the lack of prior complaints we'll just let it go unfixed before 9.2.
2012-07-16 19:25:18 +02:00
if (stmt->whereClause)
CheckPredicate((Expr *) stmt->whereClause);
Massive commit to run PGINDENT on all *.c and *.h files.
1997-09-07 07:04:48 +02:00
Code review for FILLFACTOR patch. Change WITH grammar as per earlier discussion (including making def_arg allow reserved words), add missed opt_definition for UNIQUE case. Put the reloptions support code in a less random place (I chose to make a new file access/common/reloptions.c). Eliminate header inclusion creep. Make the index options functions safely user-callable (seems like client apps might like to be able to test validity of options before trying to make an index). Reduce overhead for normal case with no options by allowing rd_options to be NULL. Fix some unmaintainably klugy code, including getting rid of Natts_pg_class_fixed at long last. Some stylistic cleanup too, and pay attention to keeping comments in sync with code. Documentation still needs work, though I did fix the omissions in catalogs.sgml and indexam.sgml.
2006-07-04 00:45:41 +02:00
/*
Code review for LIKE ... INCLUDING INDEXES patch. Fix failure to propagate constraint status of copied indexes (bug #3774), as well as various other small bugs such as failure to pstrdup when needed. Allow INCLUDING INDEXES indexes to be merged with identical declared indexes (perhaps not real useful, but the code is there and having it not apply to LIKE indexes seems pretty unorthogonal). Avoid useless work in generateClonedIndexStmt(). Undo some poorly chosen API changes, and put a couple of routines in modules that seem to be better places for them.
2007-12-02 00:44:44 +01:00
* Parse AM-specific options, convert to text array form, validate.
Code review for FILLFACTOR patch. Change WITH grammar as per earlier discussion (including making def_arg allow reserved words), add missed opt_definition for UNIQUE case. Put the reloptions support code in a less random place (I chose to make a new file access/common/reloptions.c). Eliminate header inclusion creep. Make the index options functions safely user-callable (seems like client apps might like to be able to test validity of options before trying to make an index). Reduce overhead for normal case with no options by allowing rd_options to be NULL. Fix some unmaintainably klugy code, including getting rid of Natts_pg_class_fixed at long last. Some stylistic cleanup too, and pay attention to keeping comments in sync with code. Documentation still needs work, though I did fix the omissions in catalogs.sgml and indexam.sgml.
2006-07-04 00:45:41 +02:00
*/
Avoid pre-determining index names during CREATE TABLE LIKE parsing. Formerly, when trying to copy both indexes and comments, CREATE TABLE LIKE had to pre-assign names to indexes that had comments, because it made up an explicit CommentStmt command to apply the comment and so it had to know the name for the index. This creates bad interactions with other indexes, as shown in bug #6734 from Daniele Varrazzo: the preassignment logic couldn't take any other indexes into account so it could choose a conflicting name. To fix, add a field to IndexStmt that allows it to carry a comment to be assigned to the new index. (This isn't a user-exposed feature of CREATE INDEX, only an internal option.) Now we don't need preassignment of index names in any situation. I also took the opportunity to refactor DefineIndex to accept the IndexStmt as such, rather than passing all its fields individually in a mile-long parameter list. Back-patch to 9.2, but no further, because it seems too dangerous to change IndexStmt or DefineIndex's API in released branches. The bug exists back to 9.0 where CREATE TABLE LIKE grew the ability to copy comments, but given the lack of prior complaints we'll just let it go unfixed before 9.2.
2012-07-16 19:25:18 +02:00
reloptions = transformRelOptions((Datum) 0, stmt->options,
NULL, NULL, false, false);
Code review for FILLFACTOR patch. Change WITH grammar as per earlier discussion (including making def_arg allow reserved words), add missed opt_definition for UNIQUE case. Put the reloptions support code in a less random place (I chose to make a new file access/common/reloptions.c). Eliminate header inclusion creep. Make the index options functions safely user-callable (seems like client apps might like to be able to test validity of options before trying to make an index). Reduce overhead for normal case with no options by allowing rd_options to be NULL. Fix some unmaintainably klugy code, including getting rid of Natts_pg_class_fixed at long last. Some stylistic cleanup too, and pay attention to keeping comments in sync with code. Documentation still needs work, though I did fix the omissions in catalogs.sgml and indexam.sgml.
2006-07-04 00:45:41 +02:00
(void) index_reloptions(amoptions, reloptions, true);
Cleanup of code for creating index entries. Functional indexes with pass-by-ref data types --- eg, an index on lower(textfield) --- no longer leak memory during index creation or update. Clean up a lot of redundant code ... did you know that copy, vacuum, truncate, reindex, extend index, and bootstrap each basically duplicated the main executor's logic for extracting information about an index and preparing index entries? Functional indexes should be a little faster now too, due to removal of repeated function lookups. CREATE INDEX 'opt_type' clause is deimplemented by these changes, but I haven't removed it from the parser yet (need to merge with Thomas' latest change set first).
2000-07-15 00:18:02 +02:00
/*
Standard pgindent run for 8.1.
2005-10-15 04:49:52 +02:00
* Prepare arguments for index_create, primarily an IndexInfo structure.
* Note that ii_Predicate must be in implicit-AND format.
Cleanup of code for creating index entries. Functional indexes with pass-by-ref data types --- eg, an index on lower(textfield) --- no longer leak memory during index creation or update. Clean up a lot of redundant code ... did you know that copy, vacuum, truncate, reindex, extend index, and bootstrap each basically duplicated the main executor's logic for extracting information about an index and preparing index entries? Functional indexes should be a little faster now too, due to removal of repeated function lookups. CREATE INDEX 'opt_type' clause is deimplemented by these changes, but I haven't removed it from the parser yet (need to merge with Thomas' latest change set first).
2000-07-15 00:18:02 +02:00
*/
indexInfo = makeNode(IndexInfo);
Replace functional-index facility with expressional indexes. Any column of an index can now be a computed expression instead of a simple variable. Restrictions on expressions are the same as for predicates (only immutable functions, no sub-selects). This fixes problems recently introduced with inlining SQL functions, because the inlining transformation is applied to both expression trees so the planner can still match them up. Along the way, improve efficiency of handling index predicates (both predicates and index expressions are now cached by the relcache) and fix 7.3 oversight that didn't record dependencies of predicate expressions.
2003-05-28 18:04:02 +02:00
indexInfo->ii_NumIndexAttrs = numberOfAttributes;
Indexes with INCLUDE columns and their support in B-tree This patch introduces INCLUDE clause to index definition. This clause specifies a list of columns which will be included as a non-key part in the index. The INCLUDE columns exist solely to allow more queries to benefit from index-only scans. Also, such columns don't need to have appropriate operator classes. Expressions are not supported as INCLUDE columns since they cannot be used in index-only scans. Index access methods supporting INCLUDE are indicated by amcaninclude flag in IndexAmRoutine. For now, only B-tree indexes support INCLUDE clause. In B-tree indexes INCLUDE columns are truncated from pivot index tuples (tuples located in non-leaf pages and high keys). Therefore, B-tree indexes now might have variable number of attributes. This patch also provides generic facility to support that: pivot tuples contain number of their attributes in t_tid.ip_posid. Free 13th bit of t_info is used for indicating that. This facility will simplify further support of index suffix truncation. The changes of above are backward-compatible, pg_upgrade doesn't need special handling of B-tree indexes for that. Bump catalog version Author: Anastasia Lubennikova with contribition by Alexander Korotkov and me Reviewed by: Peter Geoghegan, Tomas Vondra, Antonin Houska, Jeff Janes, David Rowley, Alexander Korotkov Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/56168952.4010101@postgrespro.ru
2018-04-07 22:00:39 +02:00
indexInfo->ii_NumIndexKeyAttrs = numberOfKeyAttributes;
pgindent run.
2003-08-04 02:43:34 +02:00
indexInfo->ii_Expressions = NIL; /* for now */
Replace functional-index facility with expressional indexes. Any column of an index can now be a computed expression instead of a simple variable. Restrictions on expressions are the same as for predicates (only immutable functions, no sub-selects). This fixes problems recently introduced with inlining SQL functions, because the inlining transformation is applied to both expression trees so the planner can still match them up. Along the way, improve efficiency of handling index predicates (both predicates and index expressions are now cached by the relcache) and fix 7.3 oversight that didn't record dependencies of predicate expressions.
2003-05-28 18:04:02 +02:00
indexInfo->ii_ExpressionsState = NIL;
Avoid pre-determining index names during CREATE TABLE LIKE parsing. Formerly, when trying to copy both indexes and comments, CREATE TABLE LIKE had to pre-assign names to indexes that had comments, because it made up an explicit CommentStmt command to apply the comment and so it had to know the name for the index. This creates bad interactions with other indexes, as shown in bug #6734 from Daniele Varrazzo: the preassignment logic couldn't take any other indexes into account so it could choose a conflicting name. To fix, add a field to IndexStmt that allows it to carry a comment to be assigned to the new index. (This isn't a user-exposed feature of CREATE INDEX, only an internal option.) Now we don't need preassignment of index names in any situation. I also took the opportunity to refactor DefineIndex to accept the IndexStmt as such, rather than passing all its fields individually in a mile-long parameter list. Back-patch to 9.2, but no further, because it seems too dangerous to change IndexStmt or DefineIndex's API in released branches. The bug exists back to 9.0 where CREATE TABLE LIKE grew the ability to copy comments, but given the lack of prior complaints we'll just let it go unfixed before 9.2.
2012-07-16 19:25:18 +02:00
indexInfo->ii_Predicate = make_ands_implicit((Expr *) stmt->whereClause);
Faster expression evaluation and targetlist projection. This replaces the old, recursive tree-walk based evaluation, with non-recursive, opcode dispatch based, expression evaluation. Projection is now implemented as part of expression evaluation. This both leads to significant performance improvements, and makes future just-in-time compilation of expressions easier. The speed gains primarily come from: - non-recursive implementation reduces stack usage / overhead - simple sub-expressions are implemented with a single jump, without function calls - sharing some state between different sub-expressions - reduced amount of indirect/hard to predict memory accesses by laying out operation metadata sequentially; including the avoidance of nearly all of the previously used linked lists - more code has been moved to expression initialization, avoiding constant re-checks at evaluation time Future just-in-time compilation (JIT) has become easier, as demonstrated by released patches intended to be merged in a later release, for primarily two reasons: Firstly, due to a stricter split between expression initialization and evaluation, less code has to be handled by the JIT. Secondly, due to the non-recursive nature of the generated "instructions", less performance-critical code-paths can easily be shared between interpreted and compiled evaluation. The new framework allows for significant future optimizations. E.g.: - basic infrastructure for to later reduce the per executor-startup overhead of expression evaluation, by caching state in prepared statements. That'd be helpful in OLTPish scenarios where initialization overhead is measurable. - optimizing the generated "code". A number of proposals for potential work has already been made. - optimizing the interpreter. Similarly a number of proposals have been made here too. The move of logic into the expression initialization step leads to some backward-incompatible changes: - Function permission checks are now done during expression initialization, whereas previously they were done during execution. In edge cases this can lead to errors being raised that previously wouldn't have been, e.g. a NULL array being coerced to a different array type previously didn't perform checks. - The set of domain constraints to be checked, is now evaluated once during expression initialization, previously it was re-built every time a domain check was evaluated. For normal queries this doesn't change much, but e.g. for plpgsql functions, which caches ExprStates, the old set could stick around longer. The behavior around might still change. Author: Andres Freund, with significant changes by Tom Lane, changes by Heikki Linnakangas Reviewed-By: Tom Lane, Heikki Linnakangas Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20161206034955.bh33paeralxbtluv@alap3.anarazel.de
2017-03-14 23:45:36 +01:00
indexInfo->ii_PredicateState = NULL;
Add exclusion constraints, which generalize the concept of uniqueness to support any indexable commutative operator, not just equality. Two rows violate the exclusion constraint if "row1.col OP row2.col" is TRUE for each of the columns in the constraint. Jeff Davis, reviewed by Robert Haas
2009-12-07 06:22:23 +01:00
indexInfo->ii_ExclusionOps = NULL;
indexInfo->ii_ExclusionProcs = NULL;
indexInfo->ii_ExclusionStrats = NULL;
Avoid pre-determining index names during CREATE TABLE LIKE parsing. Formerly, when trying to copy both indexes and comments, CREATE TABLE LIKE had to pre-assign names to indexes that had comments, because it made up an explicit CommentStmt command to apply the comment and so it had to know the name for the index. This creates bad interactions with other indexes, as shown in bug #6734 from Daniele Varrazzo: the preassignment logic couldn't take any other indexes into account so it could choose a conflicting name. To fix, add a field to IndexStmt that allows it to carry a comment to be assigned to the new index. (This isn't a user-exposed feature of CREATE INDEX, only an internal option.) Now we don't need preassignment of index names in any situation. I also took the opportunity to refactor DefineIndex to accept the IndexStmt as such, rather than passing all its fields individually in a mile-long parameter list. Back-patch to 9.2, but no further, because it seems too dangerous to change IndexStmt or DefineIndex's API in released branches. The bug exists back to 9.0 where CREATE TABLE LIKE grew the ability to copy comments, but given the lack of prior complaints we'll just let it go unfixed before 9.2.
2012-07-16 19:25:18 +02:00
indexInfo->ii_Unique = stmt->unique;
HOT updates. When we update a tuple without changing any of its indexed columns, and the new version can be stored on the same heap page, we no longer generate extra index entries for the new version. Instead, index searches follow the HOT-chain links to ensure they find the correct tuple version. In addition, this patch introduces the ability to "prune" dead tuples on a per-page basis, without having to do a complete VACUUM pass to recover space. VACUUM is still needed to clean up dead index entries, however. Pavan Deolasee, with help from a bunch of other people.
2007-09-20 19:56:33 +02:00
/* In a concurrent build, mark it not-ready-for-inserts */
Avoid pre-determining index names during CREATE TABLE LIKE parsing. Formerly, when trying to copy both indexes and comments, CREATE TABLE LIKE had to pre-assign names to indexes that had comments, because it made up an explicit CommentStmt command to apply the comment and so it had to know the name for the index. This creates bad interactions with other indexes, as shown in bug #6734 from Daniele Varrazzo: the preassignment logic couldn't take any other indexes into account so it could choose a conflicting name. To fix, add a field to IndexStmt that allows it to carry a comment to be assigned to the new index. (This isn't a user-exposed feature of CREATE INDEX, only an internal option.) Now we don't need preassignment of index names in any situation. I also took the opportunity to refactor DefineIndex to accept the IndexStmt as such, rather than passing all its fields individually in a mile-long parameter list. Back-patch to 9.2, but no further, because it seems too dangerous to change IndexStmt or DefineIndex's API in released branches. The bug exists back to 9.0 where CREATE TABLE LIKE grew the ability to copy comments, but given the lack of prior complaints we'll just let it go unfixed before 9.2.
2012-07-16 19:25:18 +02:00
indexInfo->ii_ReadyForInserts = !stmt->concurrent;
indexInfo->ii_Concurrent = stmt->concurrent;
HOT updates. When we update a tuple without changing any of its indexed columns, and the new version can be stored on the same heap page, we no longer generate extra index entries for the new version. Instead, index searches follow the HOT-chain links to ensure they find the correct tuple version. In addition, this patch introduces the ability to "prune" dead tuples on a per-page basis, without having to do a complete VACUUM pass to recover space. VACUUM is still needed to clean up dead index entries, however. Pavan Deolasee, with help from a bunch of other people.
2007-09-20 19:56:33 +02:00
indexInfo->ii_BrokenHotChain = false;
Support parallel btree index builds. To make this work, tuplesort.c and logtape.c must also support parallelism, so this patch adds that infrastructure and then applies it to the particular case of parallel btree index builds. Testing to date shows that this can often be 2-3x faster than a serial index build. The model for deciding how many workers to use is fairly primitive at present, but it's better than not having the feature. We can refine it as we get more experience. Peter Geoghegan with some help from Rushabh Lathia. While Heikki Linnakangas is not an author of this patch, he wrote other patches without which this feature would not have been possible, and therefore the release notes should possibly credit him as an author of this feature. Reviewed by Claudio Freire, Heikki Linnakangas, Thomas Munro, Tels, Amit Kapila, me. Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAM3SWZQKM=Pzc=CAHzRixKjp2eO5Q0Jg1SoFQqeXFQ647JiwqQ@mail.gmail.com Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wz=AxWqDoVvGU7dq856S4r6sJAj6DBn7VMtigkB33N5eyg@mail.gmail.com
2018-02-02 19:25:55 +01:00
indexInfo->ii_ParallelWorkers = 0;
Local partitioned indexes When CREATE INDEX is run on a partitioned table, create catalog entries for an index on the partitioned table (which is just a placeholder since the table proper has no data of its own), and recurse to create actual indexes on the existing partitions; create them in future partitions also. As a convenience gadget, if the new index definition matches some existing index in partitions, these are picked up and used instead of creating new ones. Whichever way these indexes come about, they become attached to the index on the parent table and are dropped alongside it, and cannot be dropped on isolation unless they are detached first. To support pg_dump'ing these indexes, add commands CREATE INDEX ON ONLY <table> (which creates the index on the parent partitioned table, without recursing) and ALTER INDEX ATTACH PARTITION (which is used after the indexes have been created individually on each partition, to attach them to the parent index). These reconstruct prior database state exactly. Reviewed-by: (in alphabetical order) Peter Eisentraut, Robert Haas, Amit Langote, Jesper Pedersen, Simon Riggs, David Rowley Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171113170646.gzweigyrgg6pwsg4@alvherre.pgsql
2018-01-19 15:49:22 +01:00
indexInfo->ii_Am = accessMethodId;
Allow index AMs to cache data across aminsert calls within a SQL command. It's always been possible for index AMs to cache data across successive amgettuple calls within a single SQL command: the IndexScanDesc.opaque field is meant for precisely that. However, no comparable facility exists for amortizing setup work across successive aminsert calls. This patch adds such a feature and teaches GIN, GIST, and BRIN to use it to amortize catalog lookups they'd previously been doing on every call. (The other standard index AMs keep everything they need in the relcache, so there's little to improve there.) For GIN, the overall improvement in a statement that inserts many rows can be as much as 10%, though it seems a bit less for the other two. In addition, this makes a really significant difference in runtime for CLOBBER_CACHE_ALWAYS tests, since in those builds the repeated catalog lookups are vastly more expensive. The reason this has been hard up to now is that the aminsert function is not passed any useful place to cache per-statement data. What I chose to do is to add suitable fields to struct IndexInfo and pass that to aminsert. That's not widening the index AM API very much because IndexInfo is already within the ken of ambuild; in fact, by passing the same info to aminsert as to ambuild, this is really removing an inconsistency in the AM API. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/27568.1486508680@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-02-09 17:52:12 +01:00
indexInfo->ii_AmCache = NULL;
indexInfo->ii_Context = CurrentMemoryContext;
Cleanup of code for creating index entries. Functional indexes with pass-by-ref data types --- eg, an index on lower(textfield) --- no longer leak memory during index creation or update. Clean up a lot of redundant code ... did you know that copy, vacuum, truncate, reindex, extend index, and bootstrap each basically duplicated the main executor's logic for extracting information about an index and preparing index entries? Functional indexes should be a little faster now too, due to removal of repeated function lookups. CREATE INDEX 'opt_type' clause is deimplemented by these changes, but I haven't removed it from the parser yet (need to merge with Thomas' latest change set first).
2000-07-15 00:18:02 +02:00
Make CheckIndexCompatible simpler and more bullet-proof. This gives up the "don't rewrite the index" behavior in a couple of relatively unimportant cases, such as changing between an array type and an unconstrained domain over that array type, in return for making this code more future-proof. Noah Misch
2012-01-25 21:28:07 +01:00
typeObjectId = (Oid *) palloc(numberOfAttributes * sizeof(Oid));
Per-column collation support This adds collation support for columns and domains, a COLLATE clause to override it per expression, and B-tree index support. Peter Eisentraut reviewed by Pavel Stehule, Itagaki Takahiro, Robert Haas, Noah Misch
2011-02-08 22:04:18 +01:00
collationObjectId = (Oid *) palloc(numberOfAttributes * sizeof(Oid));
Fix additional breakage in covering-index patch. CheckIndexCompatible() misused ComputeIndexAttrs() by not bothering to fill ii_NumIndexAttrs and ii_NumIndexKeyAttrs in the passed IndexInfo. Omission of ii_NumIndexAttrs was previously unimportant, but now this matters because ComputeIndexAttrs depends on ii_NumIndexKeyAttrs to decide how many columns it needs to report on. (BTW, the fact that this oversight wasn't detected earlier implies that we have no regression test verifying whether CheckIndexCompatible ever succeeds. Bad dog. Not the job of this patch to fix it, though.) Also, change the API of ComputeIndexAttrs so that it fills the opclass output array for all column positions, as it does for the options output array; positions for non-key index columns are filled with zeroes. This isn't directly fixing any bug, but it seems like a good idea. Per valgrind failure reports from buildfarm. Alexander Korotkov, tweaked a bit by me Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPpHfduWrysrT-qAhn+3Ea5+Mg6Vhc-oA6o2Z-hRCPRdvf3tiw@mail.gmail.com
2018-04-08 23:23:39 +02:00
classObjectId = (Oid *) palloc(numberOfAttributes * sizeof(Oid));
Support ORDER BY ... NULLS FIRST/LAST, and add ASC/DESC/NULLS FIRST/NULLS LAST per-column options for btree indexes. The planner's support for this is still pretty rudimentary; it does not yet know how to plan mergejoins with nondefault ordering options. The documentation is pretty rudimentary, too. I'll work on improving that stuff later. Note incompatible change from prior behavior: ORDER BY ... USING will now be rejected if the operator is not a less-than or greater-than member of some btree opclass. This prevents less-than-sane behavior if an operator that doesn't actually define a proper sort ordering is selected.
2007-01-09 03:14:16 +01:00
coloptions = (int16 *) palloc(numberOfAttributes * sizeof(int16));
Make CheckIndexCompatible simpler and more bullet-proof. This gives up the "don't rewrite the index" behavior in a couple of relatively unimportant cases, such as changing between an array type and an unconstrained domain over that array type, in return for making this code more future-proof. Noah Misch
2012-01-25 21:28:07 +01:00
ComputeIndexAttrs(indexInfo,
typeObjectId, collationObjectId, classObjectId,
Fix interference between covering indexes and partitioned tables The bug is caused due to the original IndexStmt that DefineIndex receives being overwritten when processing the INCLUDE columns. Use separate list of index params to propagate to child tables. Add tests covering this case. Amit Langote and Alexander Korotkov. Re-commit 5c6110c6a960ad6fe1b0d0fec6ae36ef4eb913f5 because it discovered a bug fixed in c266ed31a8a3beed3533e6a78faeca78234cbd43 Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAJGNTeO%3DBguEyG8wxMpU_Vgvg3nGGzy71zUQ0RpzEn_mb0bSWA%40mail.gmail.com
2018-04-12 16:25:13 +02:00
coloptions, allIndexParams,
Avoid pre-determining index names during CREATE TABLE LIKE parsing. Formerly, when trying to copy both indexes and comments, CREATE TABLE LIKE had to pre-assign names to indexes that had comments, because it made up an explicit CommentStmt command to apply the comment and so it had to know the name for the index. This creates bad interactions with other indexes, as shown in bug #6734 from Daniele Varrazzo: the preassignment logic couldn't take any other indexes into account so it could choose a conflicting name. To fix, add a field to IndexStmt that allows it to carry a comment to be assigned to the new index. (This isn't a user-exposed feature of CREATE INDEX, only an internal option.) Now we don't need preassignment of index names in any situation. I also took the opportunity to refactor DefineIndex to accept the IndexStmt as such, rather than passing all its fields individually in a mile-long parameter list. Back-patch to 9.2, but no further, because it seems too dangerous to change IndexStmt or DefineIndex's API in released branches. The bug exists back to 9.0 where CREATE TABLE LIKE grew the ability to copy comments, but given the lack of prior complaints we'll just let it go unfixed before 9.2.
2012-07-16 19:25:18 +02:00
stmt->excludeOpNames, relationId,
Add exclusion constraints, which generalize the concept of uniqueness to support any indexable commutative operator, not just equality. Two rows violate the exclusion constraint if "row1.col OP row2.col" is TRUE for each of the columns in the constraint. Jeff Davis, reviewed by Robert Haas
2009-12-07 06:22:23 +01:00
accessMethodName, accessMethodId,
Avoid pre-determining index names during CREATE TABLE LIKE parsing. Formerly, when trying to copy both indexes and comments, CREATE TABLE LIKE had to pre-assign names to indexes that had comments, because it made up an explicit CommentStmt command to apply the comment and so it had to know the name for the index. This creates bad interactions with other indexes, as shown in bug #6734 from Daniele Varrazzo: the preassignment logic couldn't take any other indexes into account so it could choose a conflicting name. To fix, add a field to IndexStmt that allows it to carry a comment to be assigned to the new index. (This isn't a user-exposed feature of CREATE INDEX, only an internal option.) Now we don't need preassignment of index names in any situation. I also took the opportunity to refactor DefineIndex to accept the IndexStmt as such, rather than passing all its fields individually in a mile-long parameter list. Back-patch to 9.2, but no further, because it seems too dangerous to change IndexStmt or DefineIndex's API in released branches. The bug exists back to 9.0 where CREATE TABLE LIKE grew the ability to copy comments, but given the lack of prior complaints we'll just let it go unfixed before 9.2.
2012-07-16 19:25:18 +02:00
amcanorder, stmt->isconstraint);
ALTER TABLE rewrite. New cool stuff: * ALTER ... ADD COLUMN with defaults and NOT NULL constraints works per SQL spec. A default is implemented by rewriting the table with the new value stored in each row. * ALTER COLUMN TYPE. You can change a column's datatype to anything you want, so long as you can specify how to convert the old value. Rewrites the table. (Possible future improvement: optimize no-op conversions such as varchar(N) to varchar(N+1).) * Multiple ALTER actions in a single ALTER TABLE command. You can perform any number of column additions, type changes, and constraint additions with only one pass over the table contents. Basic documentation provided in ALTER TABLE ref page, but some more docs work is needed. Original patch from Rod Taylor, additional work from Tom Lane.
2004-05-05 06:48:48 +02:00
Implement ALTER TABLE ADD UNIQUE/PRIMARY KEY USING INDEX. This feature allows a unique or pkey constraint to be created using an already-existing unique index. While the constraint isn't very functionally different from the bare index, it's nice to be able to do that for documentation purposes. The main advantage over just issuing a plain ALTER TABLE ADD UNIQUE/PRIMARY KEY is that the index can be created with CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY, so that there is not a long interval where the table is locked against updates. On the way, refactor some of the code in DefineIndex() and index_create() so that we don't have to pass through those functions in order to create the index constraint's catalog entries. Also, in parse_utilcmd.c, pass around the ParseState pointer in struct CreateStmtContext to save on notation, and add error location pointers to some error reports that didn't have one before. Gurjeet Singh, reviewed by Steve Singer and Tom Lane
2011-01-25 21:42:03 +01:00
/*
* Extra checks when creating a PRIMARY KEY index.
*/
Avoid pre-determining index names during CREATE TABLE LIKE parsing. Formerly, when trying to copy both indexes and comments, CREATE TABLE LIKE had to pre-assign names to indexes that had comments, because it made up an explicit CommentStmt command to apply the comment and so it had to know the name for the index. This creates bad interactions with other indexes, as shown in bug #6734 from Daniele Varrazzo: the preassignment logic couldn't take any other indexes into account so it could choose a conflicting name. To fix, add a field to IndexStmt that allows it to carry a comment to be assigned to the new index. (This isn't a user-exposed feature of CREATE INDEX, only an internal option.) Now we don't need preassignment of index names in any situation. I also took the opportunity to refactor DefineIndex to accept the IndexStmt as such, rather than passing all its fields individually in a mile-long parameter list. Back-patch to 9.2, but no further, because it seems too dangerous to change IndexStmt or DefineIndex's API in released branches. The bug exists back to 9.0 where CREATE TABLE LIKE grew the ability to copy comments, but given the lack of prior complaints we'll just let it go unfixed before 9.2.
2012-07-16 19:25:18 +02:00
if (stmt->primary)
Implement ALTER TABLE ADD UNIQUE/PRIMARY KEY USING INDEX. This feature allows a unique or pkey constraint to be created using an already-existing unique index. While the constraint isn't very functionally different from the bare index, it's nice to be able to do that for documentation purposes. The main advantage over just issuing a plain ALTER TABLE ADD UNIQUE/PRIMARY KEY is that the index can be created with CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY, so that there is not a long interval where the table is locked against updates. On the way, refactor some of the code in DefineIndex() and index_create() so that we don't have to pass through those functions in order to create the index constraint's catalog entries. Also, in parse_utilcmd.c, pass around the ParseState pointer in struct CreateStmtContext to save on notation, and add error location pointers to some error reports that didn't have one before. Gurjeet Singh, reviewed by Steve Singer and Tom Lane
2011-01-25 21:42:03 +01:00
index_check_primary_key(rel, indexInfo, is_alter_table);
Allow UNIQUE indexes on partitioned tables If we restrict unique constraints on partitioned tables so that they must always include the partition key, then our standard approach to unique indexes already works --- each unique key is forced to exist within a single partition, so enforcing the unique restriction in each index individually is enough to have it enforced globally. Therefore we can implement unique indexes on partitions by simply removing a few restrictions (and adding others.) Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171222212921.hi6hg6pem2w2t36z@alvherre.pgsql Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171229230607.3iib6b62fn3uaf47@alvherre.pgsql Reviewed-by: Simon Riggs, Jesper Pedersen, Peter Eisentraut, Jaime Casanova, Amit Langote
2018-02-19 20:59:37 +01:00
/*
* If this table is partitioned and we're creating a unique index or a
* primary key, make sure that the indexed columns are part of the
* partition key. Otherwise it would be possible to violate uniqueness by
* putting values that ought to be unique in different partitions.
*
* We could lift this limitation if we had global indexes, but those have
* their own problems, so this is a useful feature combination.
*/
if (partitioned && (stmt->unique || stmt->primary))
{
PartitionKey key = rel->rd_partkey;
int i;
/*
* A partitioned table can have unique indexes, as long as all the
* columns in the partition key appear in the unique key. A
* partition-local index can enforce global uniqueness iff the PK
* value completely determines the partition that a row is in.
*
Post-feature-freeze pgindent run. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15719.1523984266@sss.pgh.pa.us
2018-04-26 20:47:16 +02:00
* Thus, verify that all the columns in the partition key appear in
* the unique key definition.
Allow UNIQUE indexes on partitioned tables If we restrict unique constraints on partitioned tables so that they must always include the partition key, then our standard approach to unique indexes already works --- each unique key is forced to exist within a single partition, so enforcing the unique restriction in each index individually is enough to have it enforced globally. Therefore we can implement unique indexes on partitions by simply removing a few restrictions (and adding others.) Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171222212921.hi6hg6pem2w2t36z@alvherre.pgsql Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171229230607.3iib6b62fn3uaf47@alvherre.pgsql Reviewed-by: Simon Riggs, Jesper Pedersen, Peter Eisentraut, Jaime Casanova, Amit Langote
2018-02-19 20:59:37 +01:00
*/
for (i = 0; i < key->partnatts; i++)
{
Post-feature-freeze pgindent run. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15719.1523984266@sss.pgh.pa.us
2018-04-26 20:47:16 +02:00
bool found = false;
int j;
Allow UNIQUE indexes on partitioned tables If we restrict unique constraints on partitioned tables so that they must always include the partition key, then our standard approach to unique indexes already works --- each unique key is forced to exist within a single partition, so enforcing the unique restriction in each index individually is enough to have it enforced globally. Therefore we can implement unique indexes on partitions by simply removing a few restrictions (and adding others.) Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171222212921.hi6hg6pem2w2t36z@alvherre.pgsql Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171229230607.3iib6b62fn3uaf47@alvherre.pgsql Reviewed-by: Simon Riggs, Jesper Pedersen, Peter Eisentraut, Jaime Casanova, Amit Langote
2018-02-19 20:59:37 +01:00
const char *constraint_type;
if (stmt->primary)
constraint_type = "PRIMARY KEY";
else if (stmt->unique)
constraint_type = "UNIQUE";
else if (stmt->excludeOpNames != NIL)
constraint_type = "EXCLUDE";
else
{
elog(ERROR, "unknown constraint type");
constraint_type = NULL; /* keep compiler quiet */
}
/*
* It may be possible to support UNIQUE constraints when partition
* keys are expressions, but is it worth it? Give up for now.
*/
if (key->partattrs[i] == 0)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
errmsg("unsupported %s constraint with partition key definition",
constraint_type),
errdetail("%s constraints cannot be used when partition keys include expressions.",
Post-feature-freeze pgindent run. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15719.1523984266@sss.pgh.pa.us
2018-04-26 20:47:16 +02:00
constraint_type)));
Allow UNIQUE indexes on partitioned tables If we restrict unique constraints on partitioned tables so that they must always include the partition key, then our standard approach to unique indexes already works --- each unique key is forced to exist within a single partition, so enforcing the unique restriction in each index individually is enough to have it enforced globally. Therefore we can implement unique indexes on partitions by simply removing a few restrictions (and adding others.) Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171222212921.hi6hg6pem2w2t36z@alvherre.pgsql Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171229230607.3iib6b62fn3uaf47@alvherre.pgsql Reviewed-by: Simon Riggs, Jesper Pedersen, Peter Eisentraut, Jaime Casanova, Amit Langote
2018-02-19 20:59:37 +01:00
for (j = 0; j < indexInfo->ii_NumIndexAttrs; j++)
{
Rename IndexInfo.ii_KeyAttrNumbers array Rename ii_KeyAttrNumbers to ii_IndexAttrNumbers to prevent confusion with ii_NumIndexAttrs/ii_NumIndexKeyAttrs. ii_IndexAttrNumbers contains all attributes including "including" columns, not only key attribute. Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/13123421-1d52-d0e4-c95c-6d69011e0595%40sigaev.ru
2018-04-12 12:02:45 +02:00
if (key->partattrs[i] == indexInfo->ii_IndexAttrNumbers[j])
Allow UNIQUE indexes on partitioned tables If we restrict unique constraints on partitioned tables so that they must always include the partition key, then our standard approach to unique indexes already works --- each unique key is forced to exist within a single partition, so enforcing the unique restriction in each index individually is enough to have it enforced globally. Therefore we can implement unique indexes on partitions by simply removing a few restrictions (and adding others.) Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171222212921.hi6hg6pem2w2t36z@alvherre.pgsql Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171229230607.3iib6b62fn3uaf47@alvherre.pgsql Reviewed-by: Simon Riggs, Jesper Pedersen, Peter Eisentraut, Jaime Casanova, Amit Langote
2018-02-19 20:59:37 +01:00
{
found = true;
break;
}
}
if (!found)
{
Form_pg_attribute att;
att = TupleDescAttr(RelationGetDescr(rel), key->partattrs[i] - 1);
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
errmsg("insufficient columns in %s constraint definition",
constraint_type),
errdetail("%s constraint on table \"%s\" lacks column \"%s\" which is part of the partition key.",
constraint_type, RelationGetRelationName(rel),
NameStr(att->attname))));
}
}
}
Disallow creation of indexes on system columns (except for OID). Although OID acts pretty much like user data, the other system columns do not, so an index on one would likely misbehave. And it's pretty hard to see a use-case for one, anyway. Let's just forbid the case rather than worry about whether it should be supported. David Rowley
2016-04-16 18:11:41 +02:00
/*
* We disallow indexes on system columns other than OID. They would not
* necessarily get updated correctly, and they don't seem useful anyway.
*/
for (i = 0; i < indexInfo->ii_NumIndexAttrs; i++)
{
Rename IndexInfo.ii_KeyAttrNumbers array Rename ii_KeyAttrNumbers to ii_IndexAttrNumbers to prevent confusion with ii_NumIndexAttrs/ii_NumIndexKeyAttrs. ii_IndexAttrNumbers contains all attributes including "including" columns, not only key attribute. Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/13123421-1d52-d0e4-c95c-6d69011e0595%40sigaev.ru
2018-04-12 12:02:45 +02:00
AttrNumber attno = indexInfo->ii_IndexAttrNumbers[i];
Disallow creation of indexes on system columns (except for OID). Although OID acts pretty much like user data, the other system columns do not, so an index on one would likely misbehave. And it's pretty hard to see a use-case for one, anyway. Let's just forbid the case rather than worry about whether it should be supported. David Rowley
2016-04-16 18:11:41 +02:00
if (attno < 0 && attno != ObjectIdAttributeNumber)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
Phase 3 of pgindent updates. Don't move parenthesized lines to the left, even if that means they flow past the right margin. By default, BSD indent lines up statement continuation lines that are within parentheses so that they start just to the right of the preceding left parenthesis. However, traditionally, if that resulted in the continuation line extending to the right of the desired right margin, then indent would push it left just far enough to not overrun the margin, if it could do so without making the continuation line start to the left of the current statement indent. That makes for a weird mix of indentations unless one has been completely rigid about never violating the 80-column limit. This behavior has been pretty universally panned by Postgres developers. Hence, disable it with indent's new -lpl switch, so that parenthesized lines are always lined up with the preceding left paren. This patch is much less interesting than the first round of indent changes, but also bulkier, so I thought it best to separate the effects. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E1dAmxK-0006EE-1r@gemulon.postgresql.org Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/30527.1495162840@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-06-21 21:35:54 +02:00
errmsg("index creation on system columns is not supported")));
Disallow creation of indexes on system columns (except for OID). Although OID acts pretty much like user data, the other system columns do not, so an index on one would likely misbehave. And it's pretty hard to see a use-case for one, anyway. Let's just forbid the case rather than worry about whether it should be supported. David Rowley
2016-04-16 18:11:41 +02:00
}
/*
* Also check for system columns used in expressions or predicates.
*/
if (indexInfo->ii_Expressions || indexInfo->ii_Predicate)
{
Bitmapset *indexattrs = NULL;
pull_varattnos((Node *) indexInfo->ii_Expressions, 1, &indexattrs);
pull_varattnos((Node *) indexInfo->ii_Predicate, 1, &indexattrs);
for (i = FirstLowInvalidHeapAttributeNumber + 1; i < 0; i++)
{
if (i != ObjectIdAttributeNumber &&
bms_is_member(i - FirstLowInvalidHeapAttributeNumber,
indexattrs))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
Phase 3 of pgindent updates. Don't move parenthesized lines to the left, even if that means they flow past the right margin. By default, BSD indent lines up statement continuation lines that are within parentheses so that they start just to the right of the preceding left parenthesis. However, traditionally, if that resulted in the continuation line extending to the right of the desired right margin, then indent would push it left just far enough to not overrun the margin, if it could do so without making the continuation line start to the left of the current statement indent. That makes for a weird mix of indentations unless one has been completely rigid about never violating the 80-column limit. This behavior has been pretty universally panned by Postgres developers. Hence, disable it with indent's new -lpl switch, so that parenthesized lines are always lined up with the preceding left paren. This patch is much less interesting than the first round of indent changes, but also bulkier, so I thought it best to separate the effects. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E1dAmxK-0006EE-1r@gemulon.postgresql.org Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/30527.1495162840@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-06-21 21:35:54 +02:00
errmsg("index creation on system columns is not supported")));
Disallow creation of indexes on system columns (except for OID). Although OID acts pretty much like user data, the other system columns do not, so an index on one would likely misbehave. And it's pretty hard to see a use-case for one, anyway. Let's just forbid the case rather than worry about whether it should be supported. David Rowley
2016-04-16 18:11:41 +02:00
}
}
ALTER TABLE rewrite. New cool stuff: * ALTER ... ADD COLUMN with defaults and NOT NULL constraints works per SQL spec. A default is implemented by rewriting the table with the new value stored in each row. * ALTER COLUMN TYPE. You can change a column's datatype to anything you want, so long as you can specify how to convert the old value. Rewrites the table. (Possible future improvement: optimize no-op conversions such as varchar(N) to varchar(N+1).) * Multiple ALTER actions in a single ALTER TABLE command. You can perform any number of column additions, type changes, and constraint additions with only one pass over the table contents. Basic documentation provided in ALTER TABLE ref page, but some more docs work is needed. Original patch from Rod Taylor, additional work from Tom Lane.
2004-05-05 06:48:48 +02:00
/*
Standard pgindent run for 8.1.
2005-10-15 04:49:52 +02:00
* Report index creation if appropriate (delay this till after most of the
* error checks)
ALTER TABLE rewrite. New cool stuff: * ALTER ... ADD COLUMN with defaults and NOT NULL constraints works per SQL spec. A default is implemented by rewriting the table with the new value stored in each row. * ALTER COLUMN TYPE. You can change a column's datatype to anything you want, so long as you can specify how to convert the old value. Rewrites the table. (Possible future improvement: optimize no-op conversions such as varchar(N) to varchar(N+1).) * Multiple ALTER actions in a single ALTER TABLE command. You can perform any number of column additions, type changes, and constraint additions with only one pass over the table contents. Basic documentation provided in ALTER TABLE ref page, but some more docs work is needed. Original patch from Rod Taylor, additional work from Tom Lane.
2004-05-05 06:48:48 +02:00
*/
Avoid pre-determining index names during CREATE TABLE LIKE parsing. Formerly, when trying to copy both indexes and comments, CREATE TABLE LIKE had to pre-assign names to indexes that had comments, because it made up an explicit CommentStmt command to apply the comment and so it had to know the name for the index. This creates bad interactions with other indexes, as shown in bug #6734 from Daniele Varrazzo: the preassignment logic couldn't take any other indexes into account so it could choose a conflicting name. To fix, add a field to IndexStmt that allows it to carry a comment to be assigned to the new index. (This isn't a user-exposed feature of CREATE INDEX, only an internal option.) Now we don't need preassignment of index names in any situation. I also took the opportunity to refactor DefineIndex to accept the IndexStmt as such, rather than passing all its fields individually in a mile-long parameter list. Back-patch to 9.2, but no further, because it seems too dangerous to change IndexStmt or DefineIndex's API in released branches. The bug exists back to 9.0 where CREATE TABLE LIKE grew the ability to copy comments, but given the lack of prior complaints we'll just let it go unfixed before 9.2.
2012-07-16 19:25:18 +02:00
if (stmt->isconstraint && !quiet)
Add exclusion constraints, which generalize the concept of uniqueness to support any indexable commutative operator, not just equality. Two rows violate the exclusion constraint if "row1.col OP row2.col" is TRUE for each of the columns in the constraint. Jeff Davis, reviewed by Robert Haas
2009-12-07 06:22:23 +01:00
{
const char *constraint_type;
Avoid pre-determining index names during CREATE TABLE LIKE parsing. Formerly, when trying to copy both indexes and comments, CREATE TABLE LIKE had to pre-assign names to indexes that had comments, because it made up an explicit CommentStmt command to apply the comment and so it had to know the name for the index. This creates bad interactions with other indexes, as shown in bug #6734 from Daniele Varrazzo: the preassignment logic couldn't take any other indexes into account so it could choose a conflicting name. To fix, add a field to IndexStmt that allows it to carry a comment to be assigned to the new index. (This isn't a user-exposed feature of CREATE INDEX, only an internal option.) Now we don't need preassignment of index names in any situation. I also took the opportunity to refactor DefineIndex to accept the IndexStmt as such, rather than passing all its fields individually in a mile-long parameter list. Back-patch to 9.2, but no further, because it seems too dangerous to change IndexStmt or DefineIndex's API in released branches. The bug exists back to 9.0 where CREATE TABLE LIKE grew the ability to copy comments, but given the lack of prior complaints we'll just let it go unfixed before 9.2.
2012-07-16 19:25:18 +02:00
if (stmt->primary)
Add exclusion constraints, which generalize the concept of uniqueness to support any indexable commutative operator, not just equality. Two rows violate the exclusion constraint if "row1.col OP row2.col" is TRUE for each of the columns in the constraint. Jeff Davis, reviewed by Robert Haas
2009-12-07 06:22:23 +01:00
constraint_type = "PRIMARY KEY";
Avoid pre-determining index names during CREATE TABLE LIKE parsing. Formerly, when trying to copy both indexes and comments, CREATE TABLE LIKE had to pre-assign names to indexes that had comments, because it made up an explicit CommentStmt command to apply the comment and so it had to know the name for the index. This creates bad interactions with other indexes, as shown in bug #6734 from Daniele Varrazzo: the preassignment logic couldn't take any other indexes into account so it could choose a conflicting name. To fix, add a field to IndexStmt that allows it to carry a comment to be assigned to the new index. (This isn't a user-exposed feature of CREATE INDEX, only an internal option.) Now we don't need preassignment of index names in any situation. I also took the opportunity to refactor DefineIndex to accept the IndexStmt as such, rather than passing all its fields individually in a mile-long parameter list. Back-patch to 9.2, but no further, because it seems too dangerous to change IndexStmt or DefineIndex's API in released branches. The bug exists back to 9.0 where CREATE TABLE LIKE grew the ability to copy comments, but given the lack of prior complaints we'll just let it go unfixed before 9.2.
2012-07-16 19:25:18 +02:00
else if (stmt->unique)
Add exclusion constraints, which generalize the concept of uniqueness to support any indexable commutative operator, not just equality. Two rows violate the exclusion constraint if "row1.col OP row2.col" is TRUE for each of the columns in the constraint. Jeff Davis, reviewed by Robert Haas
2009-12-07 06:22:23 +01:00
constraint_type = "UNIQUE";
Avoid pre-determining index names during CREATE TABLE LIKE parsing. Formerly, when trying to copy both indexes and comments, CREATE TABLE LIKE had to pre-assign names to indexes that had comments, because it made up an explicit CommentStmt command to apply the comment and so it had to know the name for the index. This creates bad interactions with other indexes, as shown in bug #6734 from Daniele Varrazzo: the preassignment logic couldn't take any other indexes into account so it could choose a conflicting name. To fix, add a field to IndexStmt that allows it to carry a comment to be assigned to the new index. (This isn't a user-exposed feature of CREATE INDEX, only an internal option.) Now we don't need preassignment of index names in any situation. I also took the opportunity to refactor DefineIndex to accept the IndexStmt as such, rather than passing all its fields individually in a mile-long parameter list. Back-patch to 9.2, but no further, because it seems too dangerous to change IndexStmt or DefineIndex's API in released branches. The bug exists back to 9.0 where CREATE TABLE LIKE grew the ability to copy comments, but given the lack of prior complaints we'll just let it go unfixed before 9.2.
2012-07-16 19:25:18 +02:00
else if (stmt->excludeOpNames != NIL)
Add exclusion constraints, which generalize the concept of uniqueness to support any indexable commutative operator, not just equality. Two rows violate the exclusion constraint if "row1.col OP row2.col" is TRUE for each of the columns in the constraint. Jeff Davis, reviewed by Robert Haas
2009-12-07 06:22:23 +01:00
constraint_type = "EXCLUDE";
else
{
elog(ERROR, "unknown constraint type");
Phase 2 of pgindent updates. Change pg_bsd_indent to follow upstream rules for placement of comments to the right of code, and remove pgindent hack that caused comments following #endif to not obey the general rule. Commit e3860ffa4dd0dad0dd9eea4be9cc1412373a8c89 wasn't actually using the published version of pg_bsd_indent, but a hacked-up version that tried to minimize the amount of movement of comments to the right of code. The situation of interest is where such a comment has to be moved to the right of its default placement at column 33 because there's code there. BSD indent has always moved right in units of tab stops in such cases --- but in the previous incarnation, indent was working in 8-space tab stops, while now it knows we use 4-space tabs. So the net result is that in about half the cases, such comments are placed one tab stop left of before. This is better all around: it leaves more room on the line for comment text, and it means that in such cases the comment uniformly starts at the next 4-space tab stop after the code, rather than sometimes one and sometimes two tabs after. Also, ensure that comments following #endif are indented the same as comments following other preprocessor commands such as #else. That inconsistency turns out to have been self-inflicted damage from a poorly-thought-through post-indent "fixup" in pgindent. This patch is much less interesting than the first round of indent changes, but also bulkier, so I thought it best to separate the effects. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E1dAmxK-0006EE-1r@gemulon.postgresql.org Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/30527.1495162840@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-06-21 21:18:54 +02:00
constraint_type = NULL; /* keep compiler quiet */
Add exclusion constraints, which generalize the concept of uniqueness to support any indexable commutative operator, not just equality. Two rows violate the exclusion constraint if "row1.col OP row2.col" is TRUE for each of the columns in the constraint. Jeff Davis, reviewed by Robert Haas
2009-12-07 06:22:23 +01:00
}
Reduce messages about implicit indexes and sequences to DEBUG1. Per recent discussion on pgsql-hackers, these messages are too chatty for most users.
2012-07-05 02:34:24 +02:00
ereport(DEBUG1,
Phase 3 of pgindent updates. Don't move parenthesized lines to the left, even if that means they flow past the right margin. By default, BSD indent lines up statement continuation lines that are within parentheses so that they start just to the right of the preceding left parenthesis. However, traditionally, if that resulted in the continuation line extending to the right of the desired right margin, then indent would push it left just far enough to not overrun the margin, if it could do so without making the continuation line start to the left of the current statement indent. That makes for a weird mix of indentations unless one has been completely rigid about never violating the 80-column limit. This behavior has been pretty universally panned by Postgres developers. Hence, disable it with indent's new -lpl switch, so that parenthesized lines are always lined up with the preceding left paren. This patch is much less interesting than the first round of indent changes, but also bulkier, so I thought it best to separate the effects. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E1dAmxK-0006EE-1r@gemulon.postgresql.org Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/30527.1495162840@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-06-21 21:35:54 +02:00
(errmsg("%s %s will create implicit index \"%s\" for table \"%s\"",
is_alter_table ? "ALTER TABLE / ADD" : "CREATE TABLE /",
constraint_type,
indexRelationName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
Add exclusion constraints, which generalize the concept of uniqueness to support any indexable commutative operator, not just equality. Two rows violate the exclusion constraint if "row1.col OP row2.col" is TRUE for each of the columns in the constraint. Jeff Davis, reviewed by Robert Haas
2009-12-07 06:22:23 +01:00
}
Fix longstanding bug that kept functional indexes from working when you defaulted the opclass. This addresses TODO item * Allow creation of functional indexes to use default types (Does that make it a feature? Oh dear...)
2000-02-25 03:58:48 +01:00
Avoid index rebuild for no-rewrite ALTER TABLE .. ALTER TYPE. Noah Misch. Review and minor cosmetic changes by me.
2011-07-18 17:02:48 +02:00
/*
Avoid pre-determining index names during CREATE TABLE LIKE parsing. Formerly, when trying to copy both indexes and comments, CREATE TABLE LIKE had to pre-assign names to indexes that had comments, because it made up an explicit CommentStmt command to apply the comment and so it had to know the name for the index. This creates bad interactions with other indexes, as shown in bug #6734 from Daniele Varrazzo: the preassignment logic couldn't take any other indexes into account so it could choose a conflicting name. To fix, add a field to IndexStmt that allows it to carry a comment to be assigned to the new index. (This isn't a user-exposed feature of CREATE INDEX, only an internal option.) Now we don't need preassignment of index names in any situation. I also took the opportunity to refactor DefineIndex to accept the IndexStmt as such, rather than passing all its fields individually in a mile-long parameter list. Back-patch to 9.2, but no further, because it seems too dangerous to change IndexStmt or DefineIndex's API in released branches. The bug exists back to 9.0 where CREATE TABLE LIKE grew the ability to copy comments, but given the lack of prior complaints we'll just let it go unfixed before 9.2.
2012-07-16 19:25:18 +02:00
* A valid stmt->oldNode implies that we already have a built form of the
Avoid index rebuild for no-rewrite ALTER TABLE .. ALTER TYPE. Noah Misch. Review and minor cosmetic changes by me.
2011-07-18 17:02:48 +02:00
* index. The caller should also decline any index build.
*/
Avoid pre-determining index names during CREATE TABLE LIKE parsing. Formerly, when trying to copy both indexes and comments, CREATE TABLE LIKE had to pre-assign names to indexes that had comments, because it made up an explicit CommentStmt command to apply the comment and so it had to know the name for the index. This creates bad interactions with other indexes, as shown in bug #6734 from Daniele Varrazzo: the preassignment logic couldn't take any other indexes into account so it could choose a conflicting name. To fix, add a field to IndexStmt that allows it to carry a comment to be assigned to the new index. (This isn't a user-exposed feature of CREATE INDEX, only an internal option.) Now we don't need preassignment of index names in any situation. I also took the opportunity to refactor DefineIndex to accept the IndexStmt as such, rather than passing all its fields individually in a mile-long parameter list. Back-patch to 9.2, but no further, because it seems too dangerous to change IndexStmt or DefineIndex's API in released branches. The bug exists back to 9.0 where CREATE TABLE LIKE grew the ability to copy comments, but given the lack of prior complaints we'll just let it go unfixed before 9.2.
2012-07-16 19:25:18 +02:00
Assert(!OidIsValid(stmt->oldNode) || (skip_build && !stmt->concurrent));
Avoid index rebuild for no-rewrite ALTER TABLE .. ALTER TYPE. Noah Misch. Review and minor cosmetic changes by me.
2011-07-18 17:02:48 +02:00
HOT updates. When we update a tuple without changing any of its indexed columns, and the new version can be stored on the same heap page, we no longer generate extra index entries for the new version. Instead, index searches follow the HOT-chain links to ensure they find the correct tuple version. In addition, this patch introduces the ability to "prune" dead tuples on a per-page basis, without having to do a complete VACUUM pass to recover space. VACUUM is still needed to clean up dead index entries, however. Pavan Deolasee, with help from a bunch of other people.
2007-09-20 19:56:33 +02:00
/*
Simplify index_[constraint_]create API Instead of passing large swaths of boolean arguments, define some flags that can be used in a bitmask. This makes it easier not only to figure out what each call site is doing, but also to add some new flags. The flags are split in two -- one set for index_create directly and another for constraints. index_create() itself receives both, and then passes down the latter to index_constraint_create(), which can also be called standalone. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171023151251.j75uoe27gajdjmlm@alvherre.pgsql Reviewed-by: Simon Riggs
2017-11-14 15:19:05 +01:00
* Make the catalog entries for the index, including constraints. This
* step also actually builds the index, except if caller requested not to
Post-feature-freeze pgindent run. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15719.1523984266@sss.pgh.pa.us
2018-04-26 20:47:16 +02:00
* or in concurrent mode, in which case it'll be done later, or doing a
* partitioned index (because those don't have storage).
HOT updates. When we update a tuple without changing any of its indexed columns, and the new version can be stored on the same heap page, we no longer generate extra index entries for the new version. Instead, index searches follow the HOT-chain links to ensure they find the correct tuple version. In addition, this patch introduces the ability to "prune" dead tuples on a per-page basis, without having to do a complete VACUUM pass to recover space. VACUUM is still needed to clean up dead index entries, however. Pavan Deolasee, with help from a bunch of other people.
2007-09-20 19:56:33 +02:00
*/
Simplify index_[constraint_]create API Instead of passing large swaths of boolean arguments, define some flags that can be used in a bitmask. This makes it easier not only to figure out what each call site is doing, but also to add some new flags. The flags are split in two -- one set for index_create directly and another for constraints. index_create() itself receives both, and then passes down the latter to index_constraint_create(), which can also be called standalone. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171023151251.j75uoe27gajdjmlm@alvherre.pgsql Reviewed-by: Simon Riggs
2017-11-14 15:19:05 +01:00
flags = constr_flags = 0;
if (stmt->isconstraint)
flags |= INDEX_CREATE_ADD_CONSTRAINT;
Local partitioned indexes When CREATE INDEX is run on a partitioned table, create catalog entries for an index on the partitioned table (which is just a placeholder since the table proper has no data of its own), and recurse to create actual indexes on the existing partitions; create them in future partitions also. As a convenience gadget, if the new index definition matches some existing index in partitions, these are picked up and used instead of creating new ones. Whichever way these indexes come about, they become attached to the index on the parent table and are dropped alongside it, and cannot be dropped on isolation unless they are detached first. To support pg_dump'ing these indexes, add commands CREATE INDEX ON ONLY <table> (which creates the index on the parent partitioned table, without recursing) and ALTER INDEX ATTACH PARTITION (which is used after the indexes have been created individually on each partition, to attach them to the parent index). These reconstruct prior database state exactly. Reviewed-by: (in alphabetical order) Peter Eisentraut, Robert Haas, Amit Langote, Jesper Pedersen, Simon Riggs, David Rowley Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171113170646.gzweigyrgg6pwsg4@alvherre.pgsql
2018-01-19 15:49:22 +01:00
if (skip_build || stmt->concurrent || partitioned)
Simplify index_[constraint_]create API Instead of passing large swaths of boolean arguments, define some flags that can be used in a bitmask. This makes it easier not only to figure out what each call site is doing, but also to add some new flags. The flags are split in two -- one set for index_create directly and another for constraints. index_create() itself receives both, and then passes down the latter to index_constraint_create(), which can also be called standalone. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171023151251.j75uoe27gajdjmlm@alvherre.pgsql Reviewed-by: Simon Riggs
2017-11-14 15:19:05 +01:00
flags |= INDEX_CREATE_SKIP_BUILD;
if (stmt->if_not_exists)
flags |= INDEX_CREATE_IF_NOT_EXISTS;
if (stmt->concurrent)
flags |= INDEX_CREATE_CONCURRENT;
Local partitioned indexes When CREATE INDEX is run on a partitioned table, create catalog entries for an index on the partitioned table (which is just a placeholder since the table proper has no data of its own), and recurse to create actual indexes on the existing partitions; create them in future partitions also. As a convenience gadget, if the new index definition matches some existing index in partitions, these are picked up and used instead of creating new ones. Whichever way these indexes come about, they become attached to the index on the parent table and are dropped alongside it, and cannot be dropped on isolation unless they are detached first. To support pg_dump'ing these indexes, add commands CREATE INDEX ON ONLY <table> (which creates the index on the parent partitioned table, without recursing) and ALTER INDEX ATTACH PARTITION (which is used after the indexes have been created individually on each partition, to attach them to the parent index). These reconstruct prior database state exactly. Reviewed-by: (in alphabetical order) Peter Eisentraut, Robert Haas, Amit Langote, Jesper Pedersen, Simon Riggs, David Rowley Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171113170646.gzweigyrgg6pwsg4@alvherre.pgsql
2018-01-19 15:49:22 +01:00
if (partitioned)
flags |= INDEX_CREATE_PARTITIONED;
Simplify index_[constraint_]create API Instead of passing large swaths of boolean arguments, define some flags that can be used in a bitmask. This makes it easier not only to figure out what each call site is doing, but also to add some new flags. The flags are split in two -- one set for index_create directly and another for constraints. index_create() itself receives both, and then passes down the latter to index_constraint_create(), which can also be called standalone. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171023151251.j75uoe27gajdjmlm@alvherre.pgsql Reviewed-by: Simon Riggs
2017-11-14 15:19:05 +01:00
if (stmt->primary)
flags |= INDEX_CREATE_IS_PRIMARY;
Local partitioned indexes When CREATE INDEX is run on a partitioned table, create catalog entries for an index on the partitioned table (which is just a placeholder since the table proper has no data of its own), and recurse to create actual indexes on the existing partitions; create them in future partitions also. As a convenience gadget, if the new index definition matches some existing index in partitions, these are picked up and used instead of creating new ones. Whichever way these indexes come about, they become attached to the index on the parent table and are dropped alongside it, and cannot be dropped on isolation unless they are detached first. To support pg_dump'ing these indexes, add commands CREATE INDEX ON ONLY <table> (which creates the index on the parent partitioned table, without recursing) and ALTER INDEX ATTACH PARTITION (which is used after the indexes have been created individually on each partition, to attach them to the parent index). These reconstruct prior database state exactly. Reviewed-by: (in alphabetical order) Peter Eisentraut, Robert Haas, Amit Langote, Jesper Pedersen, Simon Riggs, David Rowley Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171113170646.gzweigyrgg6pwsg4@alvherre.pgsql
2018-01-19 15:49:22 +01:00
if (partitioned && stmt->relation && !stmt->relation->inh)
flags |= INDEX_CREATE_INVALID;
Simplify index_[constraint_]create API Instead of passing large swaths of boolean arguments, define some flags that can be used in a bitmask. This makes it easier not only to figure out what each call site is doing, but also to add some new flags. The flags are split in two -- one set for index_create directly and another for constraints. index_create() itself receives both, and then passes down the latter to index_constraint_create(), which can also be called standalone. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171023151251.j75uoe27gajdjmlm@alvherre.pgsql Reviewed-by: Simon Riggs
2017-11-14 15:19:05 +01:00
if (stmt->deferrable)
constr_flags |= INDEX_CONSTR_CREATE_DEFERRABLE;
if (stmt->initdeferred)
constr_flags |= INDEX_CONSTR_CREATE_INIT_DEFERRED;
Add the ability to create indexes 'concurrently', that is, without blocking concurrent writes to the table. Greg Stark, with a little help from Tom Lane.
2006-08-25 06:06:58 +02:00
indexRelationId =
Local partitioned indexes When CREATE INDEX is run on a partitioned table, create catalog entries for an index on the partitioned table (which is just a placeholder since the table proper has no data of its own), and recurse to create actual indexes on the existing partitions; create them in future partitions also. As a convenience gadget, if the new index definition matches some existing index in partitions, these are picked up and used instead of creating new ones. Whichever way these indexes come about, they become attached to the index on the parent table and are dropped alongside it, and cannot be dropped on isolation unless they are detached first. To support pg_dump'ing these indexes, add commands CREATE INDEX ON ONLY <table> (which creates the index on the parent partitioned table, without recursing) and ALTER INDEX ATTACH PARTITION (which is used after the indexes have been created individually on each partition, to attach them to the parent index). These reconstruct prior database state exactly. Reviewed-by: (in alphabetical order) Peter Eisentraut, Robert Haas, Amit Langote, Jesper Pedersen, Simon Riggs, David Rowley Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171113170646.gzweigyrgg6pwsg4@alvherre.pgsql
2018-01-19 15:49:22 +01:00
index_create(rel, indexRelationName, indexRelationId, parentIndexId,
Allow UNIQUE indexes on partitioned tables If we restrict unique constraints on partitioned tables so that they must always include the partition key, then our standard approach to unique indexes already works --- each unique key is forced to exist within a single partition, so enforcing the unique restriction in each index individually is enough to have it enforced globally. Therefore we can implement unique indexes on partitions by simply removing a few restrictions (and adding others.) Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171222212921.hi6hg6pem2w2t36z@alvherre.pgsql Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171229230607.3iib6b62fn3uaf47@alvherre.pgsql Reviewed-by: Simon Riggs, Jesper Pedersen, Peter Eisentraut, Jaime Casanova, Amit Langote
2018-02-19 20:59:37 +01:00
parentConstraintId,
Local partitioned indexes When CREATE INDEX is run on a partitioned table, create catalog entries for an index on the partitioned table (which is just a placeholder since the table proper has no data of its own), and recurse to create actual indexes on the existing partitions; create them in future partitions also. As a convenience gadget, if the new index definition matches some existing index in partitions, these are picked up and used instead of creating new ones. Whichever way these indexes come about, they become attached to the index on the parent table and are dropped alongside it, and cannot be dropped on isolation unless they are detached first. To support pg_dump'ing these indexes, add commands CREATE INDEX ON ONLY <table> (which creates the index on the parent partitioned table, without recursing) and ALTER INDEX ATTACH PARTITION (which is used after the indexes have been created individually on each partition, to attach them to the parent index). These reconstruct prior database state exactly. Reviewed-by: (in alphabetical order) Peter Eisentraut, Robert Haas, Amit Langote, Jesper Pedersen, Simon Riggs, David Rowley Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171113170646.gzweigyrgg6pwsg4@alvherre.pgsql
2018-01-19 15:49:22 +01:00
stmt->oldNode, indexInfo, indexColNames,
Make a code-cleanup pass over the collations patch. This patch is almost entirely cosmetic --- mostly cleaning up a lot of neglected comments, and fixing code layout problems in places where the patch made lines too long and then pgindent did weird things with that. I did find a bug-of-omission in equalTupleDescs().
2011-04-22 23:43:18 +02:00
accessMethodId, tablespaceId,
collationObjectId, classObjectId,
Simplify index_[constraint_]create API Instead of passing large swaths of boolean arguments, define some flags that can be used in a bitmask. This makes it easier not only to figure out what each call site is doing, but also to add some new flags. The flags are split in two -- one set for index_create directly and another for constraints. index_create() itself receives both, and then passes down the latter to index_constraint_create(), which can also be called standalone. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171023151251.j75uoe27gajdjmlm@alvherre.pgsql Reviewed-by: Simon Riggs
2017-11-14 15:19:05 +01:00
coloptions, reloptions,
flags, constr_flags,
Allow UNIQUE indexes on partitioned tables If we restrict unique constraints on partitioned tables so that they must always include the partition key, then our standard approach to unique indexes already works --- each unique key is forced to exist within a single partition, so enforcing the unique restriction in each index individually is enough to have it enforced globally. Therefore we can implement unique indexes on partitions by simply removing a few restrictions (and adding others.) Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171222212921.hi6hg6pem2w2t36z@alvherre.pgsql Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171229230607.3iib6b62fn3uaf47@alvherre.pgsql Reviewed-by: Simon Riggs, Jesper Pedersen, Peter Eisentraut, Jaime Casanova, Amit Langote
2018-02-19 20:59:37 +01:00
allowSystemTableMods, !check_rights,
&createdConstraintId);
Implement IF NOT EXIST for CREATE INDEX. Fabrízio de Royes Mello, reviewed by Marti Raudsepp, Adam Brightwell and me.
2014-11-06 10:48:33 +01:00
Change many routines to return ObjectAddress rather than OID The changed routines are mostly those that can be directly called by ProcessUtilitySlow; the intention is to make the affected object information more precise, in support for future event trigger changes. Originally it was envisioned that the OID of the affected object would be enough, and in most cases that is correct, but upon actually implementing the event trigger changes it turned out that ObjectAddress is more widely useful. Additionally, some command execution routines grew an output argument that's an object address which provides further info about the executed command. To wit: * for ALTER DOMAIN / ADD CONSTRAINT, it corresponds to the address of the new constraint * for ALTER OBJECT / SET SCHEMA, it corresponds to the address of the schema that originally contained the object. * for ALTER EXTENSION {ADD, DROP} OBJECT, it corresponds to the address of the object added to or dropped from the extension. There's no user-visible change in this commit, and no functional change either. Discussion: 20150218213255.GC6717@tamriel.snowman.net Reviewed-By: Stephen Frost, Andres Freund
2015-03-03 18:10:50 +01:00
ObjectAddressSet(address, RelationRelationId, indexRelationId);
Implement IF NOT EXIST for CREATE INDEX. Fabrízio de Royes Mello, reviewed by Marti Raudsepp, Adam Brightwell and me.
2014-11-06 10:48:33 +01:00
if (!OidIsValid(indexRelationId))
{
heap_close(rel, NoLock);
Change many routines to return ObjectAddress rather than OID The changed routines are mostly those that can be directly called by ProcessUtilitySlow; the intention is to make the affected object information more precise, in support for future event trigger changes. Originally it was envisioned that the OID of the affected object would be enough, and in most cases that is correct, but upon actually implementing the event trigger changes it turned out that ObjectAddress is more widely useful. Additionally, some command execution routines grew an output argument that's an object address which provides further info about the executed command. To wit: * for ALTER DOMAIN / ADD CONSTRAINT, it corresponds to the address of the new constraint * for ALTER OBJECT / SET SCHEMA, it corresponds to the address of the schema that originally contained the object. * for ALTER EXTENSION {ADD, DROP} OBJECT, it corresponds to the address of the object added to or dropped from the extension. There's no user-visible change in this commit, and no functional change either. Discussion: 20150218213255.GC6717@tamriel.snowman.net Reviewed-By: Stephen Frost, Andres Freund
2015-03-03 18:10:50 +01:00
return address;
Implement IF NOT EXIST for CREATE INDEX. Fabrízio de Royes Mello, reviewed by Marti Raudsepp, Adam Brightwell and me.
2014-11-06 10:48:33 +01:00
}
Adjust naming of indexes and their columns per recent discussion. Index expression columns are now named after the FigureColname result for their expressions, rather than always being "pg_expression_N". Digits are appended to this name if needed to make the column name unique within the index. (That happens for regular columns too, thus fixing the old problem that CREATE INDEX fooi ON foo (f1, f1) fails. Before exclusion indexes there was no real reason to do such a thing, but now maybe there is.) Default names for indexes and associated constraints now include the column names of all their columns, not only the first one as in previous practice. (Of course, this will be truncated as needed to fit in NAMEDATALEN. Also, pkey indexes retain the historical behavior of not naming specific columns at all.) An example of the results: regression=# create table foo (f1 int, f2 text, regression(# exclude (f1 with =, lower(f2) with =)); NOTICE: CREATE TABLE / EXCLUDE will create implicit index "foo_f1_lower_exclusion" for table "foo" CREATE TABLE regression=# \d foo_f1_lower_exclusion Index "public.foo_f1_lower_exclusion" Column | Type | Definition --------+---------+------------ f1 | integer | f1 lower | text | lower(f2) btree, for table "public.foo"
2009-12-23 03:35:25 +01:00
Avoid pre-determining index names during CREATE TABLE LIKE parsing. Formerly, when trying to copy both indexes and comments, CREATE TABLE LIKE had to pre-assign names to indexes that had comments, because it made up an explicit CommentStmt command to apply the comment and so it had to know the name for the index. This creates bad interactions with other indexes, as shown in bug #6734 from Daniele Varrazzo: the preassignment logic couldn't take any other indexes into account so it could choose a conflicting name. To fix, add a field to IndexStmt that allows it to carry a comment to be assigned to the new index. (This isn't a user-exposed feature of CREATE INDEX, only an internal option.) Now we don't need preassignment of index names in any situation. I also took the opportunity to refactor DefineIndex to accept the IndexStmt as such, rather than passing all its fields individually in a mile-long parameter list. Back-patch to 9.2, but no further, because it seems too dangerous to change IndexStmt or DefineIndex's API in released branches. The bug exists back to 9.0 where CREATE TABLE LIKE grew the ability to copy comments, but given the lack of prior complaints we'll just let it go unfixed before 9.2.
2012-07-16 19:25:18 +02:00
/* Add any requested comment */
if (stmt->idxcomment != NULL)
CreateComments(indexRelationId, RelationRelationId, 0,
stmt->idxcomment);
Local partitioned indexes When CREATE INDEX is run on a partitioned table, create catalog entries for an index on the partitioned table (which is just a placeholder since the table proper has no data of its own), and recurse to create actual indexes on the existing partitions; create them in future partitions also. As a convenience gadget, if the new index definition matches some existing index in partitions, these are picked up and used instead of creating new ones. Whichever way these indexes come about, they become attached to the index on the parent table and are dropped alongside it, and cannot be dropped on isolation unless they are detached first. To support pg_dump'ing these indexes, add commands CREATE INDEX ON ONLY <table> (which creates the index on the parent partitioned table, without recursing) and ALTER INDEX ATTACH PARTITION (which is used after the indexes have been created individually on each partition, to attach them to the parent index). These reconstruct prior database state exactly. Reviewed-by: (in alphabetical order) Peter Eisentraut, Robert Haas, Amit Langote, Jesper Pedersen, Simon Riggs, David Rowley Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171113170646.gzweigyrgg6pwsg4@alvherre.pgsql
2018-01-19 15:49:22 +01:00
if (partitioned)
{
/*
Post-feature-freeze pgindent run. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15719.1523984266@sss.pgh.pa.us
2018-04-26 20:47:16 +02:00
* Unless caller specified to skip this step (via ONLY), process each
* partition to make sure they all contain a corresponding index.
Local partitioned indexes When CREATE INDEX is run on a partitioned table, create catalog entries for an index on the partitioned table (which is just a placeholder since the table proper has no data of its own), and recurse to create actual indexes on the existing partitions; create them in future partitions also. As a convenience gadget, if the new index definition matches some existing index in partitions, these are picked up and used instead of creating new ones. Whichever way these indexes come about, they become attached to the index on the parent table and are dropped alongside it, and cannot be dropped on isolation unless they are detached first. To support pg_dump'ing these indexes, add commands CREATE INDEX ON ONLY <table> (which creates the index on the parent partitioned table, without recursing) and ALTER INDEX ATTACH PARTITION (which is used after the indexes have been created individually on each partition, to attach them to the parent index). These reconstruct prior database state exactly. Reviewed-by: (in alphabetical order) Peter Eisentraut, Robert Haas, Amit Langote, Jesper Pedersen, Simon Riggs, David Rowley Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171113170646.gzweigyrgg6pwsg4@alvherre.pgsql
2018-01-19 15:49:22 +01:00
*
* If we're called internally (no stmt->relation), recurse always.
*/
if (!stmt->relation || stmt->relation->inh)
{
PartitionDesc partdesc = RelationGetPartitionDesc(rel);
int nparts = partdesc->nparts;
Oid *part_oids = palloc(sizeof(Oid) * nparts);
bool invalidate_parent = false;
TupleDesc parentDesc;
Oid *opfamOids;
memcpy(part_oids, partdesc->oids, sizeof(Oid) * nparts);
parentDesc = CreateTupleDescCopy(RelationGetDescr(rel));
Fix interference between covering indexes and partitioned tables The bug is caused due to the original IndexStmt that DefineIndex receives being overwritten when processing the INCLUDE columns. Use separate list of index params to propagate to child tables. Add tests covering this case. Amit Langote and Alexander Korotkov. Re-commit 5c6110c6a960ad6fe1b0d0fec6ae36ef4eb913f5 because it discovered a bug fixed in c266ed31a8a3beed3533e6a78faeca78234cbd43 Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAJGNTeO%3DBguEyG8wxMpU_Vgvg3nGGzy71zUQ0RpzEn_mb0bSWA%40mail.gmail.com
2018-04-12 16:25:13 +02:00
opfamOids = palloc(sizeof(Oid) * numberOfKeyAttributes);
for (i = 0; i < numberOfKeyAttributes; i++)
Local partitioned indexes When CREATE INDEX is run on a partitioned table, create catalog entries for an index on the partitioned table (which is just a placeholder since the table proper has no data of its own), and recurse to create actual indexes on the existing partitions; create them in future partitions also. As a convenience gadget, if the new index definition matches some existing index in partitions, these are picked up and used instead of creating new ones. Whichever way these indexes come about, they become attached to the index on the parent table and are dropped alongside it, and cannot be dropped on isolation unless they are detached first. To support pg_dump'ing these indexes, add commands CREATE INDEX ON ONLY <table> (which creates the index on the parent partitioned table, without recursing) and ALTER INDEX ATTACH PARTITION (which is used after the indexes have been created individually on each partition, to attach them to the parent index). These reconstruct prior database state exactly. Reviewed-by: (in alphabetical order) Peter Eisentraut, Robert Haas, Amit Langote, Jesper Pedersen, Simon Riggs, David Rowley Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171113170646.gzweigyrgg6pwsg4@alvherre.pgsql
2018-01-19 15:49:22 +01:00
opfamOids[i] = get_opclass_family(classObjectId[i]);
heap_close(rel, NoLock);
/*
* For each partition, scan all existing indexes; if one matches
* our index definition and is not already attached to some other
* parent index, attach it to the one we just created.
*
* If none matches, build a new index by calling ourselves
* recursively with the same options (except for the index name).
*/
for (i = 0; i < nparts; i++)
{
Post-feature-freeze pgindent run. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15719.1523984266@sss.pgh.pa.us
2018-04-26 20:47:16 +02:00
Oid childRelid = part_oids[i];
Relation childrel;
List *childidxs;
ListCell *cell;
Local partitioned indexes When CREATE INDEX is run on a partitioned table, create catalog entries for an index on the partitioned table (which is just a placeholder since the table proper has no data of its own), and recurse to create actual indexes on the existing partitions; create them in future partitions also. As a convenience gadget, if the new index definition matches some existing index in partitions, these are picked up and used instead of creating new ones. Whichever way these indexes come about, they become attached to the index on the parent table and are dropped alongside it, and cannot be dropped on isolation unless they are detached first. To support pg_dump'ing these indexes, add commands CREATE INDEX ON ONLY <table> (which creates the index on the parent partitioned table, without recursing) and ALTER INDEX ATTACH PARTITION (which is used after the indexes have been created individually on each partition, to attach them to the parent index). These reconstruct prior database state exactly. Reviewed-by: (in alphabetical order) Peter Eisentraut, Robert Haas, Amit Langote, Jesper Pedersen, Simon Riggs, David Rowley Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171113170646.gzweigyrgg6pwsg4@alvherre.pgsql
2018-01-19 15:49:22 +01:00
AttrNumber *attmap;
Post-feature-freeze pgindent run. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15719.1523984266@sss.pgh.pa.us
2018-04-26 20:47:16 +02:00
bool found = false;
int maplen;
Local partitioned indexes When CREATE INDEX is run on a partitioned table, create catalog entries for an index on the partitioned table (which is just a placeholder since the table proper has no data of its own), and recurse to create actual indexes on the existing partitions; create them in future partitions also. As a convenience gadget, if the new index definition matches some existing index in partitions, these are picked up and used instead of creating new ones. Whichever way these indexes come about, they become attached to the index on the parent table and are dropped alongside it, and cannot be dropped on isolation unless they are detached first. To support pg_dump'ing these indexes, add commands CREATE INDEX ON ONLY <table> (which creates the index on the parent partitioned table, without recursing) and ALTER INDEX ATTACH PARTITION (which is used after the indexes have been created individually on each partition, to attach them to the parent index). These reconstruct prior database state exactly. Reviewed-by: (in alphabetical order) Peter Eisentraut, Robert Haas, Amit Langote, Jesper Pedersen, Simon Riggs, David Rowley Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171113170646.gzweigyrgg6pwsg4@alvherre.pgsql
2018-01-19 15:49:22 +01:00
childrel = heap_open(childRelid, lockmode);
childidxs = RelationGetIndexList(childrel);
attmap =
convert_tuples_by_name_map(RelationGetDescr(childrel),
parentDesc,
gettext_noop("could not convert row type"));
maplen = parentDesc->natts;
foreach(cell, childidxs)
{
Oid cldidxid = lfirst_oid(cell);
Relation cldidx;
IndexInfo *cldIdxInfo;
/* this index is already partition of another one */
if (has_superclass(cldidxid))
continue;
cldidx = index_open(cldidxid, lockmode);
cldIdxInfo = BuildIndexInfo(cldidx);
if (CompareIndexInfo(cldIdxInfo, indexInfo,
cldidx->rd_indcollation,
collationObjectId,
cldidx->rd_opfamily,
opfamOids,
attmap, maplen))
{
Post-feature-freeze pgindent run. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15719.1523984266@sss.pgh.pa.us
2018-04-26 20:47:16 +02:00
Oid cldConstrOid = InvalidOid;
Allow UNIQUE indexes on partitioned tables If we restrict unique constraints on partitioned tables so that they must always include the partition key, then our standard approach to unique indexes already works --- each unique key is forced to exist within a single partition, so enforcing the unique restriction in each index individually is enough to have it enforced globally. Therefore we can implement unique indexes on partitions by simply removing a few restrictions (and adding others.) Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171222212921.hi6hg6pem2w2t36z@alvherre.pgsql Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171229230607.3iib6b62fn3uaf47@alvherre.pgsql Reviewed-by: Simon Riggs, Jesper Pedersen, Peter Eisentraut, Jaime Casanova, Amit Langote
2018-02-19 20:59:37 +01:00
Local partitioned indexes When CREATE INDEX is run on a partitioned table, create catalog entries for an index on the partitioned table (which is just a placeholder since the table proper has no data of its own), and recurse to create actual indexes on the existing partitions; create them in future partitions also. As a convenience gadget, if the new index definition matches some existing index in partitions, these are picked up and used instead of creating new ones. Whichever way these indexes come about, they become attached to the index on the parent table and are dropped alongside it, and cannot be dropped on isolation unless they are detached first. To support pg_dump'ing these indexes, add commands CREATE INDEX ON ONLY <table> (which creates the index on the parent partitioned table, without recursing) and ALTER INDEX ATTACH PARTITION (which is used after the indexes have been created individually on each partition, to attach them to the parent index). These reconstruct prior database state exactly. Reviewed-by: (in alphabetical order) Peter Eisentraut, Robert Haas, Amit Langote, Jesper Pedersen, Simon Riggs, David Rowley Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171113170646.gzweigyrgg6pwsg4@alvherre.pgsql
2018-01-19 15:49:22 +01:00
/*
Allow UNIQUE indexes on partitioned tables If we restrict unique constraints on partitioned tables so that they must always include the partition key, then our standard approach to unique indexes already works --- each unique key is forced to exist within a single partition, so enforcing the unique restriction in each index individually is enough to have it enforced globally. Therefore we can implement unique indexes on partitions by simply removing a few restrictions (and adding others.) Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171222212921.hi6hg6pem2w2t36z@alvherre.pgsql Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171229230607.3iib6b62fn3uaf47@alvherre.pgsql Reviewed-by: Simon Riggs, Jesper Pedersen, Peter Eisentraut, Jaime Casanova, Amit Langote
2018-02-19 20:59:37 +01:00
* Found a match.
*
* If this index is being created in the parent
* because of a constraint, then the child needs to
* have a constraint also, so look for one. If there
* is no such constraint, this index is no good, so
* keep looking.
Local partitioned indexes When CREATE INDEX is run on a partitioned table, create catalog entries for an index on the partitioned table (which is just a placeholder since the table proper has no data of its own), and recurse to create actual indexes on the existing partitions; create them in future partitions also. As a convenience gadget, if the new index definition matches some existing index in partitions, these are picked up and used instead of creating new ones. Whichever way these indexes come about, they become attached to the index on the parent table and are dropped alongside it, and cannot be dropped on isolation unless they are detached first. To support pg_dump'ing these indexes, add commands CREATE INDEX ON ONLY <table> (which creates the index on the parent partitioned table, without recursing) and ALTER INDEX ATTACH PARTITION (which is used after the indexes have been created individually on each partition, to attach them to the parent index). These reconstruct prior database state exactly. Reviewed-by: (in alphabetical order) Peter Eisentraut, Robert Haas, Amit Langote, Jesper Pedersen, Simon Riggs, David Rowley Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171113170646.gzweigyrgg6pwsg4@alvherre.pgsql
2018-01-19 15:49:22 +01:00
*/
Allow UNIQUE indexes on partitioned tables If we restrict unique constraints on partitioned tables so that they must always include the partition key, then our standard approach to unique indexes already works --- each unique key is forced to exist within a single partition, so enforcing the unique restriction in each index individually is enough to have it enforced globally. Therefore we can implement unique indexes on partitions by simply removing a few restrictions (and adding others.) Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171222212921.hi6hg6pem2w2t36z@alvherre.pgsql Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171229230607.3iib6b62fn3uaf47@alvherre.pgsql Reviewed-by: Simon Riggs, Jesper Pedersen, Peter Eisentraut, Jaime Casanova, Amit Langote
2018-02-19 20:59:37 +01:00
if (createdConstraintId != InvalidOid)
{
cldConstrOid =
get_relation_idx_constraint_oid(childRelid,
cldidxid);
if (cldConstrOid == InvalidOid)
{
index_close(cldidx, lockmode);
continue;
}
}
/* Attach index to parent and we're done. */
Local partitioned indexes When CREATE INDEX is run on a partitioned table, create catalog entries for an index on the partitioned table (which is just a placeholder since the table proper has no data of its own), and recurse to create actual indexes on the existing partitions; create them in future partitions also. As a convenience gadget, if the new index definition matches some existing index in partitions, these are picked up and used instead of creating new ones. Whichever way these indexes come about, they become attached to the index on the parent table and are dropped alongside it, and cannot be dropped on isolation unless they are detached first. To support pg_dump'ing these indexes, add commands CREATE INDEX ON ONLY <table> (which creates the index on the parent partitioned table, without recursing) and ALTER INDEX ATTACH PARTITION (which is used after the indexes have been created individually on each partition, to attach them to the parent index). These reconstruct prior database state exactly. Reviewed-by: (in alphabetical order) Peter Eisentraut, Robert Haas, Amit Langote, Jesper Pedersen, Simon Riggs, David Rowley Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171113170646.gzweigyrgg6pwsg4@alvherre.pgsql
2018-01-19 15:49:22 +01:00
IndexSetParentIndex(cldidx, indexRelationId);
Allow UNIQUE indexes on partitioned tables If we restrict unique constraints on partitioned tables so that they must always include the partition key, then our standard approach to unique indexes already works --- each unique key is forced to exist within a single partition, so enforcing the unique restriction in each index individually is enough to have it enforced globally. Therefore we can implement unique indexes on partitions by simply removing a few restrictions (and adding others.) Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171222212921.hi6hg6pem2w2t36z@alvherre.pgsql Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171229230607.3iib6b62fn3uaf47@alvherre.pgsql Reviewed-by: Simon Riggs, Jesper Pedersen, Peter Eisentraut, Jaime Casanova, Amit Langote
2018-02-19 20:59:37 +01:00
if (createdConstraintId != InvalidOid)
ConstraintSetParentConstraint(cldConstrOid,
createdConstraintId);
Local partitioned indexes When CREATE INDEX is run on a partitioned table, create catalog entries for an index on the partitioned table (which is just a placeholder since the table proper has no data of its own), and recurse to create actual indexes on the existing partitions; create them in future partitions also. As a convenience gadget, if the new index definition matches some existing index in partitions, these are picked up and used instead of creating new ones. Whichever way these indexes come about, they become attached to the index on the parent table and are dropped alongside it, and cannot be dropped on isolation unless they are detached first. To support pg_dump'ing these indexes, add commands CREATE INDEX ON ONLY <table> (which creates the index on the parent partitioned table, without recursing) and ALTER INDEX ATTACH PARTITION (which is used after the indexes have been created individually on each partition, to attach them to the parent index). These reconstruct prior database state exactly. Reviewed-by: (in alphabetical order) Peter Eisentraut, Robert Haas, Amit Langote, Jesper Pedersen, Simon Riggs, David Rowley Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171113170646.gzweigyrgg6pwsg4@alvherre.pgsql
2018-01-19 15:49:22 +01:00
if (!IndexIsValid(cldidx->rd_index))
invalidate_parent = true;
found = true;
Allow UNIQUE indexes on partitioned tables If we restrict unique constraints on partitioned tables so that they must always include the partition key, then our standard approach to unique indexes already works --- each unique key is forced to exist within a single partition, so enforcing the unique restriction in each index individually is enough to have it enforced globally. Therefore we can implement unique indexes on partitions by simply removing a few restrictions (and adding others.) Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171222212921.hi6hg6pem2w2t36z@alvherre.pgsql Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171229230607.3iib6b62fn3uaf47@alvherre.pgsql Reviewed-by: Simon Riggs, Jesper Pedersen, Peter Eisentraut, Jaime Casanova, Amit Langote
2018-02-19 20:59:37 +01:00
/* keep lock till commit */
Local partitioned indexes When CREATE INDEX is run on a partitioned table, create catalog entries for an index on the partitioned table (which is just a placeholder since the table proper has no data of its own), and recurse to create actual indexes on the existing partitions; create them in future partitions also. As a convenience gadget, if the new index definition matches some existing index in partitions, these are picked up and used instead of creating new ones. Whichever way these indexes come about, they become attached to the index on the parent table and are dropped alongside it, and cannot be dropped on isolation unless they are detached first. To support pg_dump'ing these indexes, add commands CREATE INDEX ON ONLY <table> (which creates the index on the parent partitioned table, without recursing) and ALTER INDEX ATTACH PARTITION (which is used after the indexes have been created individually on each partition, to attach them to the parent index). These reconstruct prior database state exactly. Reviewed-by: (in alphabetical order) Peter Eisentraut, Robert Haas, Amit Langote, Jesper Pedersen, Simon Riggs, David Rowley Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171113170646.gzweigyrgg6pwsg4@alvherre.pgsql
2018-01-19 15:49:22 +01:00
index_close(cldidx, NoLock);
break;
}
index_close(cldidx, lockmode);
}
list_free(childidxs);
heap_close(childrel, NoLock);
/*
* If no matching index was found, create our own.
*/
if (!found)
{
IndexStmt *childStmt = copyObject(stmt);
bool found_whole_row;
When index recurses to a partition, map columns numbers Two out of three code paths were mapping column numbers correctly if a partition had different column numbers than parent table, but the most commonly used one (recursing in CREATE INDEX to a new index on a partition) failed to map attribute numbers in expressions. Oddly enough, attnums in WHERE clauses are already handled correctly everywhere. Reported-by: Amit Langote Author: Amit Langote Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/dce1fda4-e0f0-94c9-6abb-f5956a98c057@lab.ntt.co.jp Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera
2018-06-22 21:12:53 +02:00
ListCell *lc;
/*
* Adjust any Vars (both in expressions and in the index's
* WHERE clause) to match the partition's column numbering
* in case it's different from the parent's.
*/
foreach(lc, childStmt->indexParams)
{
pgindent run prior to branching
2018-06-30 18:25:49 +02:00
IndexElem *ielem = lfirst(lc);
Local partitioned indexes When CREATE INDEX is run on a partitioned table, create catalog entries for an index on the partitioned table (which is just a placeholder since the table proper has no data of its own), and recurse to create actual indexes on the existing partitions; create them in future partitions also. As a convenience gadget, if the new index definition matches some existing index in partitions, these are picked up and used instead of creating new ones. Whichever way these indexes come about, they become attached to the index on the parent table and are dropped alongside it, and cannot be dropped on isolation unless they are detached first. To support pg_dump'ing these indexes, add commands CREATE INDEX ON ONLY <table> (which creates the index on the parent partitioned table, without recursing) and ALTER INDEX ATTACH PARTITION (which is used after the indexes have been created individually on each partition, to attach them to the parent index). These reconstruct prior database state exactly. Reviewed-by: (in alphabetical order) Peter Eisentraut, Robert Haas, Amit Langote, Jesper Pedersen, Simon Riggs, David Rowley Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171113170646.gzweigyrgg6pwsg4@alvherre.pgsql
2018-01-19 15:49:22 +01:00
When index recurses to a partition, map columns numbers Two out of three code paths were mapping column numbers correctly if a partition had different column numbers than parent table, but the most commonly used one (recursing in CREATE INDEX to a new index on a partition) failed to map attribute numbers in expressions. Oddly enough, attnums in WHERE clauses are already handled correctly everywhere. Reported-by: Amit Langote Author: Amit Langote Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/dce1fda4-e0f0-94c9-6abb-f5956a98c057@lab.ntt.co.jp Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera
2018-06-22 21:12:53 +02:00
/*
* If the index parameter is an expression, we must
* translate it to contain child Vars.
*/
if (ielem->expr)
{
ielem->expr =
map_variable_attnos((Node *) ielem->expr,
1, 0, attmap, maplen,
InvalidOid,
&found_whole_row);
if (found_whole_row)
elog(ERROR, "cannot convert whole-row table reference");
}
}
Local partitioned indexes When CREATE INDEX is run on a partitioned table, create catalog entries for an index on the partitioned table (which is just a placeholder since the table proper has no data of its own), and recurse to create actual indexes on the existing partitions; create them in future partitions also. As a convenience gadget, if the new index definition matches some existing index in partitions, these are picked up and used instead of creating new ones. Whichever way these indexes come about, they become attached to the index on the parent table and are dropped alongside it, and cannot be dropped on isolation unless they are detached first. To support pg_dump'ing these indexes, add commands CREATE INDEX ON ONLY <table> (which creates the index on the parent partitioned table, without recursing) and ALTER INDEX ATTACH PARTITION (which is used after the indexes have been created individually on each partition, to attach them to the parent index). These reconstruct prior database state exactly. Reviewed-by: (in alphabetical order) Peter Eisentraut, Robert Haas, Amit Langote, Jesper Pedersen, Simon Riggs, David Rowley Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171113170646.gzweigyrgg6pwsg4@alvherre.pgsql
2018-01-19 15:49:22 +01:00
childStmt->whereClause =
map_variable_attnos(stmt->whereClause, 1, 0,
attmap, maplen,
InvalidOid, &found_whole_row);
if (found_whole_row)
elog(ERROR, "cannot convert whole-row table reference");
childStmt->idxname = NULL;
childStmt->relationId = childRelid;
DefineIndex(childRelid, childStmt,
Post-feature-freeze pgindent run. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15719.1523984266@sss.pgh.pa.us
2018-04-26 20:47:16 +02:00
InvalidOid, /* no predefined OID */
Local partitioned indexes When CREATE INDEX is run on a partitioned table, create catalog entries for an index on the partitioned table (which is just a placeholder since the table proper has no data of its own), and recurse to create actual indexes on the existing partitions; create them in future partitions also. As a convenience gadget, if the new index definition matches some existing index in partitions, these are picked up and used instead of creating new ones. Whichever way these indexes come about, they become attached to the index on the parent table and are dropped alongside it, and cannot be dropped on isolation unless they are detached first. To support pg_dump'ing these indexes, add commands CREATE INDEX ON ONLY <table> (which creates the index on the parent partitioned table, without recursing) and ALTER INDEX ATTACH PARTITION (which is used after the indexes have been created individually on each partition, to attach them to the parent index). These reconstruct prior database state exactly. Reviewed-by: (in alphabetical order) Peter Eisentraut, Robert Haas, Amit Langote, Jesper Pedersen, Simon Riggs, David Rowley Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171113170646.gzweigyrgg6pwsg4@alvherre.pgsql
2018-01-19 15:49:22 +01:00
indexRelationId, /* this is our child */
Allow UNIQUE indexes on partitioned tables If we restrict unique constraints on partitioned tables so that they must always include the partition key, then our standard approach to unique indexes already works --- each unique key is forced to exist within a single partition, so enforcing the unique restriction in each index individually is enough to have it enforced globally. Therefore we can implement unique indexes on partitions by simply removing a few restrictions (and adding others.) Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171222212921.hi6hg6pem2w2t36z@alvherre.pgsql Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171229230607.3iib6b62fn3uaf47@alvherre.pgsql Reviewed-by: Simon Riggs, Jesper Pedersen, Peter Eisentraut, Jaime Casanova, Amit Langote
2018-02-19 20:59:37 +01:00
createdConstraintId,
Avoid having two PKs in a partition If a table containing a primary key is attach as partition to a partitioned table which has a primary key with a different definition, we would happily create a second one in the new partition. Oops. It turns out that this is because an error check in DefineIndex is executed only if you tell it that it's being run by ALTER TABLE, and the original code here wasn't. Change it so that it does. Added a couple of test cases for this, also. A previously working test started to fail in a different way than before patch because the new check is called earlier; change the PK to plain UNIQUE so that the new behavior isn't invoked, so that the test continues to verify what we want it to verify. Reported by: Noriyoshi Shinoda Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/DF4PR8401MB102060EC2615EC9227CC73F7EEDF0@DF4PR8401MB1020.NAMPRD84.PROD.OUTLOOK.COM
2018-03-12 23:42:32 +01:00
is_alter_table, check_rights, check_not_in_use,
Fix crash when ALTER TABLE recreates indexes on partitions The skip_build flag was not being passed correctly when recursing to indexes on partitions, leading to attempts to rebuild indexes when they were not yet ready to be rebuilt. Reported-by: Rajkumar Raghuwanshi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKcux6mxNCGsgATwf5CGMF8g4WSupCXicCVMeKUTuWbyxHOMsQ@mail.gmail.com
2018-06-29 17:27:57 +02:00
skip_build, quiet);
Local partitioned indexes When CREATE INDEX is run on a partitioned table, create catalog entries for an index on the partitioned table (which is just a placeholder since the table proper has no data of its own), and recurse to create actual indexes on the existing partitions; create them in future partitions also. As a convenience gadget, if the new index definition matches some existing index in partitions, these are picked up and used instead of creating new ones. Whichever way these indexes come about, they become attached to the index on the parent table and are dropped alongside it, and cannot be dropped on isolation unless they are detached first. To support pg_dump'ing these indexes, add commands CREATE INDEX ON ONLY <table> (which creates the index on the parent partitioned table, without recursing) and ALTER INDEX ATTACH PARTITION (which is used after the indexes have been created individually on each partition, to attach them to the parent index). These reconstruct prior database state exactly. Reviewed-by: (in alphabetical order) Peter Eisentraut, Robert Haas, Amit Langote, Jesper Pedersen, Simon Riggs, David Rowley Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171113170646.gzweigyrgg6pwsg4@alvherre.pgsql
2018-01-19 15:49:22 +01:00
}
pfree(attmap);
}
/*
* The pg_index row we inserted for this index was marked
Post-feature-freeze pgindent run. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15719.1523984266@sss.pgh.pa.us
2018-04-26 20:47:16 +02:00
* indisvalid=true. But if we attached an existing index that is
* invalid, this is incorrect, so update our row to invalid too.
Local partitioned indexes When CREATE INDEX is run on a partitioned table, create catalog entries for an index on the partitioned table (which is just a placeholder since the table proper has no data of its own), and recurse to create actual indexes on the existing partitions; create them in future partitions also. As a convenience gadget, if the new index definition matches some existing index in partitions, these are picked up and used instead of creating new ones. Whichever way these indexes come about, they become attached to the index on the parent table and are dropped alongside it, and cannot be dropped on isolation unless they are detached first. To support pg_dump'ing these indexes, add commands CREATE INDEX ON ONLY <table> (which creates the index on the parent partitioned table, without recursing) and ALTER INDEX ATTACH PARTITION (which is used after the indexes have been created individually on each partition, to attach them to the parent index). These reconstruct prior database state exactly. Reviewed-by: (in alphabetical order) Peter Eisentraut, Robert Haas, Amit Langote, Jesper Pedersen, Simon Riggs, David Rowley Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171113170646.gzweigyrgg6pwsg4@alvherre.pgsql
2018-01-19 15:49:22 +01:00
*/
if (invalidate_parent)
{
Relation pg_index = heap_open(IndexRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
HeapTuple tup,
newtup;
tup = SearchSysCache1(INDEXRELID,
ObjectIdGetDatum(indexRelationId));
if (!tup)
elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for index %u",
indexRelationId);
newtup = heap_copytuple(tup);
((Form_pg_index) GETSTRUCT(newtup))->indisvalid = false;
CatalogTupleUpdate(pg_index, &tup->t_self, newtup);
ReleaseSysCache(tup);
heap_close(pg_index, RowExclusiveLock);
heap_freetuple(newtup);
}
}
else
heap_close(rel, NoLock);
/*
* Indexes on partitioned tables are not themselves built, so we're
* done here.
*/
return address;
}
Avoid pre-determining index names during CREATE TABLE LIKE parsing. Formerly, when trying to copy both indexes and comments, CREATE TABLE LIKE had to pre-assign names to indexes that had comments, because it made up an explicit CommentStmt command to apply the comment and so it had to know the name for the index. This creates bad interactions with other indexes, as shown in bug #6734 from Daniele Varrazzo: the preassignment logic couldn't take any other indexes into account so it could choose a conflicting name. To fix, add a field to IndexStmt that allows it to carry a comment to be assigned to the new index. (This isn't a user-exposed feature of CREATE INDEX, only an internal option.) Now we don't need preassignment of index names in any situation. I also took the opportunity to refactor DefineIndex to accept the IndexStmt as such, rather than passing all its fields individually in a mile-long parameter list. Back-patch to 9.2, but no further, because it seems too dangerous to change IndexStmt or DefineIndex's API in released branches. The bug exists back to 9.0 where CREATE TABLE LIKE grew the ability to copy comments, but given the lack of prior complaints we'll just let it go unfixed before 9.2.
2012-07-16 19:25:18 +02:00
if (!stmt->concurrent)
Implement ALTER TABLE ADD UNIQUE/PRIMARY KEY USING INDEX. This feature allows a unique or pkey constraint to be created using an already-existing unique index. While the constraint isn't very functionally different from the bare index, it's nice to be able to do that for documentation purposes. The main advantage over just issuing a plain ALTER TABLE ADD UNIQUE/PRIMARY KEY is that the index can be created with CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY, so that there is not a long interval where the table is locked against updates. On the way, refactor some of the code in DefineIndex() and index_create() so that we don't have to pass through those functions in order to create the index constraint's catalog entries. Also, in parse_utilcmd.c, pass around the ParseState pointer in struct CreateStmtContext to save on notation, and add error location pointers to some error reports that didn't have one before. Gurjeet Singh, reviewed by Steve Singer and Tom Lane
2011-01-25 21:42:03 +01:00
{
/* Close the heap and we're done, in the non-concurrent case */
heap_close(rel, NoLock);
Change many routines to return ObjectAddress rather than OID The changed routines are mostly those that can be directly called by ProcessUtilitySlow; the intention is to make the affected object information more precise, in support for future event trigger changes. Originally it was envisioned that the OID of the affected object would be enough, and in most cases that is correct, but upon actually implementing the event trigger changes it turned out that ObjectAddress is more widely useful. Additionally, some command execution routines grew an output argument that's an object address which provides further info about the executed command. To wit: * for ALTER DOMAIN / ADD CONSTRAINT, it corresponds to the address of the new constraint * for ALTER OBJECT / SET SCHEMA, it corresponds to the address of the schema that originally contained the object. * for ALTER EXTENSION {ADD, DROP} OBJECT, it corresponds to the address of the object added to or dropped from the extension. There's no user-visible change in this commit, and no functional change either. Discussion: 20150218213255.GC6717@tamriel.snowman.net Reviewed-By: Stephen Frost, Andres Freund
2015-03-03 18:10:50 +01:00
return address;
Implement ALTER TABLE ADD UNIQUE/PRIMARY KEY USING INDEX. This feature allows a unique or pkey constraint to be created using an already-existing unique index. While the constraint isn't very functionally different from the bare index, it's nice to be able to do that for documentation purposes. The main advantage over just issuing a plain ALTER TABLE ADD UNIQUE/PRIMARY KEY is that the index can be created with CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY, so that there is not a long interval where the table is locked against updates. On the way, refactor some of the code in DefineIndex() and index_create() so that we don't have to pass through those functions in order to create the index constraint's catalog entries. Also, in parse_utilcmd.c, pass around the ParseState pointer in struct CreateStmtContext to save on notation, and add error location pointers to some error reports that didn't have one before. Gurjeet Singh, reviewed by Steve Singer and Tom Lane
2011-01-25 21:42:03 +01:00
}
/* save lockrelid and locktag for below, then close rel */
heaprelid = rel->rd_lockInfo.lockRelId;
SET_LOCKTAG_RELATION(heaplocktag, heaprelid.dbId, heaprelid.relId);
heap_close(rel, NoLock);
Add the ability to create indexes 'concurrently', that is, without blocking concurrent writes to the table. Greg Stark, with a little help from Tom Lane.
2006-08-25 06:06:58 +02:00
/*
Adjust naming of indexes and their columns per recent discussion. Index expression columns are now named after the FigureColname result for their expressions, rather than always being "pg_expression_N". Digits are appended to this name if needed to make the column name unique within the index. (That happens for regular columns too, thus fixing the old problem that CREATE INDEX fooi ON foo (f1, f1) fails. Before exclusion indexes there was no real reason to do such a thing, but now maybe there is.) Default names for indexes and associated constraints now include the column names of all their columns, not only the first one as in previous practice. (Of course, this will be truncated as needed to fit in NAMEDATALEN. Also, pkey indexes retain the historical behavior of not naming specific columns at all.) An example of the results: regression=# create table foo (f1 int, f2 text, regression(# exclude (f1 with =, lower(f2) with =)); NOTICE: CREATE TABLE / EXCLUDE will create implicit index "foo_f1_lower_exclusion" for table "foo" CREATE TABLE regression=# \d foo_f1_lower_exclusion Index "public.foo_f1_lower_exclusion" Column | Type | Definition --------+---------+------------ f1 | integer | f1 lower | text | lower(f2) btree, for table "public.foo"
2009-12-23 03:35:25 +01:00
* For a concurrent build, it's important to make the catalog entries
pgindent run for 9.0
2010-02-26 03:01:40 +01:00
* visible to other transactions before we start to build the index. That
pgindent run for 9.4 This includes removing tabs after periods in C comments, which was applied to back branches, so this change should not effect backpatching.
2014-05-06 18:12:18 +02:00
* will prevent them from making incompatible HOT updates. The new index
pgindent run for 9.0
2010-02-26 03:01:40 +01:00
* will be marked not indisready and not indisvalid, so that no one else
* tries to either insert into it or use it for queries.
Adjust naming of indexes and their columns per recent discussion. Index expression columns are now named after the FigureColname result for their expressions, rather than always being "pg_expression_N". Digits are appended to this name if needed to make the column name unique within the index. (That happens for regular columns too, thus fixing the old problem that CREATE INDEX fooi ON foo (f1, f1) fails. Before exclusion indexes there was no real reason to do such a thing, but now maybe there is.) Default names for indexes and associated constraints now include the column names of all their columns, not only the first one as in previous practice. (Of course, this will be truncated as needed to fit in NAMEDATALEN. Also, pkey indexes retain the historical behavior of not naming specific columns at all.) An example of the results: regression=# create table foo (f1 int, f2 text, regression(# exclude (f1 with =, lower(f2) with =)); NOTICE: CREATE TABLE / EXCLUDE will create implicit index "foo_f1_lower_exclusion" for table "foo" CREATE TABLE regression=# \d foo_f1_lower_exclusion Index "public.foo_f1_lower_exclusion" Column | Type | Definition --------+---------+------------ f1 | integer | f1 lower | text | lower(f2) btree, for table "public.foo"
2009-12-23 03:35:25 +01:00
*
Add the ability to create indexes 'concurrently', that is, without blocking concurrent writes to the table. Greg Stark, with a little help from Tom Lane.
2006-08-25 06:06:58 +02:00
* We must commit our current transaction so that the index becomes
pgindent run for 8.2.
2006-10-04 02:30:14 +02:00
* visible; then start another. Note that all the data structures we just
* built are lost in the commit. The only data we keep past here are the
* relation IDs.
Add the ability to create indexes 'concurrently', that is, without blocking concurrent writes to the table. Greg Stark, with a little help from Tom Lane.
2006-08-25 06:06:58 +02:00
*
* Before committing, get a session-level lock on the table, to ensure
pgindent run for 8.2.
2006-10-04 02:30:14 +02:00
* that neither it nor the index can be dropped before we finish. This
* cannot block, even if someone else is waiting for access, because we
* already have the same lock within our transaction.
Add the ability to create indexes 'concurrently', that is, without blocking concurrent writes to the table. Greg Stark, with a little help from Tom Lane.
2006-08-25 06:06:58 +02:00
*
* Note: we don't currently bother with a session lock on the index,
pgindent run for 8.2.
2006-10-04 02:30:14 +02:00
* because there are no operations that could change its state while we
* hold lock on the parent table. This might need to change later.
Add the ability to create indexes 'concurrently', that is, without blocking concurrent writes to the table. Greg Stark, with a little help from Tom Lane.
2006-08-25 06:06:58 +02:00
*/
LockRelationIdForSession(&heaprelid, ShareUpdateExclusiveLock);
Improve snapshot manager by keeping explicit track of snapshots. There are two ways to track a snapshot: there's the "registered" list, which is used for arbitrary long-lived snapshots; and there's the "active stack", which is used for the snapshot that is considered "active" at any time. This also allows users of snapshots to stop worrying about snapshot memory allocation and freeing, and about using PG_TRY blocks around ActiveSnapshot assignment. This is all done automatically now. As a consequence, this allows us to reset MyProc->xmin when there are no more snapshots registered in the current backend, reducing the impact that long-running transactions have on VACUUM.
2008-05-12 22:02:02 +02:00
PopActiveSnapshot();
Add the ability to create indexes 'concurrently', that is, without blocking concurrent writes to the table. Greg Stark, with a little help from Tom Lane.
2006-08-25 06:06:58 +02:00
CommitTransactionCommand();
StartTransactionCommand();
/*
HOT updates. When we update a tuple without changing any of its indexed columns, and the new version can be stored on the same heap page, we no longer generate extra index entries for the new version. Instead, index searches follow the HOT-chain links to ensure they find the correct tuple version. In addition, this patch introduces the ability to "prune" dead tuples on a per-page basis, without having to do a complete VACUUM pass to recover space. VACUUM is still needed to clean up dead index entries, however. Pavan Deolasee, with help from a bunch of other people.
2007-09-20 19:56:33 +02:00
* Phase 2 of concurrent index build (see comments for validate_index()
* for an overview of how this works)
*
Add the ability to create indexes 'concurrently', that is, without blocking concurrent writes to the table. Greg Stark, with a little help from Tom Lane.
2006-08-25 06:06:58 +02:00
* Now we must wait until no running transaction could have the table open
Restore some comments lost during 15732b34e8c8 Michael Paquier
2014-01-03 17:22:03 +01:00
* with the old list of indexes. Use ShareLock to consider running
* transactions that hold locks that permit writing to the table. Note we
* do not need to worry about xacts that open the table for writing after
* this point; they will see the new index when they open it.
Add a function GetLockConflicts() to lock.c to report xacts holding locks that would conflict with a specified lock request, without actually trying to get that lock. Use this instead of the former ad hoc method of doing the first wait step in CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY. Fixes problem with undetected deadlock and in many cases will allow the index creation to proceed sooner than it otherwise could've. Per discussion with Greg Stark.
2006-08-27 21:14:34 +02:00
*
pgindent run for 8.3.
2007-11-15 22:14:46 +01:00
* Note: the reason we use actual lock acquisition here, rather than just
* checking the ProcArray and sleeping, is that deadlock is possible if
* one of the transactions in question is blocked trying to acquire an
* exclusive lock on our table. The lock code will detect deadlock and
* error out properly.
Add the ability to create indexes 'concurrently', that is, without blocking concurrent writes to the table. Greg Stark, with a little help from Tom Lane.
2006-08-25 06:06:58 +02:00
*/
Add WaitForLockers in lmgr, refactoring index.c code This is in support of a future REINDEX CONCURRENTLY feature. Michael Paquier
2013-09-27 16:46:33 +02:00
WaitForLockers(heaplocktag, ShareLock);
HOT updates. When we update a tuple without changing any of its indexed columns, and the new version can be stored on the same heap page, we no longer generate extra index entries for the new version. Instead, index searches follow the HOT-chain links to ensure they find the correct tuple version. In addition, this patch introduces the ability to "prune" dead tuples on a per-page basis, without having to do a complete VACUUM pass to recover space. VACUUM is still needed to clean up dead index entries, however. Pavan Deolasee, with help from a bunch of other people.
2007-09-20 19:56:33 +02:00
/*
* At this moment we are sure that there are no transactions with the
* table open for write that don't have this new index in their list of
* indexes. We have waited out all the existing transactions and any new
* transaction will have the new index in its list, but the index is still
* marked as "not-ready-for-inserts". The index is consulted while
pgindent run for 9.4 This includes removing tabs after periods in C comments, which was applied to back branches, so this change should not effect backpatching.
2014-05-06 18:12:18 +02:00
* deciding HOT-safety though. This arrangement ensures that no new HOT
HOT updates. When we update a tuple without changing any of its indexed columns, and the new version can be stored on the same heap page, we no longer generate extra index entries for the new version. Instead, index searches follow the HOT-chain links to ensure they find the correct tuple version. In addition, this patch introduces the ability to "prune" dead tuples on a per-page basis, without having to do a complete VACUUM pass to recover space. VACUUM is still needed to clean up dead index entries, however. Pavan Deolasee, with help from a bunch of other people.
2007-09-20 19:56:33 +02:00
* chains can be created where the new tuple and the old tuple in the
* chain have different index keys.
*
* We now take a new snapshot, and build the index using all tuples that
pgindent run for 8.3.
2007-11-15 22:14:46 +01:00
* are visible in this snapshot. We can be sure that any HOT updates to
* these tuples will be compatible with the index, since any updates made
* by transactions that didn't know about the index are now committed or
* rolled back. Thus, each visible tuple is either the end of its
HOT updates. When we update a tuple without changing any of its indexed columns, and the new version can be stored on the same heap page, we no longer generate extra index entries for the new version. Instead, index searches follow the HOT-chain links to ensure they find the correct tuple version. In addition, this patch introduces the ability to "prune" dead tuples on a per-page basis, without having to do a complete VACUUM pass to recover space. VACUUM is still needed to clean up dead index entries, however. Pavan Deolasee, with help from a bunch of other people.
2007-09-20 19:56:33 +02:00
* HOT-chain or the extension of the chain is HOT-safe for this index.
*/
/* Open and lock the parent heap relation */
Avoid pre-determining index names during CREATE TABLE LIKE parsing. Formerly, when trying to copy both indexes and comments, CREATE TABLE LIKE had to pre-assign names to indexes that had comments, because it made up an explicit CommentStmt command to apply the comment and so it had to know the name for the index. This creates bad interactions with other indexes, as shown in bug #6734 from Daniele Varrazzo: the preassignment logic couldn't take any other indexes into account so it could choose a conflicting name. To fix, add a field to IndexStmt that allows it to carry a comment to be assigned to the new index. (This isn't a user-exposed feature of CREATE INDEX, only an internal option.) Now we don't need preassignment of index names in any situation. I also took the opportunity to refactor DefineIndex to accept the IndexStmt as such, rather than passing all its fields individually in a mile-long parameter list. Back-patch to 9.2, but no further, because it seems too dangerous to change IndexStmt or DefineIndex's API in released branches. The bug exists back to 9.0 where CREATE TABLE LIKE grew the ability to copy comments, but given the lack of prior complaints we'll just let it go unfixed before 9.2.
2012-07-16 19:25:18 +02:00
rel = heap_openrv(stmt->relation, ShareUpdateExclusiveLock);
HOT updates. When we update a tuple without changing any of its indexed columns, and the new version can be stored on the same heap page, we no longer generate extra index entries for the new version. Instead, index searches follow the HOT-chain links to ensure they find the correct tuple version. In addition, this patch introduces the ability to "prune" dead tuples on a per-page basis, without having to do a complete VACUUM pass to recover space. VACUUM is still needed to clean up dead index entries, however. Pavan Deolasee, with help from a bunch of other people.
2007-09-20 19:56:33 +02:00
/* And the target index relation */
indexRelation = index_open(indexRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
/* Set ActiveSnapshot since functions in the indexes may need it */
Improve snapshot manager by keeping explicit track of snapshots. There are two ways to track a snapshot: there's the "registered" list, which is used for arbitrary long-lived snapshots; and there's the "active stack", which is used for the snapshot that is considered "active" at any time. This also allows users of snapshots to stop worrying about snapshot memory allocation and freeing, and about using PG_TRY blocks around ActiveSnapshot assignment. This is all done automatically now. As a consequence, this allows us to reset MyProc->xmin when there are no more snapshots registered in the current backend, reducing the impact that long-running transactions have on VACUUM.
2008-05-12 22:02:02 +02:00
PushActiveSnapshot(GetTransactionSnapshot());
HOT updates. When we update a tuple without changing any of its indexed columns, and the new version can be stored on the same heap page, we no longer generate extra index entries for the new version. Instead, index searches follow the HOT-chain links to ensure they find the correct tuple version. In addition, this patch introduces the ability to "prune" dead tuples on a per-page basis, without having to do a complete VACUUM pass to recover space. VACUUM is still needed to clean up dead index entries, however. Pavan Deolasee, with help from a bunch of other people.
2007-09-20 19:56:33 +02:00
/* We have to re-build the IndexInfo struct, since it was lost in commit */
indexInfo = BuildIndexInfo(indexRelation);
Assert(!indexInfo->ii_ReadyForInserts);
indexInfo->ii_Concurrent = true;
indexInfo->ii_BrokenHotChain = false;
/* Now build the index */
Support parallel btree index builds. To make this work, tuplesort.c and logtape.c must also support parallelism, so this patch adds that infrastructure and then applies it to the particular case of parallel btree index builds. Testing to date shows that this can often be 2-3x faster than a serial index build. The model for deciding how many workers to use is fairly primitive at present, but it's better than not having the feature. We can refine it as we get more experience. Peter Geoghegan with some help from Rushabh Lathia. While Heikki Linnakangas is not an author of this patch, he wrote other patches without which this feature would not have been possible, and therefore the release notes should possibly credit him as an author of this feature. Reviewed by Claudio Freire, Heikki Linnakangas, Thomas Munro, Tels, Amit Kapila, me. Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAM3SWZQKM=Pzc=CAHzRixKjp2eO5Q0Jg1SoFQqeXFQ647JiwqQ@mail.gmail.com Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wz=AxWqDoVvGU7dq856S4r6sJAj6DBn7VMtigkB33N5eyg@mail.gmail.com
2018-02-02 19:25:55 +01:00
index_build(rel, indexRelation, indexInfo, stmt->primary, false, true);
HOT updates. When we update a tuple without changing any of its indexed columns, and the new version can be stored on the same heap page, we no longer generate extra index entries for the new version. Instead, index searches follow the HOT-chain links to ensure they find the correct tuple version. In addition, this patch introduces the ability to "prune" dead tuples on a per-page basis, without having to do a complete VACUUM pass to recover space. VACUUM is still needed to clean up dead index entries, however. Pavan Deolasee, with help from a bunch of other people.
2007-09-20 19:56:33 +02:00
/* Close both the relations, but keep the locks */
heap_close(rel, NoLock);
index_close(indexRelation, NoLock);
/*
pgindent run for 8.3.
2007-11-15 22:14:46 +01:00
* Update the pg_index row to mark the index as ready for inserts. Once we
* commit this transaction, any new transactions that open the table must
* insert new entries into the index for insertions and non-HOT updates.
HOT updates. When we update a tuple without changing any of its indexed columns, and the new version can be stored on the same heap page, we no longer generate extra index entries for the new version. Instead, index searches follow the HOT-chain links to ensure they find the correct tuple version. In addition, this patch introduces the ability to "prune" dead tuples on a per-page basis, without having to do a complete VACUUM pass to recover space. VACUUM is still needed to clean up dead index entries, however. Pavan Deolasee, with help from a bunch of other people.
2007-09-20 19:56:33 +02:00
*/
Fix assorted bugs in CREATE/DROP INDEX CONCURRENTLY. Commit 8cb53654dbdb4c386369eb988062d0bbb6de725e, which introduced DROP INDEX CONCURRENTLY, managed to break CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY via a poor choice of catalog state representation. The pg_index state for an index that's reached the final pre-drop stage was the same as the state for an index just created by CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY. This meant that the (necessary) change to make RelationGetIndexList ignore about-to-die indexes also made it ignore freshly-created indexes; which is catastrophic because the latter do need to be considered in HOT-safety decisions. Failure to do so leads to incorrect index entries and subsequently wrong results from queries depending on the concurrently-created index. To fix, add an additional boolean column "indislive" to pg_index, so that the freshly-created and about-to-die states can be distinguished. (This change obviously is only possible in HEAD. This patch will need to be back-patched, but in 9.2 we'll use a kluge consisting of overloading the formerly-impossible state of indisvalid = true and indisready = false.) In addition, change CREATE/DROP INDEX CONCURRENTLY so that the pg_index flag changes they make without exclusive lock on the index are made via heap_inplace_update() rather than a normal transactional update. The latter is not very safe because moving the pg_index tuple could result in concurrent SnapshotNow scans finding it twice or not at all, thus possibly resulting in index corruption. This is a pre-existing bug in CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY, which was copied into the DROP code. In addition, fix various places in the code that ought to check to make sure that the indexes they are manipulating are valid and/or ready as appropriate. These represent bugs that have existed since 8.2, since a failed CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY could leave a corrupt or invalid index behind, and we ought not try to do anything that might fail with such an index. Also fix RelationReloadIndexInfo to ensure it copies all the pg_index columns that are allowed to change after initial creation. Previously we could have been left with stale values of some fields in an index relcache entry. It's not clear whether this actually had any user-visible consequences, but it's at least a bug waiting to happen. In addition, do some code and docs review for DROP INDEX CONCURRENTLY; some cosmetic code cleanup but mostly addition and revision of comments. This will need to be back-patched, but in a noticeably different form, so I'm committing it to HEAD before working on the back-patch. Problem reported by Amit Kapila, diagnosis by Pavan Deolassee, fix by Tom Lane and Andres Freund.
2012-11-29 03:25:27 +01:00
index_set_state_flags(indexRelationId, INDEX_CREATE_SET_READY);
HOT updates. When we update a tuple without changing any of its indexed columns, and the new version can be stored on the same heap page, we no longer generate extra index entries for the new version. Instead, index searches follow the HOT-chain links to ensure they find the correct tuple version. In addition, this patch introduces the ability to "prune" dead tuples on a per-page basis, without having to do a complete VACUUM pass to recover space. VACUUM is still needed to clean up dead index entries, however. Pavan Deolasee, with help from a bunch of other people.
2007-09-20 19:56:33 +02:00
Improve snapshot manager by keeping explicit track of snapshots. There are two ways to track a snapshot: there's the "registered" list, which is used for arbitrary long-lived snapshots; and there's the "active stack", which is used for the snapshot that is considered "active" at any time. This also allows users of snapshots to stop worrying about snapshot memory allocation and freeing, and about using PG_TRY blocks around ActiveSnapshot assignment. This is all done automatically now. As a consequence, this allows us to reset MyProc->xmin when there are no more snapshots registered in the current backend, reducing the impact that long-running transactions have on VACUUM.
2008-05-12 22:02:02 +02:00
/* we can do away with our snapshot */
PopActiveSnapshot();
HOT updates. When we update a tuple without changing any of its indexed columns, and the new version can be stored on the same heap page, we no longer generate extra index entries for the new version. Instead, index searches follow the HOT-chain links to ensure they find the correct tuple version. In addition, this patch introduces the ability to "prune" dead tuples on a per-page basis, without having to do a complete VACUUM pass to recover space. VACUUM is still needed to clean up dead index entries, however. Pavan Deolasee, with help from a bunch of other people.
2007-09-20 19:56:33 +02:00
/*
* Commit this transaction to make the indisready update visible.
*/
CommitTransactionCommand();
StartTransactionCommand();
/*
* Phase 3 of concurrent index build
*
* We once again wait until no transaction can have the table open with
* the index marked as read-only for updates.
*/
Add WaitForLockers in lmgr, refactoring index.c code This is in support of a future REINDEX CONCURRENTLY feature. Michael Paquier
2013-09-27 16:46:33 +02:00
WaitForLockers(heaplocktag, ShareLock);
Add the ability to create indexes 'concurrently', that is, without blocking concurrent writes to the table. Greg Stark, with a little help from Tom Lane.
2006-08-25 06:06:58 +02:00
/*
* Now take the "reference snapshot" that will be used by validate_index()
pgindent run for 9.4 This includes removing tabs after periods in C comments, which was applied to back branches, so this change should not effect backpatching.
2014-05-06 18:12:18 +02:00
* to filter candidate tuples. Beware! There might still be snapshots in
pgindent run for 8.3.
2007-11-15 22:14:46 +01:00
* use that treat some transaction as in-progress that our reference
Implement lazy XID allocation: transactions that do not modify any database rows will normally never obtain an XID at all. We already did things this way for subtransactions, but this patch extends the concept to top-level transactions. In applications where there are lots of short read-only transactions, this should improve performance noticeably; not so much from removal of the actual XID-assignments, as from reduction of overhead that's driven by the rate of XID consumption. We add a concept of a "virtual transaction ID" so that active transactions can be uniquely identified even if they don't have a regular XID. This is a much lighter-weight concept: uniqueness of VXIDs is only guaranteed over the short term, and no on-disk record is made about them. Florian Pflug, with some editorialization by Tom.
2007-09-05 20:10:48 +02:00
* snapshot treats as committed. If such a recently-committed transaction
* deleted tuples in the table, we will not include them in the index; yet
* those transactions which see the deleting one as still-in-progress will
A session that does not have any live snapshots does not have to be waited for when we are waiting for old snapshots to go away during a concurrent index build. In particular, this rule lets us avoid waiting for idle-in-transaction sessions. This logic could be improved further if we had some way to wake up when the session we are currently waiting for goes idle-in-transaction. However that would be a significantly more complex/invasive patch, so it'll have to wait for some other day. Simon Riggs, with some improvements by Tom.
2009-04-04 19:40:36 +02:00
* expect such tuples to be there once we mark the index as valid.
Implement lazy XID allocation: transactions that do not modify any database rows will normally never obtain an XID at all. We already did things this way for subtransactions, but this patch extends the concept to top-level transactions. In applications where there are lots of short read-only transactions, this should improve performance noticeably; not so much from removal of the actual XID-assignments, as from reduction of overhead that's driven by the rate of XID consumption. We add a concept of a "virtual transaction ID" so that active transactions can be uniquely identified even if they don't have a regular XID. This is a much lighter-weight concept: uniqueness of VXIDs is only guaranteed over the short term, and no on-disk record is made about them. Florian Pflug, with some editorialization by Tom.
2007-09-05 20:10:48 +02:00
*
* We solve this by waiting for all endangered transactions to exit before
* we mark the index as valid.
Add the ability to create indexes 'concurrently', that is, without blocking concurrent writes to the table. Greg Stark, with a little help from Tom Lane.
2006-08-25 06:06:58 +02:00
*
pgindent run for 8.2.
2006-10-04 02:30:14 +02:00
* We also set ActiveSnapshot to this snap, since functions in indexes may
* need a snapshot.
Add the ability to create indexes 'concurrently', that is, without blocking concurrent writes to the table. Greg Stark, with a little help from Tom Lane.
2006-08-25 06:06:58 +02:00
*/
Improve snapshot manager by keeping explicit track of snapshots. There are two ways to track a snapshot: there's the "registered" list, which is used for arbitrary long-lived snapshots; and there's the "active stack", which is used for the snapshot that is considered "active" at any time. This also allows users of snapshots to stop worrying about snapshot memory allocation and freeing, and about using PG_TRY blocks around ActiveSnapshot assignment. This is all done automatically now. As a consequence, this allows us to reset MyProc->xmin when there are no more snapshots registered in the current backend, reducing the impact that long-running transactions have on VACUUM.
2008-05-12 22:02:02 +02:00
snapshot = RegisterSnapshot(GetTransactionSnapshot());
PushActiveSnapshot(snapshot);
Add the ability to create indexes 'concurrently', that is, without blocking concurrent writes to the table. Greg Stark, with a little help from Tom Lane.
2006-08-25 06:06:58 +02:00
/*
* Scan the index and the heap, insert any missing index entries.
*/
validate_index(relationId, indexRelationId, snapshot);
Avoid deadlock between concurrent CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY commands. There was a high probability of two or more concurrent C.I.C. commands deadlocking just before completion, because each would wait for the others to release their reference snapshots. Fix by releasing the snapshot before waiting for other snapshots to go away. Per report from Paul Hinze. Back-patch to all active branches.
2013-04-25 22:58:05 +02:00
/*
* Drop the reference snapshot. We must do this before waiting out other
* snapshot holders, else we will deadlock against other processes also
* doing CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY, which would see our snapshot as one
pgindent run for 9.4 This includes removing tabs after periods in C comments, which was applied to back branches, so this change should not effect backpatching.
2014-05-06 18:12:18 +02:00
* they must wait for. But first, save the snapshot's xmin to use as
Avoid deadlock between concurrent CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY commands. There was a high probability of two or more concurrent C.I.C. commands deadlocking just before completion, because each would wait for the others to release their reference snapshots. Fix by releasing the snapshot before waiting for other snapshots to go away. Per report from Paul Hinze. Back-patch to all active branches.
2013-04-25 22:58:05 +02:00
* limitXmin for GetCurrentVirtualXIDs().
*/
limitXmin = snapshot->xmin;
PopActiveSnapshot();
UnregisterSnapshot(snapshot);
Better fix for deadlock hazard in CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY. Commit 54eff5311 did not account for the possibility that we'd have a transaction snapshot due to default_transaction_isolation being set high enough to require one. The transaction snapshot is enough to hold back our advertised xmin and thus risk deadlock anyway. The only way to get rid of that snap is to start a new transaction, so let's do that instead. Also throw in an assert checking that we really have gotten to a state where no xmin is being advertised. Back-patch to 9.4, like the previous commit. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMkU=1ztk3TpQdcUNbxq93pc80FrXUjpDWLGMeVBDx71GHNwZQ@mail.gmail.com
2018-04-18 18:07:37 +02:00
/*
* The snapshot subsystem could still contain registered snapshots that
* are holding back our process's advertised xmin; in particular, if
* default_transaction_isolation = serializable, there is a transaction
* snapshot that is still active. The CatalogSnapshot is likewise a
* hazard. To ensure no deadlocks, we must commit and start yet another
* transaction, and do our wait before any snapshot has been taken in it.
*/
CommitTransactionCommand();
StartTransactionCommand();
/* We should now definitely not be advertising any xmin. */
Assert(MyPgXact->xmin == InvalidTransactionId);
Avoid deadlock between concurrent CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY commands. There was a high probability of two or more concurrent C.I.C. commands deadlocking just before completion, because each would wait for the others to release their reference snapshots. Fix by releasing the snapshot before waiting for other snapshots to go away. Per report from Paul Hinze. Back-patch to all active branches.
2013-04-25 22:58:05 +02:00
Add the ability to create indexes 'concurrently', that is, without blocking concurrent writes to the table. Greg Stark, with a little help from Tom Lane.
2006-08-25 06:06:58 +02:00
/*
* The index is now valid in the sense that it contains all currently
pgindent run for 9.4 This includes removing tabs after periods in C comments, which was applied to back branches, so this change should not effect backpatching.
2014-05-06 18:12:18 +02:00
* interesting tuples. But since it might not contain tuples deleted just
pgindent run for 8.2.
2006-10-04 02:30:14 +02:00
* before the reference snap was taken, we have to wait out any
pgindent run for 8.3.
2007-11-15 22:14:46 +01:00
* transactions that might have older snapshots. Obtain a list of VXIDs
* of such transactions, and wait for them individually.
Add the ability to create indexes 'concurrently', that is, without blocking concurrent writes to the table. Greg Stark, with a little help from Tom Lane.
2006-08-25 06:06:58 +02:00
*
A session that does not have any live snapshots does not have to be waited for when we are waiting for old snapshots to go away during a concurrent index build. In particular, this rule lets us avoid waiting for idle-in-transaction sessions. This logic could be improved further if we had some way to wake up when the session we are currently waiting for goes idle-in-transaction. However that would be a significantly more complex/invasive patch, so it'll have to wait for some other day. Simon Riggs, with some improvements by Tom.
2009-04-04 19:40:36 +02:00
* We can exclude any running transactions that have xmin > the xmin of
* our reference snapshot; their oldest snapshot must be newer than ours.
* We can also exclude any transactions that have xmin = zero, since they
8.4 pgindent run, with new combined Linux/FreeBSD/MinGW typedef list provided by Andrew.
2009-06-11 16:49:15 +02:00
* evidently have no live snapshot at all (and any one they might be in
* process of taking is certainly newer than ours). Transactions in other
* DBs can be ignored too, since they'll never even be able to see this
* index.
Fix CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY to not deadlock against an automatic or manual VACUUM that is blocked waiting to get lock on the table being indexed. Per report and fix suggestion from Greg Stark.
2008-01-09 22:52:36 +01:00
*
* We can also exclude autovacuum processes and processes running manual
* lazy VACUUMs, because they won't be fazed by missing index entries
pgindent run for 9.4 This includes removing tabs after periods in C comments, which was applied to back branches, so this change should not effect backpatching.
2014-05-06 18:12:18 +02:00
* either. (Manual ANALYZEs, however, can't be excluded because they
Fix CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY to not deadlock against an automatic or manual VACUUM that is blocked waiting to get lock on the table being indexed. Per report and fix suggestion from Greg Stark.
2008-01-09 22:52:36 +01:00
* might be within transactions that are going to do arbitrary operations
* later.)
*
* Also, GetCurrentVirtualXIDs never reports our own vxid, so we need not
* check for that.
A session that does not have any live snapshots does not have to be waited for when we are waiting for old snapshots to go away during a concurrent index build. In particular, this rule lets us avoid waiting for idle-in-transaction sessions. This logic could be improved further if we had some way to wake up when the session we are currently waiting for goes idle-in-transaction. However that would be a significantly more complex/invasive patch, so it'll have to wait for some other day. Simon Riggs, with some improvements by Tom.
2009-04-04 19:40:36 +02:00
*
8.4 pgindent run, with new combined Linux/FreeBSD/MinGW typedef list provided by Andrew.
2009-06-11 16:49:15 +02:00
* If a process goes idle-in-transaction with xmin zero, we do not need to
* wait for it anymore, per the above argument. We do not have the
* infrastructure right now to stop waiting if that happens, but we can at
* least avoid the folly of waiting when it is idle at the time we would
* begin to wait. We do this by repeatedly rechecking the output of
A session that does not have any live snapshots does not have to be waited for when we are waiting for old snapshots to go away during a concurrent index build. In particular, this rule lets us avoid waiting for idle-in-transaction sessions. This logic could be improved further if we had some way to wake up when the session we are currently waiting for goes idle-in-transaction. However that would be a significantly more complex/invasive patch, so it'll have to wait for some other day. Simon Riggs, with some improvements by Tom.
2009-04-04 19:40:36 +02:00
* GetCurrentVirtualXIDs. If, during any iteration, a particular vxid
* doesn't show up in the output, we know we can forget about it.
Add the ability to create indexes 'concurrently', that is, without blocking concurrent writes to the table. Greg Stark, with a little help from Tom Lane.
2006-08-25 06:06:58 +02:00
*/
Avoid deadlock between concurrent CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY commands. There was a high probability of two or more concurrent C.I.C. commands deadlocking just before completion, because each would wait for the others to release their reference snapshots. Fix by releasing the snapshot before waiting for other snapshots to go away. Per report from Paul Hinze. Back-patch to all active branches.
2013-04-25 22:58:05 +02:00
old_snapshots = GetCurrentVirtualXIDs(limitXmin, true, false,
A session that does not have any live snapshots does not have to be waited for when we are waiting for old snapshots to go away during a concurrent index build. In particular, this rule lets us avoid waiting for idle-in-transaction sessions. This logic could be improved further if we had some way to wake up when the session we are currently waiting for goes idle-in-transaction. However that would be a significantly more complex/invasive patch, so it'll have to wait for some other day. Simon Riggs, with some improvements by Tom.
2009-04-04 19:40:36 +02:00
PROC_IS_AUTOVACUUM | PROC_IN_VACUUM,
&n_old_snapshots);
Implement lazy XID allocation: transactions that do not modify any database rows will normally never obtain an XID at all. We already did things this way for subtransactions, but this patch extends the concept to top-level transactions. In applications where there are lots of short read-only transactions, this should improve performance noticeably; not so much from removal of the actual XID-assignments, as from reduction of overhead that's driven by the rate of XID consumption. We add a concept of a "virtual transaction ID" so that active transactions can be uniquely identified even if they don't have a regular XID. This is a much lighter-weight concept: uniqueness of VXIDs is only guaranteed over the short term, and no on-disk record is made about them. Florian Pflug, with some editorialization by Tom.
2007-09-05 20:10:48 +02:00
A session that does not have any live snapshots does not have to be waited for when we are waiting for old snapshots to go away during a concurrent index build. In particular, this rule lets us avoid waiting for idle-in-transaction sessions. This logic could be improved further if we had some way to wake up when the session we are currently waiting for goes idle-in-transaction. However that would be a significantly more complex/invasive patch, so it'll have to wait for some other day. Simon Riggs, with some improvements by Tom.
2009-04-04 19:40:36 +02:00
for (i = 0; i < n_old_snapshots; i++)
Implement lazy XID allocation: transactions that do not modify any database rows will normally never obtain an XID at all. We already did things this way for subtransactions, but this patch extends the concept to top-level transactions. In applications where there are lots of short read-only transactions, this should improve performance noticeably; not so much from removal of the actual XID-assignments, as from reduction of overhead that's driven by the rate of XID consumption. We add a concept of a "virtual transaction ID" so that active transactions can be uniquely identified even if they don't have a regular XID. This is a much lighter-weight concept: uniqueness of VXIDs is only guaranteed over the short term, and no on-disk record is made about them. Florian Pflug, with some editorialization by Tom.
2007-09-05 20:10:48 +02:00
{
A session that does not have any live snapshots does not have to be waited for when we are waiting for old snapshots to go away during a concurrent index build. In particular, this rule lets us avoid waiting for idle-in-transaction sessions. This logic could be improved further if we had some way to wake up when the session we are currently waiting for goes idle-in-transaction. However that would be a significantly more complex/invasive patch, so it'll have to wait for some other day. Simon Riggs, with some improvements by Tom.
2009-04-04 19:40:36 +02:00
if (!VirtualTransactionIdIsValid(old_snapshots[i]))
continue; /* found uninteresting in previous cycle */
if (i > 0)
{
/* see if anything's changed ... */
VirtualTransactionId *newer_snapshots;
int n_newer_snapshots;
int j;
int k;
Avoid deadlock between concurrent CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY commands. There was a high probability of two or more concurrent C.I.C. commands deadlocking just before completion, because each would wait for the others to release their reference snapshots. Fix by releasing the snapshot before waiting for other snapshots to go away. Per report from Paul Hinze. Back-patch to all active branches.
2013-04-25 22:58:05 +02:00
newer_snapshots = GetCurrentVirtualXIDs(limitXmin,
A session that does not have any live snapshots does not have to be waited for when we are waiting for old snapshots to go away during a concurrent index build. In particular, this rule lets us avoid waiting for idle-in-transaction sessions. This logic could be improved further if we had some way to wake up when the session we are currently waiting for goes idle-in-transaction. However that would be a significantly more complex/invasive patch, so it'll have to wait for some other day. Simon Riggs, with some improvements by Tom.
2009-04-04 19:40:36 +02:00
true, false,
Phase 3 of pgindent updates. Don't move parenthesized lines to the left, even if that means they flow past the right margin. By default, BSD indent lines up statement continuation lines that are within parentheses so that they start just to the right of the preceding left parenthesis. However, traditionally, if that resulted in the continuation line extending to the right of the desired right margin, then indent would push it left just far enough to not overrun the margin, if it could do so without making the continuation line start to the left of the current statement indent. That makes for a weird mix of indentations unless one has been completely rigid about never violating the 80-column limit. This behavior has been pretty universally panned by Postgres developers. Hence, disable it with indent's new -lpl switch, so that parenthesized lines are always lined up with the preceding left paren. This patch is much less interesting than the first round of indent changes, but also bulkier, so I thought it best to separate the effects. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E1dAmxK-0006EE-1r@gemulon.postgresql.org Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/30527.1495162840@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-06-21 21:35:54 +02:00
PROC_IS_AUTOVACUUM | PROC_IN_VACUUM,
A session that does not have any live snapshots does not have to be waited for when we are waiting for old snapshots to go away during a concurrent index build. In particular, this rule lets us avoid waiting for idle-in-transaction sessions. This logic could be improved further if we had some way to wake up when the session we are currently waiting for goes idle-in-transaction. However that would be a significantly more complex/invasive patch, so it'll have to wait for some other day. Simon Riggs, with some improvements by Tom.
2009-04-04 19:40:36 +02:00
&n_newer_snapshots);
for (j = i; j < n_old_snapshots; j++)
{
if (!VirtualTransactionIdIsValid(old_snapshots[j]))
8.4 pgindent run, with new combined Linux/FreeBSD/MinGW typedef list provided by Andrew.
2009-06-11 16:49:15 +02:00
continue; /* found uninteresting in previous cycle */
A session that does not have any live snapshots does not have to be waited for when we are waiting for old snapshots to go away during a concurrent index build. In particular, this rule lets us avoid waiting for idle-in-transaction sessions. This logic could be improved further if we had some way to wake up when the session we are currently waiting for goes idle-in-transaction. However that would be a significantly more complex/invasive patch, so it'll have to wait for some other day. Simon Riggs, with some improvements by Tom.
2009-04-04 19:40:36 +02:00
for (k = 0; k < n_newer_snapshots; k++)
{
if (VirtualTransactionIdEquals(old_snapshots[j],
newer_snapshots[k]))
break;
}
Phase 2 of pgindent updates. Change pg_bsd_indent to follow upstream rules for placement of comments to the right of code, and remove pgindent hack that caused comments following #endif to not obey the general rule. Commit e3860ffa4dd0dad0dd9eea4be9cc1412373a8c89 wasn't actually using the published version of pg_bsd_indent, but a hacked-up version that tried to minimize the amount of movement of comments to the right of code. The situation of interest is where such a comment has to be moved to the right of its default placement at column 33 because there's code there. BSD indent has always moved right in units of tab stops in such cases --- but in the previous incarnation, indent was working in 8-space tab stops, while now it knows we use 4-space tabs. So the net result is that in about half the cases, such comments are placed one tab stop left of before. This is better all around: it leaves more room on the line for comment text, and it means that in such cases the comment uniformly starts at the next 4-space tab stop after the code, rather than sometimes one and sometimes two tabs after. Also, ensure that comments following #endif are indented the same as comments following other preprocessor commands such as #else. That inconsistency turns out to have been self-inflicted damage from a poorly-thought-through post-indent "fixup" in pgindent. This patch is much less interesting than the first round of indent changes, but also bulkier, so I thought it best to separate the effects. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E1dAmxK-0006EE-1r@gemulon.postgresql.org Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/30527.1495162840@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-06-21 21:18:54 +02:00
if (k >= n_newer_snapshots) /* not there anymore */
A session that does not have any live snapshots does not have to be waited for when we are waiting for old snapshots to go away during a concurrent index build. In particular, this rule lets us avoid waiting for idle-in-transaction sessions. This logic could be improved further if we had some way to wake up when the session we are currently waiting for goes idle-in-transaction. However that would be a significantly more complex/invasive patch, so it'll have to wait for some other day. Simon Riggs, with some improvements by Tom.
2009-04-04 19:40:36 +02:00
SetInvalidVirtualTransactionId(old_snapshots[j]);
}
pfree(newer_snapshots);
}
if (VirtualTransactionIdIsValid(old_snapshots[i]))
Create VXID locks "lazily" in the main lock table. Instead of entering them on transaction startup, we materialize them only when someone wants to wait, which will occur only during CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY. In Hot Standby mode, the startup process must also be able to probe for conflicting VXID locks, but the lock need never be fully materialized, because the startup process does not use the normal lock wait mechanism. Since most VXID locks never need to touch the lock manager partition locks, this can significantly reduce blocking contention on read-heavy workloads. Patch by me. Review by Jeff Davis.
2011-08-04 18:38:33 +02:00
VirtualXactLock(old_snapshots[i], true);
Implement lazy XID allocation: transactions that do not modify any database rows will normally never obtain an XID at all. We already did things this way for subtransactions, but this patch extends the concept to top-level transactions. In applications where there are lots of short read-only transactions, this should improve performance noticeably; not so much from removal of the actual XID-assignments, as from reduction of overhead that's driven by the rate of XID consumption. We add a concept of a "virtual transaction ID" so that active transactions can be uniquely identified even if they don't have a regular XID. This is a much lighter-weight concept: uniqueness of VXIDs is only guaranteed over the short term, and no on-disk record is made about them. Florian Pflug, with some editorialization by Tom.
2007-09-05 20:10:48 +02:00
}
Add the ability to create indexes 'concurrently', that is, without blocking concurrent writes to the table. Greg Stark, with a little help from Tom Lane.
2006-08-25 06:06:58 +02:00
Fix things so that when CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY sets pg_index.indisvalid true at the very end of its processing, the update is broadcast via a shared-cache-inval message for the index; without this, existing backends that already have relcache entries for the index might never see it become valid. Also, force a relcache inval on the index's parent table at the same time, so that any cached plans for that table are re-planned; this ensures that the newly valid index will be used if appropriate. Aside from making C.I.C. behave more reasonably, this is necessary infrastructure for some aspects of the HOT patch. Pavan Deolasee, with a little further stuff from me.
2007-05-02 23:08:46 +02:00
/*
* Index can now be marked valid -- update its pg_index entry
*/
Fix assorted bugs in CREATE/DROP INDEX CONCURRENTLY. Commit 8cb53654dbdb4c386369eb988062d0bbb6de725e, which introduced DROP INDEX CONCURRENTLY, managed to break CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY via a poor choice of catalog state representation. The pg_index state for an index that's reached the final pre-drop stage was the same as the state for an index just created by CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY. This meant that the (necessary) change to make RelationGetIndexList ignore about-to-die indexes also made it ignore freshly-created indexes; which is catastrophic because the latter do need to be considered in HOT-safety decisions. Failure to do so leads to incorrect index entries and subsequently wrong results from queries depending on the concurrently-created index. To fix, add an additional boolean column "indislive" to pg_index, so that the freshly-created and about-to-die states can be distinguished. (This change obviously is only possible in HEAD. This patch will need to be back-patched, but in 9.2 we'll use a kluge consisting of overloading the formerly-impossible state of indisvalid = true and indisready = false.) In addition, change CREATE/DROP INDEX CONCURRENTLY so that the pg_index flag changes they make without exclusive lock on the index are made via heap_inplace_update() rather than a normal transactional update. The latter is not very safe because moving the pg_index tuple could result in concurrent SnapshotNow scans finding it twice or not at all, thus possibly resulting in index corruption. This is a pre-existing bug in CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY, which was copied into the DROP code. In addition, fix various places in the code that ought to check to make sure that the indexes they are manipulating are valid and/or ready as appropriate. These represent bugs that have existed since 8.2, since a failed CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY could leave a corrupt or invalid index behind, and we ought not try to do anything that might fail with such an index. Also fix RelationReloadIndexInfo to ensure it copies all the pg_index columns that are allowed to change after initial creation. Previously we could have been left with stale values of some fields in an index relcache entry. It's not clear whether this actually had any user-visible consequences, but it's at least a bug waiting to happen. In addition, do some code and docs review for DROP INDEX CONCURRENTLY; some cosmetic code cleanup but mostly addition and revision of comments. This will need to be back-patched, but in a noticeably different form, so I'm committing it to HEAD before working on the back-patch. Problem reported by Amit Kapila, diagnosis by Pavan Deolassee, fix by Tom Lane and Andres Freund.
2012-11-29 03:25:27 +01:00
index_set_state_flags(indexRelationId, INDEX_CREATE_SET_VALID);
Add the ability to create indexes 'concurrently', that is, without blocking concurrent writes to the table. Greg Stark, with a little help from Tom Lane.
2006-08-25 06:06:58 +02:00
Fix things so that when CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY sets pg_index.indisvalid true at the very end of its processing, the update is broadcast via a shared-cache-inval message for the index; without this, existing backends that already have relcache entries for the index might never see it become valid. Also, force a relcache inval on the index's parent table at the same time, so that any cached plans for that table are re-planned; this ensures that the newly valid index will be used if appropriate. Aside from making C.I.C. behave more reasonably, this is necessary infrastructure for some aspects of the HOT patch. Pavan Deolasee, with a little further stuff from me.
2007-05-02 23:08:46 +02:00
/*
* The pg_index update will cause backends (including this one) to update
* relcache entries for the index itself, but we should also send a
* relcache inval on the parent table to force replanning of cached plans.
* Otherwise existing sessions might fail to use the new index where it
pgindent run for 8.3.
2007-11-15 22:14:46 +01:00
* would be useful. (Note that our earlier commits did not create reasons
Fix assorted bugs in CREATE/DROP INDEX CONCURRENTLY. Commit 8cb53654dbdb4c386369eb988062d0bbb6de725e, which introduced DROP INDEX CONCURRENTLY, managed to break CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY via a poor choice of catalog state representation. The pg_index state for an index that's reached the final pre-drop stage was the same as the state for an index just created by CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY. This meant that the (necessary) change to make RelationGetIndexList ignore about-to-die indexes also made it ignore freshly-created indexes; which is catastrophic because the latter do need to be considered in HOT-safety decisions. Failure to do so leads to incorrect index entries and subsequently wrong results from queries depending on the concurrently-created index. To fix, add an additional boolean column "indislive" to pg_index, so that the freshly-created and about-to-die states can be distinguished. (This change obviously is only possible in HEAD. This patch will need to be back-patched, but in 9.2 we'll use a kluge consisting of overloading the formerly-impossible state of indisvalid = true and indisready = false.) In addition, change CREATE/DROP INDEX CONCURRENTLY so that the pg_index flag changes they make without exclusive lock on the index are made via heap_inplace_update() rather than a normal transactional update. The latter is not very safe because moving the pg_index tuple could result in concurrent SnapshotNow scans finding it twice or not at all, thus possibly resulting in index corruption. This is a pre-existing bug in CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY, which was copied into the DROP code. In addition, fix various places in the code that ought to check to make sure that the indexes they are manipulating are valid and/or ready as appropriate. These represent bugs that have existed since 8.2, since a failed CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY could leave a corrupt or invalid index behind, and we ought not try to do anything that might fail with such an index. Also fix RelationReloadIndexInfo to ensure it copies all the pg_index columns that are allowed to change after initial creation. Previously we could have been left with stale values of some fields in an index relcache entry. It's not clear whether this actually had any user-visible consequences, but it's at least a bug waiting to happen. In addition, do some code and docs review for DROP INDEX CONCURRENTLY; some cosmetic code cleanup but mostly addition and revision of comments. This will need to be back-patched, but in a noticeably different form, so I'm committing it to HEAD before working on the back-patch. Problem reported by Amit Kapila, diagnosis by Pavan Deolassee, fix by Tom Lane and Andres Freund.
2012-11-29 03:25:27 +01:00
* to replan; so relcache flush on the index itself was sufficient.)
Fix things so that when CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY sets pg_index.indisvalid true at the very end of its processing, the update is broadcast via a shared-cache-inval message for the index; without this, existing backends that already have relcache entries for the index might never see it become valid. Also, force a relcache inval on the index's parent table at the same time, so that any cached plans for that table are re-planned; this ensures that the newly valid index will be used if appropriate. Aside from making C.I.C. behave more reasonably, this is necessary infrastructure for some aspects of the HOT patch. Pavan Deolasee, with a little further stuff from me.
2007-05-02 23:08:46 +02:00
*/
CacheInvalidateRelcacheByRelid(heaprelid.relId);
Add the ability to create indexes 'concurrently', that is, without blocking concurrent writes to the table. Greg Stark, with a little help from Tom Lane.
2006-08-25 06:06:58 +02:00
/*
* Last thing to do is release the session-level lock on the parent table.
*/
UnlockRelationIdForSession(&heaprelid, ShareUpdateExclusiveLock);
Avoid index rebuild for no-rewrite ALTER TABLE .. ALTER TYPE. Noah Misch. Review and minor cosmetic changes by me.
2011-07-18 17:02:48 +02:00
Change many routines to return ObjectAddress rather than OID The changed routines are mostly those that can be directly called by ProcessUtilitySlow; the intention is to make the affected object information more precise, in support for future event trigger changes. Originally it was envisioned that the OID of the affected object would be enough, and in most cases that is correct, but upon actually implementing the event trigger changes it turned out that ObjectAddress is more widely useful. Additionally, some command execution routines grew an output argument that's an object address which provides further info about the executed command. To wit: * for ALTER DOMAIN / ADD CONSTRAINT, it corresponds to the address of the new constraint * for ALTER OBJECT / SET SCHEMA, it corresponds to the address of the schema that originally contained the object. * for ALTER EXTENSION {ADD, DROP} OBJECT, it corresponds to the address of the object added to or dropped from the extension. There's no user-visible change in this commit, and no functional change either. Discussion: 20150218213255.GC6717@tamriel.snowman.net Reviewed-By: Stephen Frost, Andres Freund
2015-03-03 18:10:50 +01:00
return address;
Postgres95 1.01 Distribution - Virgin Sources
1996-07-09 08:22:35 +02:00
}
Make CREATE INDEX run expression preprocessing on a proposed index expression before it checks whether the expression is immutable. This covers two cases that were previously handled poorly: 1. SQL function inlining could reduce the apparent volatility of the expression, allowing an expression to be accepted where it previously would not have been. As an example, polymorphic functions must be marked with the worst-case volatility they have for any argument type, but for specific argument types they might not be so volatile, so indexing could be allowed. (Since the planner will refuse to inline functions in cases where the apparent volatility of the expression would increase, this won't break any cases that were accepted before.) 2. A nominally immutable function could have default arguments that are volatile expressions. In such a case insertion of the defaults will increase both the apparent and actual volatility of the expression, so it is *necessary* to check this before allowing the expression to be indexed. Back-patch to 8.4, where default arguments were introduced.
2010-05-27 17:59:10 +02:00
/*
* CheckMutability
* Test whether given expression is mutable
*/
static bool
CheckMutability(Expr *expr)
{
/*
* First run the expression through the planner. This has a couple of
pgindent run for 9.4 This includes removing tabs after periods in C comments, which was applied to back branches, so this change should not effect backpatching.
2014-05-06 18:12:18 +02:00
* important consequences. First, function default arguments will get
Make CREATE INDEX run expression preprocessing on a proposed index expression before it checks whether the expression is immutable. This covers two cases that were previously handled poorly: 1. SQL function inlining could reduce the apparent volatility of the expression, allowing an expression to be accepted where it previously would not have been. As an example, polymorphic functions must be marked with the worst-case volatility they have for any argument type, but for specific argument types they might not be so volatile, so indexing could be allowed. (Since the planner will refuse to inline functions in cases where the apparent volatility of the expression would increase, this won't break any cases that were accepted before.) 2. A nominally immutable function could have default arguments that are volatile expressions. In such a case insertion of the defaults will increase both the apparent and actual volatility of the expression, so it is *necessary* to check this before allowing the expression to be indexed. Back-patch to 8.4, where default arguments were introduced.
2010-05-27 17:59:10 +02:00
* inserted, which may affect volatility (consider "default now()").
* Second, inline-able functions will get inlined, which may allow us to
pgindent run for 9.0, second run
2010-07-06 21:19:02 +02:00
* conclude that the function is really less volatile than it's marked. As
* an example, polymorphic functions must be marked with the most volatile
* behavior that they have for any input type, but once we inline the
* function we may be able to conclude that it's not so volatile for the
* particular input type we're dealing with.
Make CREATE INDEX run expression preprocessing on a proposed index expression before it checks whether the expression is immutable. This covers two cases that were previously handled poorly: 1. SQL function inlining could reduce the apparent volatility of the expression, allowing an expression to be accepted where it previously would not have been. As an example, polymorphic functions must be marked with the worst-case volatility they have for any argument type, but for specific argument types they might not be so volatile, so indexing could be allowed. (Since the planner will refuse to inline functions in cases where the apparent volatility of the expression would increase, this won't break any cases that were accepted before.) 2. A nominally immutable function could have default arguments that are volatile expressions. In such a case insertion of the defaults will increase both the apparent and actual volatility of the expression, so it is *necessary* to check this before allowing the expression to be indexed. Back-patch to 8.4, where default arguments were introduced.
2010-05-27 17:59:10 +02:00
*
* We assume here that expression_planner() won't scribble on its input.
*/
expr = expression_planner(expr);
/* Now we can search for non-immutable functions */
return contain_mutable_functions((Node *) expr);
}
Postgres95 1.01 Distribution - Virgin Sources
1996-07-09 08:22:35 +02:00
/*
* CheckPredicate
Clean up the usage of canonicalize_qual(): in particular, be consistent about whether it is applied before or after eval_const_expressions(). I believe there were some corner cases where the system would fail to recognize that a partial index is applicable because of the previous inconsistency. Store normal rather than 'implicit AND' representations of constraints and index predicates in the catalogs. initdb forced due to representation change of constraints/predicates.
2003-12-28 22:57:37 +01:00
* Checks that the given partial-index predicate is valid.
Partial indexes work again, courtesy of Martijn van Oosterhout. Note: I didn't force an initdb, figuring that one today was enough. However, there is a new function in pg_proc.h, and pg_dump won't be able to dump partial indexes until you add that function.
2001-07-16 07:07:00 +02:00
*
* This used to also constrain the form of the predicate to forms that
pgindent run for 9.4 This includes removing tabs after periods in C comments, which was applied to back branches, so this change should not effect backpatching.
2014-05-06 18:12:18 +02:00
* indxpath.c could do something with. However, that seems overly
Partial indexes work again, courtesy of Martijn van Oosterhout. Note: I didn't force an initdb, figuring that one today was enough. However, there is a new function in pg_proc.h, and pg_dump won't be able to dump partial indexes until you add that function.
2001-07-16 07:07:00 +02:00
* restrictive. One useful application of partial indexes is to apply
* a UNIQUE constraint across a subset of a table, and in that scenario
Fix typos in comments. Backpatch to all supported versions, where applicable, to make backpatching of future fixes go more smoothly. Josh Soref Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CACZqfqCf+5qRztLPgmmosr-B0Ye4srWzzw_mo4c_8_B_mtjmJQ@mail.gmail.com
2017-02-06 10:33:58 +01:00
* any evaluable predicate will work. So accept any predicate here
Partial indexes work again, courtesy of Martijn van Oosterhout. Note: I didn't force an initdb, figuring that one today was enough. However, there is a new function in pg_proc.h, and pg_dump won't be able to dump partial indexes until you add that function.
2001-07-16 07:07:00 +02:00
* (except ones requiring a plan), and let indxpath.c fend for itself.
Postgres95 1.01 Distribution - Virgin Sources
1996-07-09 08:22:35 +02:00
*/
static void
Clean up the usage of canonicalize_qual(): in particular, be consistent about whether it is applied before or after eval_const_expressions(). I believe there were some corner cases where the system would fail to recognize that a partial index is applicable because of the previous inconsistency. Store normal rather than 'implicit AND' representations of constraints and index predicates in the catalogs. initdb forced due to representation change of constraints/predicates.
2003-12-28 22:57:37 +01:00
CheckPredicate(Expr *predicate)
Postgres95 1.01 Distribution - Virgin Sources
1996-07-09 08:22:35 +02:00
{
Disallow non-cachable functions in functional indexes and in index predicates. Per suggestion from Hiroshi.
2001-07-17 23:53:01 +02:00
/*
Centralize the logic for detecting misplaced aggregates, window funcs, etc. Formerly we relied on checking after-the-fact to see if an expression contained aggregates, window functions, or sub-selects when it shouldn't. This is grotty, easily forgotten (indeed, we had forgotten to teach DefineIndex about rejecting window functions), and none too efficient since it requires extra traversals of the parse tree. To improve matters, define an enum type that classifies all SQL sub-expressions, store it in ParseState to show what kind of expression we are currently parsing, and make transformAggregateCall, transformWindowFuncCall, and transformSubLink check the expression type and throw error if the type indicates the construct is disallowed. This allows removal of a large number of ad-hoc checks scattered around the code base. The enum type is sufficiently fine-grained that we can still produce error messages of at least the same specificity as before. Bringing these error checks together revealed that we'd been none too consistent about phrasing of the error messages, so standardize the wording a bit. Also, rewrite checking of aggregate arguments so that it requires only one traversal of the arguments, rather than up to three as before. In passing, clean up some more comments left over from add_missing_from support, and annotate some tests that I think are dead code now that that's gone. (I didn't risk actually removing said dead code, though.)
2012-08-10 17:35:33 +02:00
* transformExpr() should have already rejected subqueries, aggregates,
* and window functions, based on the EXPR_KIND_ for a predicate.
Disallow non-cachable functions in functional indexes and in index predicates. Per suggestion from Hiroshi.
2001-07-17 23:53:01 +02:00
*/
/*
pgindent run.
2002-09-04 22:31:48 +02:00
* A predicate using mutable functions is probably wrong, for the same
Replace functional-index facility with expressional indexes. Any column of an index can now be a computed expression instead of a simple variable. Restrictions on expressions are the same as for predicates (only immutable functions, no sub-selects). This fixes problems recently introduced with inlining SQL functions, because the inlining transformation is applied to both expression trees so the planner can still match them up. Along the way, improve efficiency of handling index predicates (both predicates and index expressions are now cached by the relcache) and fix 7.3 oversight that didn't record dependencies of predicate expressions.
2003-05-28 18:04:02 +02:00
* reasons that we don't allow an index expression to use one.
Disallow non-cachable functions in functional indexes and in index predicates. Per suggestion from Hiroshi.
2001-07-17 23:53:01 +02:00
*/
Make CREATE INDEX run expression preprocessing on a proposed index expression before it checks whether the expression is immutable. This covers two cases that were previously handled poorly: 1. SQL function inlining could reduce the apparent volatility of the expression, allowing an expression to be accepted where it previously would not have been. As an example, polymorphic functions must be marked with the worst-case volatility they have for any argument type, but for specific argument types they might not be so volatile, so indexing could be allowed. (Since the planner will refuse to inline functions in cases where the apparent volatility of the expression would increase, this won't break any cases that were accepted before.) 2. A nominally immutable function could have default arguments that are volatile expressions. In such a case insertion of the defaults will increase both the apparent and actual volatility of the expression, so it is *necessary* to check this before allowing the expression to be indexed. Back-patch to 8.4, where default arguments were introduced.
2010-05-27 17:59:10 +02:00
if (CheckMutability(predicate))
Another round of error message editing, covering backend/commands/.
2003-07-20 23:56:35 +02:00
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
Phase 3 of pgindent updates. Don't move parenthesized lines to the left, even if that means they flow past the right margin. By default, BSD indent lines up statement continuation lines that are within parentheses so that they start just to the right of the preceding left parenthesis. However, traditionally, if that resulted in the continuation line extending to the right of the desired right margin, then indent would push it left just far enough to not overrun the margin, if it could do so without making the continuation line start to the left of the current statement indent. That makes for a weird mix of indentations unless one has been completely rigid about never violating the 80-column limit. This behavior has been pretty universally panned by Postgres developers. Hence, disable it with indent's new -lpl switch, so that parenthesized lines are always lined up with the preceding left paren. This patch is much less interesting than the first round of indent changes, but also bulkier, so I thought it best to separate the effects. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E1dAmxK-0006EE-1r@gemulon.postgresql.org Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/30527.1495162840@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-06-21 21:35:54 +02:00
errmsg("functions in index predicate must be marked IMMUTABLE")));
Postgres95 1.01 Distribution - Virgin Sources
1996-07-09 08:22:35 +02:00
}
Support ORDER BY ... NULLS FIRST/LAST, and add ASC/DESC/NULLS FIRST/NULLS LAST per-column options for btree indexes. The planner's support for this is still pretty rudimentary; it does not yet know how to plan mergejoins with nondefault ordering options. The documentation is pretty rudimentary, too. I'll work on improving that stuff later. Note incompatible change from prior behavior: ORDER BY ... USING will now be rejected if the operator is not a less-than or greater-than member of some btree opclass. This prevents less-than-sane behavior if an operator that doesn't actually define a proper sort ordering is selected.
2007-01-09 03:14:16 +01:00
/*
* Compute per-index-column information, including indexed column numbers
Cleanup covering infrastructure - Explicitly forbids opclass, collation and indoptions (like DESC/ASC etc) for including columns. Throw an error if user points that. - Truncated storage arrays for such attributes to store only key atrributes, added assertion checks. - Do not check opfamily and collation for including columns in CompareIndexInfo() Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/5ee72852-3c4e-ee35-e2ed-c1d053d45c08@sigaev.ru
2018-04-12 15:37:22 +02:00
* or index expressions, opclasses, and indoptions. Note, all output vectors
* should be allocated for all columns, including "including" ones.
Support ORDER BY ... NULLS FIRST/LAST, and add ASC/DESC/NULLS FIRST/NULLS LAST per-column options for btree indexes. The planner's support for this is still pretty rudimentary; it does not yet know how to plan mergejoins with nondefault ordering options. The documentation is pretty rudimentary, too. I'll work on improving that stuff later. Note incompatible change from prior behavior: ORDER BY ... USING will now be rejected if the operator is not a less-than or greater-than member of some btree opclass. This prevents less-than-sane behavior if an operator that doesn't actually define a proper sort ordering is selected.
2007-01-09 03:14:16 +01:00
*/
Massive commit to run PGINDENT on all *.c and *.h files.
1997-09-07 07:04:48 +02:00
static void
Replace functional-index facility with expressional indexes. Any column of an index can now be a computed expression instead of a simple variable. Restrictions on expressions are the same as for predicates (only immutable functions, no sub-selects). This fixes problems recently introduced with inlining SQL functions, because the inlining transformation is applied to both expression trees so the planner can still match them up. Along the way, improve efficiency of handling index predicates (both predicates and index expressions are now cached by the relcache) and fix 7.3 oversight that didn't record dependencies of predicate expressions.
2003-05-28 18:04:02 +02:00
ComputeIndexAttrs(IndexInfo *indexInfo,
Make CheckIndexCompatible simpler and more bullet-proof. This gives up the "don't rewrite the index" behavior in a couple of relatively unimportant cases, such as changing between an array type and an unconstrained domain over that array type, in return for making this code more future-proof. Noah Misch
2012-01-25 21:28:07 +01:00
Oid *typeOidP,
Per-column collation support This adds collation support for columns and domains, a COLLATE clause to override it per expression, and B-tree index support. Peter Eisentraut reviewed by Pavel Stehule, Itagaki Takahiro, Robert Haas, Noah Misch
2011-02-08 22:04:18 +01:00
Oid *collationOidP,
Replace functional-index facility with expressional indexes. Any column of an index can now be a computed expression instead of a simple variable. Restrictions on expressions are the same as for predicates (only immutable functions, no sub-selects). This fixes problems recently introduced with inlining SQL functions, because the inlining transformation is applied to both expression trees so the planner can still match them up. Along the way, improve efficiency of handling index predicates (both predicates and index expressions are now cached by the relcache) and fix 7.3 oversight that didn't record dependencies of predicate expressions.
2003-05-28 18:04:02 +02:00
Oid *classOidP,
Support ORDER BY ... NULLS FIRST/LAST, and add ASC/DESC/NULLS FIRST/NULLS LAST per-column options for btree indexes. The planner's support for this is still pretty rudimentary; it does not yet know how to plan mergejoins with nondefault ordering options. The documentation is pretty rudimentary, too. I'll work on improving that stuff later. Note incompatible change from prior behavior: ORDER BY ... USING will now be rejected if the operator is not a less-than or greater-than member of some btree opclass. This prevents less-than-sane behavior if an operator that doesn't actually define a proper sort ordering is selected.
2007-01-09 03:14:16 +01:00
int16 *colOptionP,
Replace functional-index facility with expressional indexes. Any column of an index can now be a computed expression instead of a simple variable. Restrictions on expressions are the same as for predicates (only immutable functions, no sub-selects). This fixes problems recently introduced with inlining SQL functions, because the inlining transformation is applied to both expression trees so the planner can still match them up. Along the way, improve efficiency of handling index predicates (both predicates and index expressions are now cached by the relcache) and fix 7.3 oversight that didn't record dependencies of predicate expressions.
2003-05-28 18:04:02 +02:00
List *attList, /* list of IndexElem's */
Add exclusion constraints, which generalize the concept of uniqueness to support any indexable commutative operator, not just equality. Two rows violate the exclusion constraint if "row1.col OP row2.col" is TRUE for each of the columns in the constraint. Jeff Davis, reviewed by Robert Haas
2009-12-07 06:22:23 +01:00
List *exclusionOpNames,
Replace functional-index facility with expressional indexes. Any column of an index can now be a computed expression instead of a simple variable. Restrictions on expressions are the same as for predicates (only immutable functions, no sub-selects). This fixes problems recently introduced with inlining SQL functions, because the inlining transformation is applied to both expression trees so the planner can still match them up. Along the way, improve efficiency of handling index predicates (both predicates and index expressions are now cached by the relcache) and fix 7.3 oversight that didn't record dependencies of predicate expressions.
2003-05-28 18:04:02 +02:00
Oid relId,
Add some const decorations to prototypes Reviewed-by: Fabien COELHO <coelho@cri.ensmp.fr>
2017-10-31 15:34:31 +01:00
const char *accessMethodName,
ALTER TABLE rewrite. New cool stuff: * ALTER ... ADD COLUMN with defaults and NOT NULL constraints works per SQL spec. A default is implemented by rewriting the table with the new value stored in each row. * ALTER COLUMN TYPE. You can change a column's datatype to anything you want, so long as you can specify how to convert the old value. Rewrites the table. (Possible future improvement: optimize no-op conversions such as varchar(N) to varchar(N+1).) * Multiple ALTER actions in a single ALTER TABLE command. You can perform any number of column additions, type changes, and constraint additions with only one pass over the table contents. Basic documentation provided in ALTER TABLE ref page, but some more docs work is needed. Original patch from Rod Taylor, additional work from Tom Lane.
2004-05-05 06:48:48 +02:00
Oid accessMethodId,
Support ORDER BY ... NULLS FIRST/LAST, and add ASC/DESC/NULLS FIRST/NULLS LAST per-column options for btree indexes. The planner's support for this is still pretty rudimentary; it does not yet know how to plan mergejoins with nondefault ordering options. The documentation is pretty rudimentary, too. I'll work on improving that stuff later. Note incompatible change from prior behavior: ORDER BY ... USING will now be rejected if the operator is not a less-than or greater-than member of some btree opclass. This prevents less-than-sane behavior if an operator that doesn't actually define a proper sort ordering is selected.
2007-01-09 03:14:16 +01:00
bool amcanorder,
ALTER TABLE rewrite. New cool stuff: * ALTER ... ADD COLUMN with defaults and NOT NULL constraints works per SQL spec. A default is implemented by rewriting the table with the new value stored in each row. * ALTER COLUMN TYPE. You can change a column's datatype to anything you want, so long as you can specify how to convert the old value. Rewrites the table. (Possible future improvement: optimize no-op conversions such as varchar(N) to varchar(N+1).) * Multiple ALTER actions in a single ALTER TABLE command. You can perform any number of column additions, type changes, and constraint additions with only one pass over the table contents. Basic documentation provided in ALTER TABLE ref page, but some more docs work is needed. Original patch from Rod Taylor, additional work from Tom Lane.
2004-05-05 06:48:48 +02:00
bool isconstraint)
Postgres95 1.01 Distribution - Virgin Sources
1996-07-09 08:22:35 +02:00
{
Add exclusion constraints, which generalize the concept of uniqueness to support any indexable commutative operator, not just equality. Two rows violate the exclusion constraint if "row1.col OP row2.col" is TRUE for each of the columns in the constraint. Jeff Davis, reviewed by Robert Haas
2009-12-07 06:22:23 +01:00
ListCell *nextExclOp;
ListCell *lc;
int attn;
Indexes with INCLUDE columns and their support in B-tree This patch introduces INCLUDE clause to index definition. This clause specifies a list of columns which will be included as a non-key part in the index. The INCLUDE columns exist solely to allow more queries to benefit from index-only scans. Also, such columns don't need to have appropriate operator classes. Expressions are not supported as INCLUDE columns since they cannot be used in index-only scans. Index access methods supporting INCLUDE are indicated by amcaninclude flag in IndexAmRoutine. For now, only B-tree indexes support INCLUDE clause. In B-tree indexes INCLUDE columns are truncated from pivot index tuples (tuples located in non-leaf pages and high keys). Therefore, B-tree indexes now might have variable number of attributes. This patch also provides generic facility to support that: pivot tuples contain number of their attributes in t_tid.ip_posid. Free 13th bit of t_info is used for indicating that. This facility will simplify further support of index suffix truncation. The changes of above are backward-compatible, pg_upgrade doesn't need special handling of B-tree indexes for that. Bump catalog version Author: Anastasia Lubennikova with contribition by Alexander Korotkov and me Reviewed by: Peter Geoghegan, Tomas Vondra, Antonin Houska, Jeff Janes, David Rowley, Alexander Korotkov Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/56168952.4010101@postgrespro.ru
2018-04-07 22:00:39 +02:00
int nkeycols = indexInfo->ii_NumIndexKeyAttrs;
Add exclusion constraints, which generalize the concept of uniqueness to support any indexable commutative operator, not just equality. Two rows violate the exclusion constraint if "row1.col OP row2.col" is TRUE for each of the columns in the constraint. Jeff Davis, reviewed by Robert Haas
2009-12-07 06:22:23 +01:00
/* Allocate space for exclusion operator info, if needed */
if (exclusionOpNames)
{
Indexes with INCLUDE columns and their support in B-tree This patch introduces INCLUDE clause to index definition. This clause specifies a list of columns which will be included as a non-key part in the index. The INCLUDE columns exist solely to allow more queries to benefit from index-only scans. Also, such columns don't need to have appropriate operator classes. Expressions are not supported as INCLUDE columns since they cannot be used in index-only scans. Index access methods supporting INCLUDE are indicated by amcaninclude flag in IndexAmRoutine. For now, only B-tree indexes support INCLUDE clause. In B-tree indexes INCLUDE columns are truncated from pivot index tuples (tuples located in non-leaf pages and high keys). Therefore, B-tree indexes now might have variable number of attributes. This patch also provides generic facility to support that: pivot tuples contain number of their attributes in t_tid.ip_posid. Free 13th bit of t_info is used for indicating that. This facility will simplify further support of index suffix truncation. The changes of above are backward-compatible, pg_upgrade doesn't need special handling of B-tree indexes for that. Bump catalog version Author: Anastasia Lubennikova with contribition by Alexander Korotkov and me Reviewed by: Peter Geoghegan, Tomas Vondra, Antonin Houska, Jeff Janes, David Rowley, Alexander Korotkov Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/56168952.4010101@postgrespro.ru
2018-04-07 22:00:39 +02:00
Assert(list_length(exclusionOpNames) == nkeycols);
indexInfo->ii_ExclusionOps = (Oid *) palloc(sizeof(Oid) * nkeycols);
indexInfo->ii_ExclusionProcs = (Oid *) palloc(sizeof(Oid) * nkeycols);
indexInfo->ii_ExclusionStrats = (uint16 *) palloc(sizeof(uint16) * nkeycols);
Add exclusion constraints, which generalize the concept of uniqueness to support any indexable commutative operator, not just equality. Two rows violate the exclusion constraint if "row1.col OP row2.col" is TRUE for each of the columns in the constraint. Jeff Davis, reviewed by Robert Haas
2009-12-07 06:22:23 +01:00
nextExclOp = list_head(exclusionOpNames);
}
else
nextExclOp = NULL;
Fixes a bug in 'create index' Submitted by: Dan McGuirk <mcguirk@indirect.com>
1996-08-15 09:42:52 +02:00
Massive commit to run PGINDENT on all *.c and *.h files.
1997-09-07 07:04:48 +02:00
/*
* process attributeList
*/
Add exclusion constraints, which generalize the concept of uniqueness to support any indexable commutative operator, not just equality. Two rows violate the exclusion constraint if "row1.col OP row2.col" is TRUE for each of the columns in the constraint. Jeff Davis, reviewed by Robert Haas
2009-12-07 06:22:23 +01:00
attn = 0;
foreach(lc, attList)
Massive commit to run PGINDENT on all *.c and *.h files.
1997-09-07 07:04:48 +02:00
{
Add exclusion constraints, which generalize the concept of uniqueness to support any indexable commutative operator, not just equality. Two rows violate the exclusion constraint if "row1.col OP row2.col" is TRUE for each of the columns in the constraint. Jeff Davis, reviewed by Robert Haas
2009-12-07 06:22:23 +01:00
IndexElem *attribute = (IndexElem *) lfirst(lc);
Replace functional-index facility with expressional indexes. Any column of an index can now be a computed expression instead of a simple variable. Restrictions on expressions are the same as for predicates (only immutable functions, no sub-selects). This fixes problems recently introduced with inlining SQL functions, because the inlining transformation is applied to both expression trees so the planner can still match them up. Along the way, improve efficiency of handling index predicates (both predicates and index expressions are now cached by the relcache) and fix 7.3 oversight that didn't record dependencies of predicate expressions.
2003-05-28 18:04:02 +02:00
Oid atttype;
Per-column collation support This adds collation support for columns and domains, a COLLATE clause to override it per expression, and B-tree index support. Peter Eisentraut reviewed by Pavel Stehule, Itagaki Takahiro, Robert Haas, Noah Misch
2011-02-08 22:04:18 +01:00
Oid attcollation;
Fix longstanding bug that kept functional indexes from working when you defaulted the opclass. This addresses TODO item * Allow creation of functional indexes to use default types (Does that make it a feature? Oh dear...)
2000-02-25 03:58:48 +01:00
Support ORDER BY ... NULLS FIRST/LAST, and add ASC/DESC/NULLS FIRST/NULLS LAST per-column options for btree indexes. The planner's support for this is still pretty rudimentary; it does not yet know how to plan mergejoins with nondefault ordering options. The documentation is pretty rudimentary, too. I'll work on improving that stuff later. Note incompatible change from prior behavior: ORDER BY ... USING will now be rejected if the operator is not a less-than or greater-than member of some btree opclass. This prevents less-than-sane behavior if an operator that doesn't actually define a proper sort ordering is selected.
2007-01-09 03:14:16 +01:00
/*
* Process the column-or-expression to be indexed.
*/
Replace functional-index facility with expressional indexes. Any column of an index can now be a computed expression instead of a simple variable. Restrictions on expressions are the same as for predicates (only immutable functions, no sub-selects). This fixes problems recently introduced with inlining SQL functions, because the inlining transformation is applied to both expression trees so the planner can still match them up. Along the way, improve efficiency of handling index predicates (both predicates and index expressions are now cached by the relcache) and fix 7.3 oversight that didn't record dependencies of predicate expressions.
2003-05-28 18:04:02 +02:00
if (attribute->name != NULL)
{
/* Simple index attribute */
HeapTuple atttuple;
Form_pg_attribute attform;
Assert(attribute->expr == NULL);
atttuple = SearchSysCacheAttName(relId, attribute->name);
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(atttuple))
ALTER TABLE rewrite. New cool stuff: * ALTER ... ADD COLUMN with defaults and NOT NULL constraints works per SQL spec. A default is implemented by rewriting the table with the new value stored in each row. * ALTER COLUMN TYPE. You can change a column's datatype to anything you want, so long as you can specify how to convert the old value. Rewrites the table. (Possible future improvement: optimize no-op conversions such as varchar(N) to varchar(N+1).) * Multiple ALTER actions in a single ALTER TABLE command. You can perform any number of column additions, type changes, and constraint additions with only one pass over the table contents. Basic documentation provided in ALTER TABLE ref page, but some more docs work is needed. Original patch from Rod Taylor, additional work from Tom Lane.
2004-05-05 06:48:48 +02:00
{
/* difference in error message spellings is historical */
if (isconstraint)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
Phase 3 of pgindent updates. Don't move parenthesized lines to the left, even if that means they flow past the right margin. By default, BSD indent lines up statement continuation lines that are within parentheses so that they start just to the right of the preceding left parenthesis. However, traditionally, if that resulted in the continuation line extending to the right of the desired right margin, then indent would push it left just far enough to not overrun the margin, if it could do so without making the continuation line start to the left of the current statement indent. That makes for a weird mix of indentations unless one has been completely rigid about never violating the 80-column limit. This behavior has been pretty universally panned by Postgres developers. Hence, disable it with indent's new -lpl switch, so that parenthesized lines are always lined up with the preceding left paren. This patch is much less interesting than the first round of indent changes, but also bulkier, so I thought it best to separate the effects. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E1dAmxK-0006EE-1r@gemulon.postgresql.org Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/30527.1495162840@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-06-21 21:35:54 +02:00
errmsg("column \"%s\" named in key does not exist",
attribute->name)));
ALTER TABLE rewrite. New cool stuff: * ALTER ... ADD COLUMN with defaults and NOT NULL constraints works per SQL spec. A default is implemented by rewriting the table with the new value stored in each row. * ALTER COLUMN TYPE. You can change a column's datatype to anything you want, so long as you can specify how to convert the old value. Rewrites the table. (Possible future improvement: optimize no-op conversions such as varchar(N) to varchar(N+1).) * Multiple ALTER actions in a single ALTER TABLE command. You can perform any number of column additions, type changes, and constraint additions with only one pass over the table contents. Basic documentation provided in ALTER TABLE ref page, but some more docs work is needed. Original patch from Rod Taylor, additional work from Tom Lane.
2004-05-05 06:48:48 +02:00
else
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
errmsg("column \"%s\" does not exist",
attribute->name)));
}
Replace functional-index facility with expressional indexes. Any column of an index can now be a computed expression instead of a simple variable. Restrictions on expressions are the same as for predicates (only immutable functions, no sub-selects). This fixes problems recently introduced with inlining SQL functions, because the inlining transformation is applied to both expression trees so the planner can still match them up. Along the way, improve efficiency of handling index predicates (both predicates and index expressions are now cached by the relcache) and fix 7.3 oversight that didn't record dependencies of predicate expressions.
2003-05-28 18:04:02 +02:00
attform = (Form_pg_attribute) GETSTRUCT(atttuple);
Rename IndexInfo.ii_KeyAttrNumbers array Rename ii_KeyAttrNumbers to ii_IndexAttrNumbers to prevent confusion with ii_NumIndexAttrs/ii_NumIndexKeyAttrs. ii_IndexAttrNumbers contains all attributes including "including" columns, not only key attribute. Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/13123421-1d52-d0e4-c95c-6d69011e0595%40sigaev.ru
2018-04-12 12:02:45 +02:00
indexInfo->ii_IndexAttrNumbers[attn] = attform->attnum;
Replace functional-index facility with expressional indexes. Any column of an index can now be a computed expression instead of a simple variable. Restrictions on expressions are the same as for predicates (only immutable functions, no sub-selects). This fixes problems recently introduced with inlining SQL functions, because the inlining transformation is applied to both expression trees so the planner can still match them up. Along the way, improve efficiency of handling index predicates (both predicates and index expressions are now cached by the relcache) and fix 7.3 oversight that didn't record dependencies of predicate expressions.
2003-05-28 18:04:02 +02:00
atttype = attform->atttypid;
Per-column collation support This adds collation support for columns and domains, a COLLATE clause to override it per expression, and B-tree index support. Peter Eisentraut reviewed by Pavel Stehule, Itagaki Takahiro, Robert Haas, Noah Misch
2011-02-08 22:04:18 +01:00
attcollation = attform->attcollation;
Replace functional-index facility with expressional indexes. Any column of an index can now be a computed expression instead of a simple variable. Restrictions on expressions are the same as for predicates (only immutable functions, no sub-selects). This fixes problems recently introduced with inlining SQL functions, because the inlining transformation is applied to both expression trees so the planner can still match them up. Along the way, improve efficiency of handling index predicates (both predicates and index expressions are now cached by the relcache) and fix 7.3 oversight that didn't record dependencies of predicate expressions.
2003-05-28 18:04:02 +02:00
ReleaseSysCache(atttuple);
}
else
{
/* Index expression */
pgindent run before PG 9.1 beta 1.
2011-04-10 17:42:00 +02:00
Node *expr = attribute->expr;
Replace functional-index facility with expressional indexes. Any column of an index can now be a computed expression instead of a simple variable. Restrictions on expressions are the same as for predicates (only immutable functions, no sub-selects). This fixes problems recently introduced with inlining SQL functions, because the inlining transformation is applied to both expression trees so the planner can still match them up. Along the way, improve efficiency of handling index predicates (both predicates and index expressions are now cached by the relcache) and fix 7.3 oversight that didn't record dependencies of predicate expressions.
2003-05-28 18:04:02 +02:00
Clean up handling of COLLATE clauses in index column definitions. Ensure that COLLATE at the top level of an index expression is treated the same as a grammatically separate COLLATE. Fix bogus reverse-parsing logic in pg_get_indexdef.
2011-03-24 20:29:52 +01:00
Assert(expr != NULL);
Indexes with INCLUDE columns and their support in B-tree This patch introduces INCLUDE clause to index definition. This clause specifies a list of columns which will be included as a non-key part in the index. The INCLUDE columns exist solely to allow more queries to benefit from index-only scans. Also, such columns don't need to have appropriate operator classes. Expressions are not supported as INCLUDE columns since they cannot be used in index-only scans. Index access methods supporting INCLUDE are indicated by amcaninclude flag in IndexAmRoutine. For now, only B-tree indexes support INCLUDE clause. In B-tree indexes INCLUDE columns are truncated from pivot index tuples (tuples located in non-leaf pages and high keys). Therefore, B-tree indexes now might have variable number of attributes. This patch also provides generic facility to support that: pivot tuples contain number of their attributes in t_tid.ip_posid. Free 13th bit of t_info is used for indicating that. This facility will simplify further support of index suffix truncation. The changes of above are backward-compatible, pg_upgrade doesn't need special handling of B-tree indexes for that. Bump catalog version Author: Anastasia Lubennikova with contribition by Alexander Korotkov and me Reviewed by: Peter Geoghegan, Tomas Vondra, Antonin Houska, Jeff Janes, David Rowley, Alexander Korotkov Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/56168952.4010101@postgrespro.ru
2018-04-07 22:00:39 +02:00
if (attn >= nkeycols)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
errmsg("expressions are not supported in included columns")));
Clean up handling of COLLATE clauses in index column definitions. Ensure that COLLATE at the top level of an index expression is treated the same as a grammatically separate COLLATE. Fix bogus reverse-parsing logic in pg_get_indexdef.
2011-03-24 20:29:52 +01:00
atttype = exprType(expr);
attcollation = exprCollation(expr);
Replace functional-index facility with expressional indexes. Any column of an index can now be a computed expression instead of a simple variable. Restrictions on expressions are the same as for predicates (only immutable functions, no sub-selects). This fixes problems recently introduced with inlining SQL functions, because the inlining transformation is applied to both expression trees so the planner can still match them up. Along the way, improve efficiency of handling index predicates (both predicates and index expressions are now cached by the relcache) and fix 7.3 oversight that didn't record dependencies of predicate expressions.
2003-05-28 18:04:02 +02:00
/*
pgindent run for 9.4 This includes removing tabs after periods in C comments, which was applied to back branches, so this change should not effect backpatching.
2014-05-06 18:12:18 +02:00
* Strip any top-level COLLATE clause. This ensures that we treat
Clean up handling of COLLATE clauses in index column definitions. Ensure that COLLATE at the top level of an index expression is treated the same as a grammatically separate COLLATE. Fix bogus reverse-parsing logic in pg_get_indexdef.
2011-03-24 20:29:52 +01:00
* "x COLLATE y" and "(x COLLATE y)" alike.
Replace functional-index facility with expressional indexes. Any column of an index can now be a computed expression instead of a simple variable. Restrictions on expressions are the same as for predicates (only immutable functions, no sub-selects). This fixes problems recently introduced with inlining SQL functions, because the inlining transformation is applied to both expression trees so the planner can still match them up. Along the way, improve efficiency of handling index predicates (both predicates and index expressions are now cached by the relcache) and fix 7.3 oversight that didn't record dependencies of predicate expressions.
2003-05-28 18:04:02 +02:00
*/
Clean up handling of COLLATE clauses in index column definitions. Ensure that COLLATE at the top level of an index expression is treated the same as a grammatically separate COLLATE. Fix bogus reverse-parsing logic in pg_get_indexdef.
2011-03-24 20:29:52 +01:00
while (IsA(expr, CollateExpr))
expr = (Node *) ((CollateExpr *) expr)->arg;
if (IsA(expr, Var) &&
((Var *) expr)->varattno != InvalidAttrNumber)
{
/*
* User wrote "(column)" or "(column COLLATE something)".
* Treat it like simple attribute anyway.
*/
Rename IndexInfo.ii_KeyAttrNumbers array Rename ii_KeyAttrNumbers to ii_IndexAttrNumbers to prevent confusion with ii_NumIndexAttrs/ii_NumIndexKeyAttrs. ii_IndexAttrNumbers contains all attributes including "including" columns, not only key attribute. Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/13123421-1d52-d0e4-c95c-6d69011e0595%40sigaev.ru
2018-04-12 12:02:45 +02:00
indexInfo->ii_IndexAttrNumbers[attn] = ((Var *) expr)->varattno;
Clean up handling of COLLATE clauses in index column definitions. Ensure that COLLATE at the top level of an index expression is treated the same as a grammatically separate COLLATE. Fix bogus reverse-parsing logic in pg_get_indexdef.
2011-03-24 20:29:52 +01:00
}
else
{
Post-feature-freeze pgindent run. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15719.1523984266@sss.pgh.pa.us
2018-04-26 20:47:16 +02:00
indexInfo->ii_IndexAttrNumbers[attn] = 0; /* marks expression */
Clean up handling of COLLATE clauses in index column definitions. Ensure that COLLATE at the top level of an index expression is treated the same as a grammatically separate COLLATE. Fix bogus reverse-parsing logic in pg_get_indexdef.
2011-03-24 20:29:52 +01:00
indexInfo->ii_Expressions = lappend(indexInfo->ii_Expressions,
expr);
/*
Centralize the logic for detecting misplaced aggregates, window funcs, etc. Formerly we relied on checking after-the-fact to see if an expression contained aggregates, window functions, or sub-selects when it shouldn't. This is grotty, easily forgotten (indeed, we had forgotten to teach DefineIndex about rejecting window functions), and none too efficient since it requires extra traversals of the parse tree. To improve matters, define an enum type that classifies all SQL sub-expressions, store it in ParseState to show what kind of expression we are currently parsing, and make transformAggregateCall, transformWindowFuncCall, and transformSubLink check the expression type and throw error if the type indicates the construct is disallowed. This allows removal of a large number of ad-hoc checks scattered around the code base. The enum type is sufficiently fine-grained that we can still produce error messages of at least the same specificity as before. Bringing these error checks together revealed that we'd been none too consistent about phrasing of the error messages, so standardize the wording a bit. Also, rewrite checking of aggregate arguments so that it requires only one traversal of the arguments, rather than up to three as before. In passing, clean up some more comments left over from add_missing_from support, and annotate some tests that I think are dead code now that that's gone. (I didn't risk actually removing said dead code, though.)
2012-08-10 17:35:33 +02:00
* transformExpr() should have already rejected subqueries,
* aggregates, and window functions, based on the EXPR_KIND_
* for an index expression.
Clean up handling of COLLATE clauses in index column definitions. Ensure that COLLATE at the top level of an index expression is treated the same as a grammatically separate COLLATE. Fix bogus reverse-parsing logic in pg_get_indexdef.
2011-03-24 20:29:52 +01:00
*/
/*
Fix various typos and grammar errors in comments. Author: Dmitriy Olshevskiy Discussion: 553D00A6.4090205@bk.ru
2015-04-26 18:42:31 +02:00
* An expression using mutable functions is probably wrong,
Clean up handling of COLLATE clauses in index column definitions. Ensure that COLLATE at the top level of an index expression is treated the same as a grammatically separate COLLATE. Fix bogus reverse-parsing logic in pg_get_indexdef.
2011-03-24 20:29:52 +01:00
* since if you aren't going to get the same result for the
* same data every time, it's not clear what the index entries
* mean at all.
*/
if (CheckMutability((Expr *) expr))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
errmsg("functions in index expression must be marked IMMUTABLE")));
}
Replace functional-index facility with expressional indexes. Any column of an index can now be a computed expression instead of a simple variable. Restrictions on expressions are the same as for predicates (only immutable functions, no sub-selects). This fixes problems recently introduced with inlining SQL functions, because the inlining transformation is applied to both expression trees so the planner can still match them up. Along the way, improve efficiency of handling index predicates (both predicates and index expressions are now cached by the relcache) and fix 7.3 oversight that didn't record dependencies of predicate expressions.
2003-05-28 18:04:02 +02:00
}
Massive commit to run PGINDENT on all *.c and *.h files.
1997-09-07 07:04:48 +02:00
Make CheckIndexCompatible simpler and more bullet-proof. This gives up the "don't rewrite the index" behavior in a couple of relatively unimportant cases, such as changing between an array type and an unconstrained domain over that array type, in return for making this code more future-proof. Noah Misch
2012-01-25 21:28:07 +01:00
typeOidP[attn] = atttype;
Cleanup covering infrastructure - Explicitly forbids opclass, collation and indoptions (like DESC/ASC etc) for including columns. Throw an error if user points that. - Truncated storage arrays for such attributes to store only key atrributes, added assertion checks. - Do not check opfamily and collation for including columns in CompareIndexInfo() Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/5ee72852-3c4e-ee35-e2ed-c1d053d45c08@sigaev.ru
2018-04-12 15:37:22 +02:00
/*
Post-feature-freeze pgindent run. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15719.1523984266@sss.pgh.pa.us
2018-04-26 20:47:16 +02:00
* Included columns have no collation, no opclass and no ordering
* options.
Cleanup covering infrastructure - Explicitly forbids opclass, collation and indoptions (like DESC/ASC etc) for including columns. Throw an error if user points that. - Truncated storage arrays for such attributes to store only key atrributes, added assertion checks. - Do not check opfamily and collation for including columns in CompareIndexInfo() Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/5ee72852-3c4e-ee35-e2ed-c1d053d45c08@sigaev.ru
2018-04-12 15:37:22 +02:00
*/
if (attn >= nkeycols)
{
if (attribute->collation)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
errmsg("including column does not support a collation")));
if (attribute->opclass)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
errmsg("including column does not support an operator class")));
if (attribute->ordering != SORTBY_DEFAULT)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
errmsg("including column does not support ASC/DESC options")));
if (attribute->nulls_ordering != SORTBY_NULLS_DEFAULT)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
errmsg("including column does not support NULLS FIRST/LAST options")));
classOidP[attn] = InvalidOid;
colOptionP[attn] = 0;
collationOidP[attn] = InvalidOid;
attn++;
continue;
}
Per-column collation support This adds collation support for columns and domains, a COLLATE clause to override it per expression, and B-tree index support. Peter Eisentraut reviewed by Pavel Stehule, Itagaki Takahiro, Robert Haas, Noah Misch
2011-02-08 22:04:18 +01:00
/*
Revise collation derivation method and expression-tree representation. All expression nodes now have an explicit output-collation field, unless they are known to only return a noncollatable data type (such as boolean or record). Also, nodes that can invoke collation-aware functions store a separate field that is the collation value to pass to the function. This avoids confusion that arises when a function has collatable inputs and noncollatable output type, or vice versa. Also, replace the parser's on-the-fly collation assignment method with a post-pass over the completed expression tree. This allows us to use a more complex (and hopefully more nearly spec-compliant) assignment rule without paying for it in extra storage in every expression node. Fix assorted bugs in the planner's handling of collations by making collation one of the defining properties of an EquivalenceClass and by converting CollateExprs into discardable RelabelType nodes during expression preprocessing.
2011-03-20 01:29:08 +01:00
* Apply collation override if any
Per-column collation support This adds collation support for columns and domains, a COLLATE clause to override it per expression, and B-tree index support. Peter Eisentraut reviewed by Pavel Stehule, Itagaki Takahiro, Robert Haas, Noah Misch
2011-02-08 22:04:18 +01:00
*/
if (attribute->collation)
Revise collation derivation method and expression-tree representation. All expression nodes now have an explicit output-collation field, unless they are known to only return a noncollatable data type (such as boolean or record). Also, nodes that can invoke collation-aware functions store a separate field that is the collation value to pass to the function. This avoids confusion that arises when a function has collatable inputs and noncollatable output type, or vice versa. Also, replace the parser's on-the-fly collation assignment method with a post-pass over the completed expression tree. This allows us to use a more complex (and hopefully more nearly spec-compliant) assignment rule without paying for it in extra storage in every expression node. Fix assorted bugs in the planner's handling of collations by making collation one of the defining properties of an EquivalenceClass and by converting CollateExprs into discardable RelabelType nodes during expression preprocessing.
2011-03-20 01:29:08 +01:00
attcollation = get_collation_oid(attribute->collation, false);
/*
* Check we have a collation iff it's a collatable type. The only
* expected failures here are (1) COLLATE applied to a noncollatable
pgindent run before PG 9.1 beta 1.
2011-04-10 17:42:00 +02:00
* type, or (2) index expression had an unresolved collation. But we
* might as well code this to be a complete consistency check.
Revise collation derivation method and expression-tree representation. All expression nodes now have an explicit output-collation field, unless they are known to only return a noncollatable data type (such as boolean or record). Also, nodes that can invoke collation-aware functions store a separate field that is the collation value to pass to the function. This avoids confusion that arises when a function has collatable inputs and noncollatable output type, or vice versa. Also, replace the parser's on-the-fly collation assignment method with a post-pass over the completed expression tree. This allows us to use a more complex (and hopefully more nearly spec-compliant) assignment rule without paying for it in extra storage in every expression node. Fix assorted bugs in the planner's handling of collations by making collation one of the defining properties of an EquivalenceClass and by converting CollateExprs into discardable RelabelType nodes during expression preprocessing.
2011-03-20 01:29:08 +01:00
*/
if (type_is_collatable(atttype))
{
if (!OidIsValid(attcollation))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INDETERMINATE_COLLATION),
Improve reporting of run-time-detected indeterminate-collation errors. pg_newlocale_from_collation does not have enough context to give an error message that's even a little bit useful, so move the responsibility for complaining up to its callers. Also, reword ERRCODE_INDETERMINATE_COLLATION error messages in a less jargony, more message-style-guide-compliant fashion.
2011-03-22 21:55:32 +01:00
errmsg("could not determine which collation to use for index expression"),
Revise collation derivation method and expression-tree representation. All expression nodes now have an explicit output-collation field, unless they are known to only return a noncollatable data type (such as boolean or record). Also, nodes that can invoke collation-aware functions store a separate field that is the collation value to pass to the function. This avoids confusion that arises when a function has collatable inputs and noncollatable output type, or vice versa. Also, replace the parser's on-the-fly collation assignment method with a post-pass over the completed expression tree. This allows us to use a more complex (and hopefully more nearly spec-compliant) assignment rule without paying for it in extra storage in every expression node. Fix assorted bugs in the planner's handling of collations by making collation one of the defining properties of an EquivalenceClass and by converting CollateExprs into discardable RelabelType nodes during expression preprocessing.
2011-03-20 01:29:08 +01:00
errhint("Use the COLLATE clause to set the collation explicitly.")));
}
else
Per-column collation support This adds collation support for columns and domains, a COLLATE clause to override it per expression, and B-tree index support. Peter Eisentraut reviewed by Pavel Stehule, Itagaki Takahiro, Robert Haas, Noah Misch
2011-02-08 22:04:18 +01:00
{
Revise collation derivation method and expression-tree representation. All expression nodes now have an explicit output-collation field, unless they are known to only return a noncollatable data type (such as boolean or record). Also, nodes that can invoke collation-aware functions store a separate field that is the collation value to pass to the function. This avoids confusion that arises when a function has collatable inputs and noncollatable output type, or vice versa. Also, replace the parser's on-the-fly collation assignment method with a post-pass over the completed expression tree. This allows us to use a more complex (and hopefully more nearly spec-compliant) assignment rule without paying for it in extra storage in every expression node. Fix assorted bugs in the planner's handling of collations by making collation one of the defining properties of an EquivalenceClass and by converting CollateExprs into discardable RelabelType nodes during expression preprocessing.
2011-03-20 01:29:08 +01:00
if (OidIsValid(attcollation))
Per-column collation support This adds collation support for columns and domains, a COLLATE clause to override it per expression, and B-tree index support. Peter Eisentraut reviewed by Pavel Stehule, Itagaki Takahiro, Robert Haas, Noah Misch
2011-02-08 22:04:18 +01:00
ereport(ERROR,
Revise collation derivation method and expression-tree representation. All expression nodes now have an explicit output-collation field, unless they are known to only return a noncollatable data type (such as boolean or record). Also, nodes that can invoke collation-aware functions store a separate field that is the collation value to pass to the function. This avoids confusion that arises when a function has collatable inputs and noncollatable output type, or vice versa. Also, replace the parser's on-the-fly collation assignment method with a post-pass over the completed expression tree. This allows us to use a more complex (and hopefully more nearly spec-compliant) assignment rule without paying for it in extra storage in every expression node. Fix assorted bugs in the planner's handling of collations by making collation one of the defining properties of an EquivalenceClass and by converting CollateExprs into discardable RelabelType nodes during expression preprocessing.
2011-03-20 01:29:08 +01:00
(errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
Per-column collation support This adds collation support for columns and domains, a COLLATE clause to override it per expression, and B-tree index support. Peter Eisentraut reviewed by Pavel Stehule, Itagaki Takahiro, Robert Haas, Noah Misch
2011-02-08 22:04:18 +01:00
errmsg("collations are not supported by type %s",
format_type_be(atttype))));
}
Revise collation derivation method and expression-tree representation. All expression nodes now have an explicit output-collation field, unless they are known to only return a noncollatable data type (such as boolean or record). Also, nodes that can invoke collation-aware functions store a separate field that is the collation value to pass to the function. This avoids confusion that arises when a function has collatable inputs and noncollatable output type, or vice versa. Also, replace the parser's on-the-fly collation assignment method with a post-pass over the completed expression tree. This allows us to use a more complex (and hopefully more nearly spec-compliant) assignment rule without paying for it in extra storage in every expression node. Fix assorted bugs in the planner's handling of collations by making collation one of the defining properties of an EquivalenceClass and by converting CollateExprs into discardable RelabelType nodes during expression preprocessing.
2011-03-20 01:29:08 +01:00
Per-column collation support This adds collation support for columns and domains, a COLLATE clause to override it per expression, and B-tree index support. Peter Eisentraut reviewed by Pavel Stehule, Itagaki Takahiro, Robert Haas, Noah Misch
2011-02-08 22:04:18 +01:00
collationOidP[attn] = attcollation;
Support ORDER BY ... NULLS FIRST/LAST, and add ASC/DESC/NULLS FIRST/NULLS LAST per-column options for btree indexes. The planner's support for this is still pretty rudimentary; it does not yet know how to plan mergejoins with nondefault ordering options. The documentation is pretty rudimentary, too. I'll work on improving that stuff later. Note incompatible change from prior behavior: ORDER BY ... USING will now be rejected if the operator is not a less-than or greater-than member of some btree opclass. This prevents less-than-sane behavior if an operator that doesn't actually define a proper sort ordering is selected.
2007-01-09 03:14:16 +01:00
/*
* Identify the opclass to use.
*/
Implement table partitioning. Table partitioning is like table inheritance and reuses much of the existing infrastructure, but there are some important differences. The parent is called a partitioned table and is always empty; it may not have indexes or non-inherited constraints, since those make no sense for a relation with no data of its own. The children are called partitions and contain all of the actual data. Each partition has an implicit partitioning constraint. Multiple inheritance is not allowed, and partitioning and inheritance can't be mixed. Partitions can't have extra columns and may not allow nulls unless the parent does. Tuples inserted into the parent are automatically routed to the correct partition, so tuple-routing ON INSERT triggers are not needed. Tuple routing isn't yet supported for partitions which are foreign tables, and it doesn't handle updates that cross partition boundaries. Currently, tables can be range-partitioned or list-partitioned. List partitioning is limited to a single column, but range partitioning can involve multiple columns. A partitioning "column" can be an expression. Because table partitioning is less general than table inheritance, it is hoped that it will be easier to reason about properties of partitions, and therefore that this will serve as a better foundation for a variety of possible optimizations, including query planner optimizations. The tuple routing based which this patch does based on the implicit partitioning constraints is an example of this, but it seems likely that many other useful optimizations are also possible. Amit Langote, reviewed and tested by Robert Haas, Ashutosh Bapat, Amit Kapila, Rajkumar Raghuwanshi, Corey Huinker, Jaime Casanova, Rushabh Lathia, Erik Rijkers, among others. Minor revisions by me.
2016-12-07 19:17:43 +01:00
classOidP[attn] = ResolveOpClass(attribute->opclass,
atttype,
accessMethodName,
accessMethodId);
Support ORDER BY ... NULLS FIRST/LAST, and add ASC/DESC/NULLS FIRST/NULLS LAST per-column options for btree indexes. The planner's support for this is still pretty rudimentary; it does not yet know how to plan mergejoins with nondefault ordering options. The documentation is pretty rudimentary, too. I'll work on improving that stuff later. Note incompatible change from prior behavior: ORDER BY ... USING will now be rejected if the operator is not a less-than or greater-than member of some btree opclass. This prevents less-than-sane behavior if an operator that doesn't actually define a proper sort ordering is selected.
2007-01-09 03:14:16 +01:00
Add exclusion constraints, which generalize the concept of uniqueness to support any indexable commutative operator, not just equality. Two rows violate the exclusion constraint if "row1.col OP row2.col" is TRUE for each of the columns in the constraint. Jeff Davis, reviewed by Robert Haas
2009-12-07 06:22:23 +01:00
/*
* Identify the exclusion operator, if any.
*/
if (nextExclOp)
{
pgindent run for 9.0
2010-02-26 03:01:40 +01:00
List *opname = (List *) lfirst(nextExclOp);
Oid opid;
Oid opfamily;
int strat;
Add exclusion constraints, which generalize the concept of uniqueness to support any indexable commutative operator, not just equality. Two rows violate the exclusion constraint if "row1.col OP row2.col" is TRUE for each of the columns in the constraint. Jeff Davis, reviewed by Robert Haas
2009-12-07 06:22:23 +01:00
/*
* Find the operator --- it must accept the column datatype
* without runtime coercion (but binary compatibility is OK)
*/
opid = compatible_oper_opid(opname, atttype, atttype, false);
/*
* Only allow commutative operators to be used in exclusion
* constraints. If X conflicts with Y, but Y does not conflict
* with X, bad things will happen.
*/
if (get_commutator(opid) != opid)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
errmsg("operator %s is not commutative",
format_operator(opid)),
errdetail("Only commutative operators can be used in exclusion constraints.")));
/*
* Operator must be a member of the right opfamily, too
*/
opfamily = get_opclass_family(classOidP[attn]);
strat = get_op_opfamily_strategy(opid, opfamily);
if (strat == 0)
{
pgindent run for 9.0
2010-02-26 03:01:40 +01:00
HeapTuple opftuple;
Add exclusion constraints, which generalize the concept of uniqueness to support any indexable commutative operator, not just equality. Two rows violate the exclusion constraint if "row1.col OP row2.col" is TRUE for each of the columns in the constraint. Jeff Davis, reviewed by Robert Haas
2009-12-07 06:22:23 +01:00
Form_pg_opfamily opfform;
/*
* attribute->opclass might not explicitly name the opfamily,
* so fetch the name of the selected opfamily for use in the
* error message.
*/
Wrap calls to SearchSysCache and related functions using macros. The purpose of this change is to eliminate the need for every caller of SearchSysCache, SearchSysCacheCopy, SearchSysCacheExists, GetSysCacheOid, and SearchSysCacheList to know the maximum number of allowable keys for a syscache entry (currently 4). This will make it far easier to increase the maximum number of keys in a future release should we choose to do so, and it makes the code shorter, too. Design and review by Tom Lane.
2010-02-14 19:42:19 +01:00
opftuple = SearchSysCache1(OPFAMILYOID,
ObjectIdGetDatum(opfamily));
Add exclusion constraints, which generalize the concept of uniqueness to support any indexable commutative operator, not just equality. Two rows violate the exclusion constraint if "row1.col OP row2.col" is TRUE for each of the columns in the constraint. Jeff Davis, reviewed by Robert Haas
2009-12-07 06:22:23 +01:00
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(opftuple))
elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for opfamily %u",
opfamily);
opfform = (Form_pg_opfamily) GETSTRUCT(opftuple);
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
errmsg("operator %s is not a member of operator family \"%s\"",
format_operator(opid),
NameStr(opfform->opfname)),
errdetail("The exclusion operator must be related to the index operator class for the constraint.")));
}
indexInfo->ii_ExclusionOps[attn] = opid;
indexInfo->ii_ExclusionProcs[attn] = get_opcode(opid);
indexInfo->ii_ExclusionStrats[attn] = strat;
nextExclOp = lnext(nextExclOp);
}
Support ORDER BY ... NULLS FIRST/LAST, and add ASC/DESC/NULLS FIRST/NULLS LAST per-column options for btree indexes. The planner's support for this is still pretty rudimentary; it does not yet know how to plan mergejoins with nondefault ordering options. The documentation is pretty rudimentary, too. I'll work on improving that stuff later. Note incompatible change from prior behavior: ORDER BY ... USING will now be rejected if the operator is not a less-than or greater-than member of some btree opclass. This prevents less-than-sane behavior if an operator that doesn't actually define a proper sort ordering is selected.
2007-01-09 03:14:16 +01:00
/*
pgindent run for 8.3.
2007-11-15 22:14:46 +01:00
* Set up the per-column options (indoption field). For now, this is
* zero for any un-ordered index, while ordered indexes have DESC and
* NULLS FIRST/LAST options.
Support ORDER BY ... NULLS FIRST/LAST, and add ASC/DESC/NULLS FIRST/NULLS LAST per-column options for btree indexes. The planner's support for this is still pretty rudimentary; it does not yet know how to plan mergejoins with nondefault ordering options. The documentation is pretty rudimentary, too. I'll work on improving that stuff later. Note incompatible change from prior behavior: ORDER BY ... USING will now be rejected if the operator is not a less-than or greater-than member of some btree opclass. This prevents less-than-sane behavior if an operator that doesn't actually define a proper sort ordering is selected.
2007-01-09 03:14:16 +01:00
*/
colOptionP[attn] = 0;
if (amcanorder)
{
/* default ordering is ASC */
if (attribute->ordering == SORTBY_DESC)
colOptionP[attn] |= INDOPTION_DESC;
/* default null ordering is LAST for ASC, FIRST for DESC */
if (attribute->nulls_ordering == SORTBY_NULLS_DEFAULT)
{
if (attribute->ordering == SORTBY_DESC)
colOptionP[attn] |= INDOPTION_NULLS_FIRST;
}
else if (attribute->nulls_ordering == SORTBY_NULLS_FIRST)
colOptionP[attn] |= INDOPTION_NULLS_FIRST;
}
else
{
/* index AM does not support ordering */
if (attribute->ordering != SORTBY_DEFAULT)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
errmsg("access method \"%s\" does not support ASC/DESC options",
accessMethodName)));
if (attribute->nulls_ordering != SORTBY_NULLS_DEFAULT)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
errmsg("access method \"%s\" does not support NULLS FIRST/LAST options",
accessMethodName)));
}
Cleanup of code for creating index entries. Functional indexes with pass-by-ref data types --- eg, an index on lower(textfield) --- no longer leak memory during index creation or update. Clean up a lot of redundant code ... did you know that copy, vacuum, truncate, reindex, extend index, and bootstrap each basically duplicated the main executor's logic for extracting information about an index and preparing index entries? Functional indexes should be a little faster now too, due to removal of repeated function lookups. CREATE INDEX 'opt_type' clause is deimplemented by these changes, but I haven't removed it from the parser yet (need to merge with Thomas' latest change set first).
2000-07-15 00:18:02 +02:00
attn++;
Fix longstanding bug that kept functional indexes from working when you defaulted the opclass. This addresses TODO item * Allow creation of functional indexes to use default types (Does that make it a feature? Oh dear...)
2000-02-25 03:58:48 +01:00
}
}
Replace functional-index facility with expressional indexes. Any column of an index can now be a computed expression instead of a simple variable. Restrictions on expressions are the same as for predicates (only immutable functions, no sub-selects). This fixes problems recently introduced with inlining SQL functions, because the inlining transformation is applied to both expression trees so the planner can still match them up. Along the way, improve efficiency of handling index predicates (both predicates and index expressions are now cached by the relcache) and fix 7.3 oversight that didn't record dependencies of predicate expressions.
2003-05-28 18:04:02 +02:00
/*
* Resolve possibly-defaulted operator class specification
Implement table partitioning. Table partitioning is like table inheritance and reuses much of the existing infrastructure, but there are some important differences. The parent is called a partitioned table and is always empty; it may not have indexes or non-inherited constraints, since those make no sense for a relation with no data of its own. The children are called partitions and contain all of the actual data. Each partition has an implicit partitioning constraint. Multiple inheritance is not allowed, and partitioning and inheritance can't be mixed. Partitions can't have extra columns and may not allow nulls unless the parent does. Tuples inserted into the parent are automatically routed to the correct partition, so tuple-routing ON INSERT triggers are not needed. Tuple routing isn't yet supported for partitions which are foreign tables, and it doesn't handle updates that cross partition boundaries. Currently, tables can be range-partitioned or list-partitioned. List partitioning is limited to a single column, but range partitioning can involve multiple columns. A partitioning "column" can be an expression. Because table partitioning is less general than table inheritance, it is hoped that it will be easier to reason about properties of partitions, and therefore that this will serve as a better foundation for a variety of possible optimizations, including query planner optimizations. The tuple routing based which this patch does based on the implicit partitioning constraints is an example of this, but it seems likely that many other useful optimizations are also possible. Amit Langote, reviewed and tested by Robert Haas, Ashutosh Bapat, Amit Kapila, Rajkumar Raghuwanshi, Corey Huinker, Jaime Casanova, Rushabh Lathia, Erik Rijkers, among others. Minor revisions by me.
2016-12-07 19:17:43 +01:00
*
* Note: This is used to resolve operator class specification in index and
* partition key definitions.
Replace functional-index facility with expressional indexes. Any column of an index can now be a computed expression instead of a simple variable. Restrictions on expressions are the same as for predicates (only immutable functions, no sub-selects). This fixes problems recently introduced with inlining SQL functions, because the inlining transformation is applied to both expression trees so the planner can still match them up. Along the way, improve efficiency of handling index predicates (both predicates and index expressions are now cached by the relcache) and fix 7.3 oversight that didn't record dependencies of predicate expressions.
2003-05-28 18:04:02 +02:00
*/
Implement table partitioning. Table partitioning is like table inheritance and reuses much of the existing infrastructure, but there are some important differences. The parent is called a partitioned table and is always empty; it may not have indexes or non-inherited constraints, since those make no sense for a relation with no data of its own. The children are called partitions and contain all of the actual data. Each partition has an implicit partitioning constraint. Multiple inheritance is not allowed, and partitioning and inheritance can't be mixed. Partitions can't have extra columns and may not allow nulls unless the parent does. Tuples inserted into the parent are automatically routed to the correct partition, so tuple-routing ON INSERT triggers are not needed. Tuple routing isn't yet supported for partitions which are foreign tables, and it doesn't handle updates that cross partition boundaries. Currently, tables can be range-partitioned or list-partitioned. List partitioning is limited to a single column, but range partitioning can involve multiple columns. A partitioning "column" can be an expression. Because table partitioning is less general than table inheritance, it is hoped that it will be easier to reason about properties of partitions, and therefore that this will serve as a better foundation for a variety of possible optimizations, including query planner optimizations. The tuple routing based which this patch does based on the implicit partitioning constraints is an example of this, but it seems likely that many other useful optimizations are also possible. Amit Langote, reviewed and tested by Robert Haas, Ashutosh Bapat, Amit Kapila, Rajkumar Raghuwanshi, Corey Huinker, Jaime Casanova, Rushabh Lathia, Erik Rijkers, among others. Minor revisions by me.
2016-12-07 19:17:43 +01:00
Oid
ResolveOpClass(List *opclass, Oid attrType,
Add some const decorations to prototypes Reviewed-by: Fabien COELHO <coelho@cri.ensmp.fr>
2017-10-31 15:34:31 +01:00
const char *accessMethodName, Oid accessMethodId)
Fix longstanding bug that kept functional indexes from working when you defaulted the opclass. This addresses TODO item * Allow creation of functional indexes to use default types (Does that make it a feature? Oh dear...)
2000-02-25 03:58:48 +01:00
{
Centralize code for interpreting schema references, which had gotten copied more places than I first thought it would. This fixes a bug: a couple of these places were neglecting to enforce USAGE access on explicitly-referenced schemas.
2002-07-30 01:46:35 +02:00
char *schemaname;
char *opcname;
Fix longstanding bug that kept functional indexes from working when you defaulted the opclass. This addresses TODO item * Allow creation of functional indexes to use default types (Does that make it a feature? Oh dear...)
2000-02-25 03:58:48 +01:00
HeapTuple tuple;
Check that user-specified opclass in CREATE INDEX corresponds to operators that will actually work on the column datatype.
2000-04-25 04:45:54 +02:00
Oid opClassId,
Restructure pg_opclass, pg_amop, and pg_amproc per previous discussions in pgsql-hackers. pg_opclass now has a row for each opclass supported by each index AM, not a row for each opclass name. This allows pg_opclass to show directly whether an AM supports an opclass, and furthermore makes it possible to store additional information about an opclass that might be AM-dependent. pg_opclass and pg_amop now store "lossy" and "haskeytype" information that we previously expected the user to remember to provide in CREATE INDEX commands. Lossiness is no longer an index-level property, but is associated with the use of a particular operator in a particular index opclass. Along the way, IndexSupportInitialize now uses the syscaches to retrieve pg_amop and pg_amproc entries. I find this reduces backend launch time by about ten percent, at the cost of a couple more special cases in catcache.c's IndexScanOK. Initial work by Oleg Bartunov and Teodor Sigaev, further hacking by Tom Lane. initdb forced.
2001-08-21 18:36:06 +02:00
opInputType;
Fix longstanding bug that kept functional indexes from working when you defaulted the opclass. This addresses TODO item * Allow creation of functional indexes to use default types (Does that make it a feature? Oh dear...)
2000-02-25 03:58:48 +01:00
Replace functional-index facility with expressional indexes. Any column of an index can now be a computed expression instead of a simple variable. Restrictions on expressions are the same as for predicates (only immutable functions, no sub-selects). This fixes problems recently introduced with inlining SQL functions, because the inlining transformation is applied to both expression trees so the planner can still match them up. Along the way, improve efficiency of handling index predicates (both predicates and index expressions are now cached by the relcache) and fix 7.3 oversight that didn't record dependencies of predicate expressions.
2003-05-28 18:04:02 +02:00
/*
Standard pgindent run for 8.1.
2005-10-15 04:49:52 +02:00
* Release 7.0 removed network_ops, timespan_ops, and datetime_ops, so we
* ignore those opclass names so the default *_ops is used. This can be
* removed in some later release. bjm 2000/02/07
Replace functional-index facility with expressional indexes. Any column of an index can now be a computed expression instead of a simple variable. Restrictions on expressions are the same as for predicates (only immutable functions, no sub-selects). This fixes problems recently introduced with inlining SQL functions, because the inlining transformation is applied to both expression trees so the planner can still match them up. Along the way, improve efficiency of handling index predicates (both predicates and index expressions are now cached by the relcache) and fix 7.3 oversight that didn't record dependencies of predicate expressions.
2003-05-28 18:04:02 +02:00
*
pgindent run.
2003-08-04 02:43:34 +02:00
* Release 7.1 removes lztext_ops, so suppress that too for a while. tgl
* 2000/07/30
Replace functional-index facility with expressional indexes. Any column of an index can now be a computed expression instead of a simple variable. Restrictions on expressions are the same as for predicates (only immutable functions, no sub-selects). This fixes problems recently introduced with inlining SQL functions, because the inlining transformation is applied to both expression trees so the planner can still match them up. Along the way, improve efficiency of handling index predicates (both predicates and index expressions are now cached by the relcache) and fix 7.3 oversight that didn't record dependencies of predicate expressions.
2003-05-28 18:04:02 +02:00
*
Re-run pgindent, fixing a problem where comment lines after a blank comment line where output as too long, and update typedefs for /lib directory. Also fix case where identifiers were used as variable names in the backend, but as typedefs in ecpg (favor the backend for indenting). Backpatch to 8.1.X.
2005-11-22 19:17:34 +01:00
* Release 7.2 renames timestamp_ops to timestamptz_ops, so suppress that
pgindent run for 9.4 This includes removing tabs after periods in C comments, which was applied to back branches, so this change should not effect backpatching.
2014-05-06 18:12:18 +02:00
* too for awhile. I'm starting to think we need a better approach. tgl
Standard pgindent run for 8.1.
2005-10-15 04:49:52 +02:00
* 2000/10/01
Cross-data-type comparisons are now indexable by btrees, pursuant to my pghackers proposal of 8-Nov. All the existing cross-type comparison operators (int2/int4/int8 and float4/float8) have appropriate support. The original proposal of storing the right-hand-side datatype as part of the primary key for pg_amop and pg_amproc got modified a bit in the event; it is easier to store zero as the 'default' case and only store a nonzero when the operator is actually cross-type. Along the way, remove the long-since-defunct bigbox_ops operator class.
2003-11-12 22:15:59 +01:00
*
Label CVS tip as 8.0devel instead of 7.5devel. Adjust various comments and documentation to reference 8.0 instead of 7.5.
2004-08-04 23:34:35 +02:00
* Release 8.0 removes bigbox_ops (which was dead code for a long while
Cross-data-type comparisons are now indexable by btrees, pursuant to my pghackers proposal of 8-Nov. All the existing cross-type comparison operators (int2/int4/int8 and float4/float8) have appropriate support. The original proposal of storing the right-hand-side datatype as part of the primary key for pg_amop and pg_amproc got modified a bit in the event; it is easier to store zero as the 'default' case and only store a nonzero when the operator is actually cross-type. Along the way, remove the long-since-defunct bigbox_ops operator class.
2003-11-12 22:15:59 +01:00
* anyway). tgl 2003/11/11
Replace functional-index facility with expressional indexes. Any column of an index can now be a computed expression instead of a simple variable. Restrictions on expressions are the same as for predicates (only immutable functions, no sub-selects). This fixes problems recently introduced with inlining SQL functions, because the inlining transformation is applied to both expression trees so the planner can still match them up. Along the way, improve efficiency of handling index predicates (both predicates and index expressions are now cached by the relcache) and fix 7.3 oversight that didn't record dependencies of predicate expressions.
2003-05-28 18:04:02 +02:00
*/
Reimplement the linked list data structure used throughout the backend. In the past, we used a 'Lispy' linked list implementation: a "list" was merely a pointer to the head node of the list. The problem with that design is that it makes lappend() and length() linear time. This patch fixes that problem (and others) by maintaining a count of the list length and a pointer to the tail node along with each head node pointer. A "list" is now a pointer to a structure containing some meta-data about the list; the head and tail pointers in that structure refer to ListCell structures that maintain the actual linked list of nodes. The function names of the list API have also been changed to, I hope, be more logically consistent. By default, the old function names are still available; they will be disabled-by-default once the rest of the tree has been updated to use the new API names.
2004-05-26 06:41:50 +02:00
if (list_length(opclass) == 1)
Replace functional-index facility with expressional indexes. Any column of an index can now be a computed expression instead of a simple variable. Restrictions on expressions are the same as for predicates (only immutable functions, no sub-selects). This fixes problems recently introduced with inlining SQL functions, because the inlining transformation is applied to both expression trees so the planner can still match them up. Along the way, improve efficiency of handling index predicates (both predicates and index expressions are now cached by the relcache) and fix 7.3 oversight that didn't record dependencies of predicate expressions.
2003-05-28 18:04:02 +02:00
{
Reimplement the linked list data structure used throughout the backend. In the past, we used a 'Lispy' linked list implementation: a "list" was merely a pointer to the head node of the list. The problem with that design is that it makes lappend() and length() linear time. This patch fixes that problem (and others) by maintaining a count of the list length and a pointer to the tail node along with each head node pointer. A "list" is now a pointer to a structure containing some meta-data about the list; the head and tail pointers in that structure refer to ListCell structures that maintain the actual linked list of nodes. The function names of the list API have also been changed to, I hope, be more logically consistent. By default, the old function names are still available; they will be disabled-by-default once the rest of the tree has been updated to use the new API names.
2004-05-26 06:41:50 +02:00
char *claname = strVal(linitial(opclass));
Replace functional-index facility with expressional indexes. Any column of an index can now be a computed expression instead of a simple variable. Restrictions on expressions are the same as for predicates (only immutable functions, no sub-selects). This fixes problems recently introduced with inlining SQL functions, because the inlining transformation is applied to both expression trees so the planner can still match them up. Along the way, improve efficiency of handling index predicates (both predicates and index expressions are now cached by the relcache) and fix 7.3 oversight that didn't record dependencies of predicate expressions.
2003-05-28 18:04:02 +02:00
if (strcmp(claname, "network_ops") == 0 ||
strcmp(claname, "timespan_ops") == 0 ||
strcmp(claname, "datetime_ops") == 0 ||
strcmp(claname, "lztext_ops") == 0 ||
Cross-data-type comparisons are now indexable by btrees, pursuant to my pghackers proposal of 8-Nov. All the existing cross-type comparison operators (int2/int4/int8 and float4/float8) have appropriate support. The original proposal of storing the right-hand-side datatype as part of the primary key for pg_amop and pg_amproc got modified a bit in the event; it is easier to store zero as the 'default' case and only store a nonzero when the operator is actually cross-type. Along the way, remove the long-since-defunct bigbox_ops operator class.
2003-11-12 22:15:59 +01:00
strcmp(claname, "timestamp_ops") == 0 ||
strcmp(claname, "bigbox_ops") == 0)
Replace functional-index facility with expressional indexes. Any column of an index can now be a computed expression instead of a simple variable. Restrictions on expressions are the same as for predicates (only immutable functions, no sub-selects). This fixes problems recently introduced with inlining SQL functions, because the inlining transformation is applied to both expression trees so the planner can still match them up. Along the way, improve efficiency of handling index predicates (both predicates and index expressions are now cached by the relcache) and fix 7.3 oversight that didn't record dependencies of predicate expressions.
2003-05-28 18:04:02 +02:00
opclass = NIL;
}
if (opclass == NIL)
Fix longstanding bug that kept functional indexes from working when you defaulted the opclass. This addresses TODO item * Allow creation of functional indexes to use default types (Does that make it a feature? Oh dear...)
2000-02-25 03:58:48 +01:00
{
/* no operator class specified, so find the default */
Restructure pg_opclass, pg_amop, and pg_amproc per previous discussions in pgsql-hackers. pg_opclass now has a row for each opclass supported by each index AM, not a row for each opclass name. This allows pg_opclass to show directly whether an AM supports an opclass, and furthermore makes it possible to store additional information about an opclass that might be AM-dependent. pg_opclass and pg_amop now store "lossy" and "haskeytype" information that we previously expected the user to remember to provide in CREATE INDEX commands. Lossiness is no longer an index-level property, but is associated with the use of a particular operator in a particular index opclass. Along the way, IndexSupportInitialize now uses the syscaches to retrieve pg_amop and pg_amproc entries. I find this reduces backend launch time by about ten percent, at the cost of a couple more special cases in catcache.c's IndexScanOK. Initial work by Oleg Bartunov and Teodor Sigaev, further hacking by Tom Lane. initdb forced.
2001-08-21 18:36:06 +02:00
opClassId = GetDefaultOpClass(attrType, accessMethodId);
if (!OidIsValid(opClassId))
Another round of error message editing, covering backend/commands/.
2003-07-20 23:56:35 +02:00
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
errmsg("data type %s has no default operator class for access method \"%s\"",
format_type_be(attrType), accessMethodName),
errhint("You must specify an operator class for the index or define a default operator class for the data type.")));
Restructure pg_opclass, pg_amop, and pg_amproc per previous discussions in pgsql-hackers. pg_opclass now has a row for each opclass supported by each index AM, not a row for each opclass name. This allows pg_opclass to show directly whether an AM supports an opclass, and furthermore makes it possible to store additional information about an opclass that might be AM-dependent. pg_opclass and pg_amop now store "lossy" and "haskeytype" information that we previously expected the user to remember to provide in CREATE INDEX commands. Lossiness is no longer an index-level property, but is associated with the use of a particular operator in a particular index opclass. Along the way, IndexSupportInitialize now uses the syscaches to retrieve pg_amop and pg_amproc entries. I find this reduces backend launch time by about ten percent, at the cost of a couple more special cases in catcache.c's IndexScanOK. Initial work by Oleg Bartunov and Teodor Sigaev, further hacking by Tom Lane. initdb forced.
2001-08-21 18:36:06 +02:00
return opClassId;
Fix longstanding bug that kept functional indexes from working when you defaulted the opclass. This addresses TODO item * Allow creation of functional indexes to use default types (Does that make it a feature? Oh dear...)
2000-02-25 03:58:48 +01:00
}
Produce an appropriate error message when opclass is not supported by specified index access method. Clean up wording of some existing error messages, too.
2000-04-23 03:44:55 +02:00
/*
Opclasses live in namespaces. I also took the opportunity to create an 'opclass owner' column in pg_opclass. Nothing is done with it at present, but since there are plans to invent a CREATE OPERATOR CLASS command soon, we'll probably want DROP OPERATOR CLASS too, which suggests that a notion of ownership would be a good idea.
2002-04-17 22:57:57 +02:00
* Specific opclass name given, so look up the opclass.
Produce an appropriate error message when opclass is not supported by specified index access method. Clean up wording of some existing error messages, too.
2000-04-23 03:44:55 +02:00
*/
Opclasses live in namespaces. I also took the opportunity to create an 'opclass owner' column in pg_opclass. Nothing is done with it at present, but since there are plans to invent a CREATE OPERATOR CLASS command soon, we'll probably want DROP OPERATOR CLASS too, which suggests that a notion of ownership would be a good idea.
2002-04-17 22:57:57 +02:00
/* deconstruct the name list */
Replace functional-index facility with expressional indexes. Any column of an index can now be a computed expression instead of a simple variable. Restrictions on expressions are the same as for predicates (only immutable functions, no sub-selects). This fixes problems recently introduced with inlining SQL functions, because the inlining transformation is applied to both expression trees so the planner can still match them up. Along the way, improve efficiency of handling index predicates (both predicates and index expressions are now cached by the relcache) and fix 7.3 oversight that didn't record dependencies of predicate expressions.
2003-05-28 18:04:02 +02:00
DeconstructQualifiedName(opclass, &schemaname, &opcname);
Opclasses live in namespaces. I also took the opportunity to create an 'opclass owner' column in pg_opclass. Nothing is done with it at present, but since there are plans to invent a CREATE OPERATOR CLASS command soon, we'll probably want DROP OPERATOR CLASS too, which suggests that a notion of ownership would be a good idea.
2002-04-17 22:57:57 +02:00
if (schemaname)
{
/* Look in specific schema only */
pgindent run.
2002-09-04 22:31:48 +02:00
Oid namespaceId;
Opclasses live in namespaces. I also took the opportunity to create an 'opclass owner' column in pg_opclass. Nothing is done with it at present, but since there are plans to invent a CREATE OPERATOR CLASS command soon, we'll probably want DROP OPERATOR CLASS too, which suggests that a notion of ownership would be a good idea.
2002-04-17 22:57:57 +02:00
Allow CREATE TABLE IF EXIST so succeed if the schema is nonexistent Previously, CREATE TABLE IF EXIST threw an error if the schema was nonexistent. This was done by passing 'missing_ok' to the function that looks up the schema oid.
2013-01-26 19:24:50 +01:00
namespaceId = LookupExplicitNamespace(schemaname, false);
Wrap calls to SearchSysCache and related functions using macros. The purpose of this change is to eliminate the need for every caller of SearchSysCache, SearchSysCacheCopy, SearchSysCacheExists, GetSysCacheOid, and SearchSysCacheList to know the maximum number of allowable keys for a syscache entry (currently 4). This will make it far easier to increase the maximum number of keys in a future release should we choose to do so, and it makes the code shorter, too. Design and review by Tom Lane.
2010-02-14 19:42:19 +01:00
tuple = SearchSysCache3(CLAAMNAMENSP,
ObjectIdGetDatum(accessMethodId),
PointerGetDatum(opcname),
ObjectIdGetDatum(namespaceId));
Opclasses live in namespaces. I also took the opportunity to create an 'opclass owner' column in pg_opclass. Nothing is done with it at present, but since there are plans to invent a CREATE OPERATOR CLASS command soon, we'll probably want DROP OPERATOR CLASS too, which suggests that a notion of ownership would be a good idea.
2002-04-17 22:57:57 +02:00
}
else
{
/* Unqualified opclass name, so search the search path */
opClassId = OpclassnameGetOpcid(accessMethodId, opcname);
if (!OidIsValid(opClassId))
Another round of error message editing, covering backend/commands/.
2003-07-20 23:56:35 +02:00
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
errmsg("operator class \"%s\" does not exist for access method \"%s\"",
opcname, accessMethodName)));
Wrap calls to SearchSysCache and related functions using macros. The purpose of this change is to eliminate the need for every caller of SearchSysCache, SearchSysCacheCopy, SearchSysCacheExists, GetSysCacheOid, and SearchSysCacheList to know the maximum number of allowable keys for a syscache entry (currently 4). This will make it far easier to increase the maximum number of keys in a future release should we choose to do so, and it makes the code shorter, too. Design and review by Tom Lane.
2010-02-14 19:42:19 +01:00
tuple = SearchSysCache1(CLAOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(opClassId));
Opclasses live in namespaces. I also took the opportunity to create an 'opclass owner' column in pg_opclass. Nothing is done with it at present, but since there are plans to invent a CREATE OPERATOR CLASS command soon, we'll probably want DROP OPERATOR CLASS too, which suggests that a notion of ownership would be a good idea.
2002-04-17 22:57:57 +02:00
}
Restructure pg_opclass, pg_amop, and pg_amproc per previous discussions in pgsql-hackers. pg_opclass now has a row for each opclass supported by each index AM, not a row for each opclass name. This allows pg_opclass to show directly whether an AM supports an opclass, and furthermore makes it possible to store additional information about an opclass that might be AM-dependent. pg_opclass and pg_amop now store "lossy" and "haskeytype" information that we previously expected the user to remember to provide in CREATE INDEX commands. Lossiness is no longer an index-level property, but is associated with the use of a particular operator in a particular index opclass. Along the way, IndexSupportInitialize now uses the syscaches to retrieve pg_amop and pg_amproc entries. I find this reduces backend launch time by about ten percent, at the cost of a couple more special cases in catcache.c's IndexScanOK. Initial work by Oleg Bartunov and Teodor Sigaev, further hacking by Tom Lane. initdb forced.
2001-08-21 18:36:06 +02:00
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))
Another round of error message editing, covering backend/commands/.
2003-07-20 23:56:35 +02:00
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
errmsg("operator class \"%s\" does not exist for access method \"%s\"",
NameListToString(opclass), accessMethodName)));
Opclasses live in namespaces. I also took the opportunity to create an 'opclass owner' column in pg_opclass. Nothing is done with it at present, but since there are plans to invent a CREATE OPERATOR CLASS command soon, we'll probably want DROP OPERATOR CLASS too, which suggests that a notion of ownership would be a good idea.
2002-04-17 22:57:57 +02:00
/*
pgindent run for 9.4 This includes removing tabs after periods in C comments, which was applied to back branches, so this change should not effect backpatching.
2014-05-06 18:12:18 +02:00
* Verify that the index operator class accepts this datatype. Note we
Standard pgindent run for 8.1.
2005-10-15 04:49:52 +02:00
* will accept binary compatibility.
Opclasses live in namespaces. I also took the opportunity to create an 'opclass owner' column in pg_opclass. Nothing is done with it at present, but since there are plans to invent a CREATE OPERATOR CLASS command soon, we'll probably want DROP OPERATOR CLASS too, which suggests that a notion of ownership would be a good idea.
2002-04-17 22:57:57 +02:00
*/
oid is needed, it is added at the end of the struct (after the null bitmap, if present). Per Tom Lane's suggestion the information whether a tuple has an oid or not is carried in the tuple descriptor. For debugging reasons tdhasoid is of type char, not bool. There are predefined values for WITHOID, WITHOUTOID and UNDEFOID. This patch has been generated against a cvs snapshot from last week and I don't expect it to apply cleanly to current sources. While I post it here for public review, I'm working on a new version against a current snapshot. (There's been heavy activity recently; hope to catch up some day ...) This is a long patch; if it is too hard to swallow, I can provide it in smaller pieces: Part 1: Accessor macros Part 2: tdhasoid in TupDesc Part 3: Regression test Part 4: Parameter withoid to heap_addheader Part 5: Eliminate t_oid from HeapTupleHeader Part 2 is the most hairy part because of changes in the executor and even in the parser; the other parts are straightforward. Up to part 4 the patched postmaster stays binary compatible to databases created with an unpatched version. Part 5 is small (100 lines) and finally breaks compatibility. Manfred Koizar
2002-07-20 07:16:59 +02:00
opClassId = HeapTupleGetOid(tuple);
Restructure pg_opclass, pg_amop, and pg_amproc per previous discussions in pgsql-hackers. pg_opclass now has a row for each opclass supported by each index AM, not a row for each opclass name. This allows pg_opclass to show directly whether an AM supports an opclass, and furthermore makes it possible to store additional information about an opclass that might be AM-dependent. pg_opclass and pg_amop now store "lossy" and "haskeytype" information that we previously expected the user to remember to provide in CREATE INDEX commands. Lossiness is no longer an index-level property, but is associated with the use of a particular operator in a particular index opclass. Along the way, IndexSupportInitialize now uses the syscaches to retrieve pg_amop and pg_amproc entries. I find this reduces backend launch time by about ten percent, at the cost of a couple more special cases in catcache.c's IndexScanOK. Initial work by Oleg Bartunov and Teodor Sigaev, further hacking by Tom Lane. initdb forced.
2001-08-21 18:36:06 +02:00
opInputType = ((Form_pg_opclass) GETSTRUCT(tuple))->opcintype;
Produce an appropriate error message when opclass is not supported by specified index access method. Clean up wording of some existing error messages, too.
2000-04-23 03:44:55 +02:00
Extend pg_cast castimplicit column to a three-way value; this allows us to be flexible about assignment casts without introducing ambiguity in operator/function resolution. Introduce a well-defined promotion hierarchy for numeric datatypes (int2->int4->int8->numeric->float4->float8). Change make_const to initially label numeric literals as int4, int8, or numeric (never float8 anymore). Explicitly mark Func and RelabelType nodes to indicate whether they came from a function call, explicit cast, or implicit cast; use this to do reverse-listing more accurately and without so many heuristics. Explicit casts to char, varchar, bit, varbit will truncate or pad without raising an error (the pre-7.2 behavior), while assigning to a column without any explicit cast will still raise an error for wrong-length data like 7.3. This more nearly follows the SQL spec than 7.2 behavior (we should be reporting a 'completion condition' in the explicit-cast cases, but we have no mechanism for that, so just do silent truncation). Fix some problems with enforcement of typmod for array elements; it didn't work at all in 'UPDATE ... SET array[n] = foo', for example. Provide a generalized array_length_coerce() function to replace the specialized per-array-type functions that used to be needed (and were missing for NUMERIC as well as all the datetime types). Add missing conversions int8<->float4, text<->numeric, oid<->int8. initdb forced.
2002-09-18 23:35:25 +02:00
if (!IsBinaryCoercible(attrType, opInputType))
Another round of error message editing, covering backend/commands/.
2003-07-20 23:56:35 +02:00
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
Standard pgindent run for 8.1.
2005-10-15 04:49:52 +02:00
errmsg("operator class \"%s\" does not accept data type %s",
Phase 3 of pgindent updates. Don't move parenthesized lines to the left, even if that means they flow past the right margin. By default, BSD indent lines up statement continuation lines that are within parentheses so that they start just to the right of the preceding left parenthesis. However, traditionally, if that resulted in the continuation line extending to the right of the desired right margin, then indent would push it left just far enough to not overrun the margin, if it could do so without making the continuation line start to the left of the current statement indent. That makes for a weird mix of indentations unless one has been completely rigid about never violating the 80-column limit. This behavior has been pretty universally panned by Postgres developers. Hence, disable it with indent's new -lpl switch, so that parenthesized lines are always lined up with the preceding left paren. This patch is much less interesting than the first round of indent changes, but also bulkier, so I thought it best to separate the effects. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E1dAmxK-0006EE-1r@gemulon.postgresql.org Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/30527.1495162840@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-06-21 21:35:54 +02:00
NameListToString(opclass), format_type_be(attrType))));
Opclasses live in namespaces. I also took the opportunity to create an 'opclass owner' column in pg_opclass. Nothing is done with it at present, but since there are plans to invent a CREATE OPERATOR CLASS command soon, we'll probably want DROP OPERATOR CLASS too, which suggests that a notion of ownership would be a good idea.
2002-04-17 22:57:57 +02:00
ReleaseSysCache(tuple);
Check that user-specified opclass in CREATE INDEX corresponds to operators that will actually work on the column datatype.
2000-04-25 04:45:54 +02:00
Restructure pg_opclass, pg_amop, and pg_amproc per previous discussions in pgsql-hackers. pg_opclass now has a row for each opclass supported by each index AM, not a row for each opclass name. This allows pg_opclass to show directly whether an AM supports an opclass, and furthermore makes it possible to store additional information about an opclass that might be AM-dependent. pg_opclass and pg_amop now store "lossy" and "haskeytype" information that we previously expected the user to remember to provide in CREATE INDEX commands. Lossiness is no longer an index-level property, but is associated with the use of a particular operator in a particular index opclass. Along the way, IndexSupportInitialize now uses the syscaches to retrieve pg_amop and pg_amproc entries. I find this reduces backend launch time by about ten percent, at the cost of a couple more special cases in catcache.c's IndexScanOK. Initial work by Oleg Bartunov and Teodor Sigaev, further hacking by Tom Lane. initdb forced.
2001-08-21 18:36:06 +02:00
return opClassId;
}
Change search for default operator classes so that it examines all opclasses regardless of the current schema search path. Since CREATE OPERATOR CLASS only allows one default opclass per datatype regardless of schemas, this should have minimal impact, and it fixes problems with failure to find a desired opclass while restoring dump files. Per discussion at http://archives.postgresql.org/pgsql-hackers/2006-02/msg00284.php. Remove now-redundant-or-unused code in typcache.c and namespace.c, and backpatch as far as 8.0.
2006-02-10 20:01:12 +01:00
/*
* GetDefaultOpClass
*
* Given the OIDs of a datatype and an access method, find the default
pgindent run for 9.4 This includes removing tabs after periods in C comments, which was applied to back branches, so this change should not effect backpatching.
2014-05-06 18:12:18 +02:00
* operator class, if any. Returns InvalidOid if there is none.
Change search for default operator classes so that it examines all opclasses regardless of the current schema search path. Since CREATE OPERATOR CLASS only allows one default opclass per datatype regardless of schemas, this should have minimal impact, and it fixes problems with failure to find a desired opclass while restoring dump files. Per discussion at http://archives.postgresql.org/pgsql-hackers/2006-02/msg00284.php. Remove now-redundant-or-unused code in typcache.c and namespace.c, and backpatch as far as 8.0.
2006-02-10 20:01:12 +01:00
*/
Oid
GetDefaultOpClass(Oid type_id, Oid am_id)
Restructure pg_opclass, pg_amop, and pg_amproc per previous discussions in pgsql-hackers. pg_opclass now has a row for each opclass supported by each index AM, not a row for each opclass name. This allows pg_opclass to show directly whether an AM supports an opclass, and furthermore makes it possible to store additional information about an opclass that might be AM-dependent. pg_opclass and pg_amop now store "lossy" and "haskeytype" information that we previously expected the user to remember to provide in CREATE INDEX commands. Lossiness is no longer an index-level property, but is associated with the use of a particular operator in a particular index opclass. Along the way, IndexSupportInitialize now uses the syscaches to retrieve pg_amop and pg_amproc entries. I find this reduces backend launch time by about ten percent, at the cost of a couple more special cases in catcache.c's IndexScanOK. Initial work by Oleg Bartunov and Teodor Sigaev, further hacking by Tom Lane. initdb forced.
2001-08-21 18:36:06 +02:00
{
Restructure operator classes to allow improved handling of cross-data-type cases. Operator classes now exist within "operator families". While most families are equivalent to a single class, related classes can be grouped into one family to represent the fact that they are semantically compatible. Cross-type operators are now naturally adjunct parts of a family, without having to wedge them into a particular opclass as we had done originally. This commit restructures the catalogs and cleans up enough of the fallout so that everything still works at least as well as before, but most of the work needed to actually improve the planner's behavior will come later. Also, there are not yet CREATE/DROP/ALTER OPERATOR FAMILY commands; the only way to create a new family right now is to allow CREATE OPERATOR CLASS to make one by default. I owe some more documentation work, too. But that can all be done in smaller pieces once this infrastructure is in place.
2006-12-23 01:43:13 +01:00
Oid result = InvalidOid;
Restructure pg_opclass, pg_amop, and pg_amproc per previous discussions in pgsql-hackers. pg_opclass now has a row for each opclass supported by each index AM, not a row for each opclass name. This allows pg_opclass to show directly whether an AM supports an opclass, and furthermore makes it possible to store additional information about an opclass that might be AM-dependent. pg_opclass and pg_amop now store "lossy" and "haskeytype" information that we previously expected the user to remember to provide in CREATE INDEX commands. Lossiness is no longer an index-level property, but is associated with the use of a particular operator in a particular index opclass. Along the way, IndexSupportInitialize now uses the syscaches to retrieve pg_amop and pg_amproc entries. I find this reduces backend launch time by about ten percent, at the cost of a couple more special cases in catcache.c's IndexScanOK. Initial work by Oleg Bartunov and Teodor Sigaev, further hacking by Tom Lane. initdb forced.
2001-08-21 18:36:06 +02:00
int nexact = 0;
int ncompatible = 0;
Restructure operator classes to allow improved handling of cross-data-type cases. Operator classes now exist within "operator families". While most families are equivalent to a single class, related classes can be grouped into one family to represent the fact that they are semantically compatible. Cross-type operators are now naturally adjunct parts of a family, without having to wedge them into a particular opclass as we had done originally. This commit restructures the catalogs and cleans up enough of the fallout so that everything still works at least as well as before, but most of the work needed to actually improve the planner's behavior will come later. Also, there are not yet CREATE/DROP/ALTER OPERATOR FAMILY commands; the only way to create a new family right now is to allow CREATE OPERATOR CLASS to make one by default. I owe some more documentation work, too. But that can all be done in smaller pieces once this infrastructure is in place.
2006-12-23 01:43:13 +01:00
int ncompatiblepreferred = 0;
Change search for default operator classes so that it examines all opclasses regardless of the current schema search path. Since CREATE OPERATOR CLASS only allows one default opclass per datatype regardless of schemas, this should have minimal impact, and it fixes problems with failure to find a desired opclass while restoring dump files. Per discussion at http://archives.postgresql.org/pgsql-hackers/2006-02/msg00284.php. Remove now-redundant-or-unused code in typcache.c and namespace.c, and backpatch as far as 8.0.
2006-02-10 20:01:12 +01:00
Relation rel;
ScanKeyData skey[1];
SysScanDesc scan;
HeapTuple tup;
8.4 pgindent run, with new combined Linux/FreeBSD/MinGW typedef list provided by Andrew.
2009-06-11 16:49:15 +02:00
TYPCATEGORY tcategory;
Fix longstanding bug that kept functional indexes from working when you defaulted the opclass. This addresses TODO item * Allow creation of functional indexes to use default types (Does that make it a feature? Oh dear...)
2000-02-25 03:58:48 +01:00
Make domain types indexable. Rod Taylor & Tom Lane.
2002-08-16 22:55:09 +02:00
/* If it's a domain, look at the base type instead */
Change search for default operator classes so that it examines all opclasses regardless of the current schema search path. Since CREATE OPERATOR CLASS only allows one default opclass per datatype regardless of schemas, this should have minimal impact, and it fixes problems with failure to find a desired opclass while restoring dump files. Per discussion at http://archives.postgresql.org/pgsql-hackers/2006-02/msg00284.php. Remove now-redundant-or-unused code in typcache.c and namespace.c, and backpatch as far as 8.0.
2006-02-10 20:01:12 +01:00
type_id = getBaseType(type_id);
Make domain types indexable. Rod Taylor & Tom Lane.
2002-08-16 22:55:09 +02:00
Restructure operator classes to allow improved handling of cross-data-type cases. Operator classes now exist within "operator families". While most families are equivalent to a single class, related classes can be grouped into one family to represent the fact that they are semantically compatible. Cross-type operators are now naturally adjunct parts of a family, without having to wedge them into a particular opclass as we had done originally. This commit restructures the catalogs and cleans up enough of the fallout so that everything still works at least as well as before, but most of the work needed to actually improve the planner's behavior will come later. Also, there are not yet CREATE/DROP/ALTER OPERATOR FAMILY commands; the only way to create a new family right now is to allow CREATE OPERATOR CLASS to make one by default. I owe some more documentation work, too. But that can all be done in smaller pieces once this infrastructure is in place.
2006-12-23 01:43:13 +01:00
tcategory = TypeCategory(type_id);
Check that user-specified opclass in CREATE INDEX corresponds to operators that will actually work on the column datatype.
2000-04-25 04:45:54 +02:00
/*
Restructure pg_opclass, pg_amop, and pg_amproc per previous discussions in pgsql-hackers. pg_opclass now has a row for each opclass supported by each index AM, not a row for each opclass name. This allows pg_opclass to show directly whether an AM supports an opclass, and furthermore makes it possible to store additional information about an opclass that might be AM-dependent. pg_opclass and pg_amop now store "lossy" and "haskeytype" information that we previously expected the user to remember to provide in CREATE INDEX commands. Lossiness is no longer an index-level property, but is associated with the use of a particular operator in a particular index opclass. Along the way, IndexSupportInitialize now uses the syscaches to retrieve pg_amop and pg_amproc entries. I find this reduces backend launch time by about ten percent, at the cost of a couple more special cases in catcache.c's IndexScanOK. Initial work by Oleg Bartunov and Teodor Sigaev, further hacking by Tom Lane. initdb forced.
2001-08-21 18:36:06 +02:00
* We scan through all the opclasses available for the access method,
* looking for one that is marked default and matches the target type
* (either exactly or binary-compatibly, but prefer an exact match).
*
Restructure operator classes to allow improved handling of cross-data-type cases. Operator classes now exist within "operator families". While most families are equivalent to a single class, related classes can be grouped into one family to represent the fact that they are semantically compatible. Cross-type operators are now naturally adjunct parts of a family, without having to wedge them into a particular opclass as we had done originally. This commit restructures the catalogs and cleans up enough of the fallout so that everything still works at least as well as before, but most of the work needed to actually improve the planner's behavior will come later. Also, there are not yet CREATE/DROP/ALTER OPERATOR FAMILY commands; the only way to create a new family right now is to allow CREATE OPERATOR CLASS to make one by default. I owe some more documentation work, too. But that can all be done in smaller pieces once this infrastructure is in place.
2006-12-23 01:43:13 +01:00
* We could find more than one binary-compatible match. If just one is
* for a preferred type, use that one; otherwise we fail, forcing the user
* to specify which one he wants. (The preferred-type special case is a
* kluge for varchar: it's binary-compatible to both text and bpchar, so
* we need a tiebreaker.) If we find more than one exact match, then
* someone put bogus entries in pg_opclass.
Check that user-specified opclass in CREATE INDEX corresponds to operators that will actually work on the column datatype.
2000-04-25 04:45:54 +02:00
*/
Change search for default operator classes so that it examines all opclasses regardless of the current schema search path. Since CREATE OPERATOR CLASS only allows one default opclass per datatype regardless of schemas, this should have minimal impact, and it fixes problems with failure to find a desired opclass while restoring dump files. Per discussion at http://archives.postgresql.org/pgsql-hackers/2006-02/msg00284.php. Remove now-redundant-or-unused code in typcache.c and namespace.c, and backpatch as far as 8.0.
2006-02-10 20:01:12 +01:00
rel = heap_open(OperatorClassRelationId, AccessShareLock);
ScanKeyInit(&skey[0],
Restructure operator classes to allow improved handling of cross-data-type cases. Operator classes now exist within "operator families". While most families are equivalent to a single class, related classes can be grouped into one family to represent the fact that they are semantically compatible. Cross-type operators are now naturally adjunct parts of a family, without having to wedge them into a particular opclass as we had done originally. This commit restructures the catalogs and cleans up enough of the fallout so that everything still works at least as well as before, but most of the work needed to actually improve the planner's behavior will come later. Also, there are not yet CREATE/DROP/ALTER OPERATOR FAMILY commands; the only way to create a new family right now is to allow CREATE OPERATOR CLASS to make one by default. I owe some more documentation work, too. But that can all be done in smaller pieces once this infrastructure is in place.
2006-12-23 01:43:13 +01:00
Anum_pg_opclass_opcmethod,
Change search for default operator classes so that it examines all opclasses regardless of the current schema search path. Since CREATE OPERATOR CLASS only allows one default opclass per datatype regardless of schemas, this should have minimal impact, and it fixes problems with failure to find a desired opclass while restoring dump files. Per discussion at http://archives.postgresql.org/pgsql-hackers/2006-02/msg00284.php. Remove now-redundant-or-unused code in typcache.c and namespace.c, and backpatch as far as 8.0.
2006-02-10 20:01:12 +01:00
BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
ObjectIdGetDatum(am_id));
scan = systable_beginscan(rel, OpclassAmNameNspIndexId, true,
Use an MVCC snapshot, rather than SnapshotNow, for catalog scans. SnapshotNow scans have the undesirable property that, in the face of concurrent updates, the scan can fail to see either the old or the new versions of the row. In many cases, we work around this by requiring DDL operations to hold AccessExclusiveLock on the object being modified; in some cases, the existing locking is inadequate and random failures occur as a result. This commit doesn't change anything related to locking, but will hopefully pave the way to allowing lock strength reductions in the future. The major issue has held us back from making this change in the past is that taking an MVCC snapshot is significantly more expensive than using a static special snapshot such as SnapshotNow. However, testing of various worst-case scenarios reveals that this problem is not severe except under fairly extreme workloads. To mitigate those problems, we avoid retaking the MVCC snapshot for each new scan; instead, we take a new snapshot only when invalidation messages have been processed. The catcache machinery already requires that invalidation messages be sent before releasing the related heavyweight lock; else other backends might rely on locally-cached data rather than scanning the catalog at all. Thus, making snapshot reuse dependent on the same guarantees shouldn't break anything that wasn't already subtly broken. Patch by me. Review by Michael Paquier and Andres Freund.
2013-07-02 15:47:01 +02:00
NULL, 1, skey);
Change search for default operator classes so that it examines all opclasses regardless of the current schema search path. Since CREATE OPERATOR CLASS only allows one default opclass per datatype regardless of schemas, this should have minimal impact, and it fixes problems with failure to find a desired opclass while restoring dump files. Per discussion at http://archives.postgresql.org/pgsql-hackers/2006-02/msg00284.php. Remove now-redundant-or-unused code in typcache.c and namespace.c, and backpatch as far as 8.0.
2006-02-10 20:01:12 +01:00
while (HeapTupleIsValid(tup = systable_getnext(scan)))
Check that user-specified opclass in CREATE INDEX corresponds to operators that will actually work on the column datatype.
2000-04-25 04:45:54 +02:00
{
Change search for default operator classes so that it examines all opclasses regardless of the current schema search path. Since CREATE OPERATOR CLASS only allows one default opclass per datatype regardless of schemas, this should have minimal impact, and it fixes problems with failure to find a desired opclass while restoring dump files. Per discussion at http://archives.postgresql.org/pgsql-hackers/2006-02/msg00284.php. Remove now-redundant-or-unused code in typcache.c and namespace.c, and backpatch as far as 8.0.
2006-02-10 20:01:12 +01:00
Form_pg_opclass opclass = (Form_pg_opclass) GETSTRUCT(tup);
Restructure operator classes to allow improved handling of cross-data-type cases. Operator classes now exist within "operator families". While most families are equivalent to a single class, related classes can be grouped into one family to represent the fact that they are semantically compatible. Cross-type operators are now naturally adjunct parts of a family, without having to wedge them into a particular opclass as we had done originally. This commit restructures the catalogs and cleans up enough of the fallout so that everything still works at least as well as before, but most of the work needed to actually improve the planner's behavior will come later. Also, there are not yet CREATE/DROP/ALTER OPERATOR FAMILY commands; the only way to create a new family right now is to allow CREATE OPERATOR CLASS to make one by default. I owe some more documentation work, too. But that can all be done in smaller pieces once this infrastructure is in place.
2006-12-23 01:43:13 +01:00
/* ignore altogether if not a default opclass */
if (!opclass->opcdefault)
continue;
if (opclass->opcintype == type_id)
{
nexact++;
result = HeapTupleGetOid(tup);
}
else if (nexact == 0 &&
IsBinaryCoercible(type_id, opclass->opcintype))
Check that user-specified opclass in CREATE INDEX corresponds to operators that will actually work on the column datatype.
2000-04-25 04:45:54 +02:00
{
Restructure operator classes to allow improved handling of cross-data-type cases. Operator classes now exist within "operator families". While most families are equivalent to a single class, related classes can be grouped into one family to represent the fact that they are semantically compatible. Cross-type operators are now naturally adjunct parts of a family, without having to wedge them into a particular opclass as we had done originally. This commit restructures the catalogs and cleans up enough of the fallout so that everything still works at least as well as before, but most of the work needed to actually improve the planner's behavior will come later. Also, there are not yet CREATE/DROP/ALTER OPERATOR FAMILY commands; the only way to create a new family right now is to allow CREATE OPERATOR CLASS to make one by default. I owe some more documentation work, too. But that can all be done in smaller pieces once this infrastructure is in place.
2006-12-23 01:43:13 +01:00
if (IsPreferredType(tcategory, opclass->opcintype))
Restructure pg_opclass, pg_amop, and pg_amproc per previous discussions in pgsql-hackers. pg_opclass now has a row for each opclass supported by each index AM, not a row for each opclass name. This allows pg_opclass to show directly whether an AM supports an opclass, and furthermore makes it possible to store additional information about an opclass that might be AM-dependent. pg_opclass and pg_amop now store "lossy" and "haskeytype" information that we previously expected the user to remember to provide in CREATE INDEX commands. Lossiness is no longer an index-level property, but is associated with the use of a particular operator in a particular index opclass. Along the way, IndexSupportInitialize now uses the syscaches to retrieve pg_amop and pg_amproc entries. I find this reduces backend launch time by about ten percent, at the cost of a couple more special cases in catcache.c's IndexScanOK. Initial work by Oleg Bartunov and Teodor Sigaev, further hacking by Tom Lane. initdb forced.
2001-08-21 18:36:06 +02:00
{
Restructure operator classes to allow improved handling of cross-data-type cases. Operator classes now exist within "operator families". While most families are equivalent to a single class, related classes can be grouped into one family to represent the fact that they are semantically compatible. Cross-type operators are now naturally adjunct parts of a family, without having to wedge them into a particular opclass as we had done originally. This commit restructures the catalogs and cleans up enough of the fallout so that everything still works at least as well as before, but most of the work needed to actually improve the planner's behavior will come later. Also, there are not yet CREATE/DROP/ALTER OPERATOR FAMILY commands; the only way to create a new family right now is to allow CREATE OPERATOR CLASS to make one by default. I owe some more documentation work, too. But that can all be done in smaller pieces once this infrastructure is in place.
2006-12-23 01:43:13 +01:00
ncompatiblepreferred++;
result = HeapTupleGetOid(tup);
Restructure pg_opclass, pg_amop, and pg_amproc per previous discussions in pgsql-hackers. pg_opclass now has a row for each opclass supported by each index AM, not a row for each opclass name. This allows pg_opclass to show directly whether an AM supports an opclass, and furthermore makes it possible to store additional information about an opclass that might be AM-dependent. pg_opclass and pg_amop now store "lossy" and "haskeytype" information that we previously expected the user to remember to provide in CREATE INDEX commands. Lossiness is no longer an index-level property, but is associated with the use of a particular operator in a particular index opclass. Along the way, IndexSupportInitialize now uses the syscaches to retrieve pg_amop and pg_amproc entries. I find this reduces backend launch time by about ten percent, at the cost of a couple more special cases in catcache.c's IndexScanOK. Initial work by Oleg Bartunov and Teodor Sigaev, further hacking by Tom Lane. initdb forced.
2001-08-21 18:36:06 +02:00
}
Restructure operator classes to allow improved handling of cross-data-type cases. Operator classes now exist within "operator families". While most families are equivalent to a single class, related classes can be grouped into one family to represent the fact that they are semantically compatible. Cross-type operators are now naturally adjunct parts of a family, without having to wedge them into a particular opclass as we had done originally. This commit restructures the catalogs and cleans up enough of the fallout so that everything still works at least as well as before, but most of the work needed to actually improve the planner's behavior will come later. Also, there are not yet CREATE/DROP/ALTER OPERATOR FAMILY commands; the only way to create a new family right now is to allow CREATE OPERATOR CLASS to make one by default. I owe some more documentation work, too. But that can all be done in smaller pieces once this infrastructure is in place.
2006-12-23 01:43:13 +01:00
else if (ncompatiblepreferred == 0)
Restructure pg_opclass, pg_amop, and pg_amproc per previous discussions in pgsql-hackers. pg_opclass now has a row for each opclass supported by each index AM, not a row for each opclass name. This allows pg_opclass to show directly whether an AM supports an opclass, and furthermore makes it possible to store additional information about an opclass that might be AM-dependent. pg_opclass and pg_amop now store "lossy" and "haskeytype" information that we previously expected the user to remember to provide in CREATE INDEX commands. Lossiness is no longer an index-level property, but is associated with the use of a particular operator in a particular index opclass. Along the way, IndexSupportInitialize now uses the syscaches to retrieve pg_amop and pg_amproc entries. I find this reduces backend launch time by about ten percent, at the cost of a couple more special cases in catcache.c's IndexScanOK. Initial work by Oleg Bartunov and Teodor Sigaev, further hacking by Tom Lane. initdb forced.
2001-08-21 18:36:06 +02:00
{
ncompatible++;
Restructure operator classes to allow improved handling of cross-data-type cases. Operator classes now exist within "operator families". While most families are equivalent to a single class, related classes can be grouped into one family to represent the fact that they are semantically compatible. Cross-type operators are now naturally adjunct parts of a family, without having to wedge them into a particular opclass as we had done originally. This commit restructures the catalogs and cleans up enough of the fallout so that everything still works at least as well as before, but most of the work needed to actually improve the planner's behavior will come later. Also, there are not yet CREATE/DROP/ALTER OPERATOR FAMILY commands; the only way to create a new family right now is to allow CREATE OPERATOR CLASS to make one by default. I owe some more documentation work, too. But that can all be done in smaller pieces once this infrastructure is in place.
2006-12-23 01:43:13 +01:00
result = HeapTupleGetOid(tup);
Restructure pg_opclass, pg_amop, and pg_amproc per previous discussions in pgsql-hackers. pg_opclass now has a row for each opclass supported by each index AM, not a row for each opclass name. This allows pg_opclass to show directly whether an AM supports an opclass, and furthermore makes it possible to store additional information about an opclass that might be AM-dependent. pg_opclass and pg_amop now store "lossy" and "haskeytype" information that we previously expected the user to remember to provide in CREATE INDEX commands. Lossiness is no longer an index-level property, but is associated with the use of a particular operator in a particular index opclass. Along the way, IndexSupportInitialize now uses the syscaches to retrieve pg_amop and pg_amproc entries. I find this reduces backend launch time by about ten percent, at the cost of a couple more special cases in catcache.c's IndexScanOK. Initial work by Oleg Bartunov and Teodor Sigaev, further hacking by Tom Lane. initdb forced.
2001-08-21 18:36:06 +02:00
}
Check that user-specified opclass in CREATE INDEX corresponds to operators that will actually work on the column datatype.
2000-04-25 04:45:54 +02:00
}
}
Change search for default operator classes so that it examines all opclasses regardless of the current schema search path. Since CREATE OPERATOR CLASS only allows one default opclass per datatype regardless of schemas, this should have minimal impact, and it fixes problems with failure to find a desired opclass while restoring dump files. Per discussion at http://archives.postgresql.org/pgsql-hackers/2006-02/msg00284.php. Remove now-redundant-or-unused code in typcache.c and namespace.c, and backpatch as far as 8.0.
2006-02-10 20:01:12 +01:00
systable_endscan(scan);
heap_close(rel, AccessShareLock);
Restructure operator classes to allow improved handling of cross-data-type cases. Operator classes now exist within "operator families". While most families are equivalent to a single class, related classes can be grouped into one family to represent the fact that they are semantically compatible. Cross-type operators are now naturally adjunct parts of a family, without having to wedge them into a particular opclass as we had done originally. This commit restructures the catalogs and cleans up enough of the fallout so that everything still works at least as well as before, but most of the work needed to actually improve the planner's behavior will come later. Also, there are not yet CREATE/DROP/ALTER OPERATOR FAMILY commands; the only way to create a new family right now is to allow CREATE OPERATOR CLASS to make one by default. I owe some more documentation work, too. But that can all be done in smaller pieces once this infrastructure is in place.
2006-12-23 01:43:13 +01:00
/* raise error if pg_opclass contains inconsistent data */
if (nexact > 1)
Another round of error message editing, covering backend/commands/.
2003-07-20 23:56:35 +02:00
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_OBJECT),
Phase 3 of pgindent updates. Don't move parenthesized lines to the left, even if that means they flow past the right margin. By default, BSD indent lines up statement continuation lines that are within parentheses so that they start just to the right of the preceding left parenthesis. However, traditionally, if that resulted in the continuation line extending to the right of the desired right margin, then indent would push it left just far enough to not overrun the margin, if it could do so without making the continuation line start to the left of the current statement indent. That makes for a weird mix of indentations unless one has been completely rigid about never violating the 80-column limit. This behavior has been pretty universally panned by Postgres developers. Hence, disable it with indent's new -lpl switch, so that parenthesized lines are always lined up with the preceding left paren. This patch is much less interesting than the first round of indent changes, but also bulkier, so I thought it best to separate the effects. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E1dAmxK-0006EE-1r@gemulon.postgresql.org Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/30527.1495162840@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-06-21 21:35:54 +02:00
errmsg("there are multiple default operator classes for data type %s",
format_type_be(type_id))));
Restructure operator classes to allow improved handling of cross-data-type cases. Operator classes now exist within "operator families". While most families are equivalent to a single class, related classes can be grouped into one family to represent the fact that they are semantically compatible. Cross-type operators are now naturally adjunct parts of a family, without having to wedge them into a particular opclass as we had done originally. This commit restructures the catalogs and cleans up enough of the fallout so that everything still works at least as well as before, but most of the work needed to actually improve the planner's behavior will come later. Also, there are not yet CREATE/DROP/ALTER OPERATOR FAMILY commands; the only way to create a new family right now is to allow CREATE OPERATOR CLASS to make one by default. I owe some more documentation work, too. But that can all be done in smaller pieces once this infrastructure is in place.
2006-12-23 01:43:13 +01:00
if (nexact == 1 ||
ncompatiblepreferred == 1 ||
(ncompatiblepreferred == 0 && ncompatible == 1))
return result;
Change SearchSysCache coding conventions so that a reference count is maintained for each cache entry. A cache entry will not be freed until the matching ReleaseSysCache call has been executed. This eliminates worries about cache entries getting dropped while still in use. See my posting to pg-hackers of even date for more info.
2000-11-16 23:30:52 +01:00
Restructure pg_opclass, pg_amop, and pg_amproc per previous discussions in pgsql-hackers. pg_opclass now has a row for each opclass supported by each index AM, not a row for each opclass name. This allows pg_opclass to show directly whether an AM supports an opclass, and furthermore makes it possible to store additional information about an opclass that might be AM-dependent. pg_opclass and pg_amop now store "lossy" and "haskeytype" information that we previously expected the user to remember to provide in CREATE INDEX commands. Lossiness is no longer an index-level property, but is associated with the use of a particular operator in a particular index opclass. Along the way, IndexSupportInitialize now uses the syscaches to retrieve pg_amop and pg_amproc entries. I find this reduces backend launch time by about ten percent, at the cost of a couple more special cases in catcache.c's IndexScanOK. Initial work by Oleg Bartunov and Teodor Sigaev, further hacking by Tom Lane. initdb forced.
2001-08-21 18:36:06 +02:00
return InvalidOid;
Fixes a bug in 'create index' Submitted by: Dan McGuirk <mcguirk@indirect.com>
1996-08-15 09:42:52 +02:00
}
ALTER TABLE rewrite. New cool stuff: * ALTER ... ADD COLUMN with defaults and NOT NULL constraints works per SQL spec. A default is implemented by rewriting the table with the new value stored in each row. * ALTER COLUMN TYPE. You can change a column's datatype to anything you want, so long as you can specify how to convert the old value. Rewrites the table. (Possible future improvement: optimize no-op conversions such as varchar(N) to varchar(N+1).) * Multiple ALTER actions in a single ALTER TABLE command. You can perform any number of column additions, type changes, and constraint additions with only one pass over the table contents. Basic documentation provided in ALTER TABLE ref page, but some more docs work is needed. Original patch from Rod Taylor, additional work from Tom Lane.
2004-05-05 06:48:48 +02:00
/*
Clean up generation of default names for constraints, indexes, and serial sequences, as per recent discussion. All these names are now of the form table_column_type, with digits added if needed to make them unique. Default constraint names are chosen to be unique across their whole schema, not just within the parent object, so as to be more SQL-spec-compatible and make the information schema views more useful.
2004-06-10 19:56:03 +02:00
* makeObjectName()
*
Clone extended stats in CREATE TABLE (LIKE INCLUDING ALL) The LIKE INCLUDING ALL clause to CREATE TABLE intuitively indicates cloning of extended statistics on the source table, but it failed to do so. Patch it up so that it does. Also include an INCLUDING STATISTICS option to the LIKE clause, so that the behavior can be requested individually, or excluded individually. While at it, reorder the INCLUDING options, both in code and in docs, in alphabetical order which makes more sense than feature-implementation order that was previously used. Backpatch this to Postgres 10, where extended statistics were introduced, because this is seen as an oversight in a fresh feature which is better to get consistent from the get-go instead of changing only in pg11. In pg11, comments on statistics objects are cloned too. In pg10 they are not, because I (Álvaro) was too coward to change the parse node as required to support it. Also, in pg10 I chose not to renumber the parser symbols for the various INCLUDING options in LIKE, for the same reason. Any corresponding user-visible changes (docs) are backpatched, though. Reported-by: Stephen Froehlich Author: David Rowley Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera, Tomas Vondra Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CY1PR0601MB1927315B45667A1B679D0FD5E5EF0@CY1PR0601MB1927.namprd06.prod.outlook.com
2018-03-05 23:37:19 +01:00
* Create a name for an implicitly created index, sequence, constraint,
* extended statistics, etc.
Clean up generation of default names for constraints, indexes, and serial sequences, as per recent discussion. All these names are now of the form table_column_type, with digits added if needed to make them unique. Default constraint names are chosen to be unique across their whole schema, not just within the parent object, so as to be more SQL-spec-compatible and make the information schema views more useful.
2004-06-10 19:56:03 +02:00
*
* The parameters are typically: the original table name, the original field
pgindent run for 9.4 This includes removing tabs after periods in C comments, which was applied to back branches, so this change should not effect backpatching.
2014-05-06 18:12:18 +02:00
* name, and a "type" string (such as "seq" or "pkey"). The field name
Clean up generation of default names for constraints, indexes, and serial sequences, as per recent discussion. All these names are now of the form table_column_type, with digits added if needed to make them unique. Default constraint names are chosen to be unique across their whole schema, not just within the parent object, so as to be more SQL-spec-compatible and make the information schema views more useful.
2004-06-10 19:56:03 +02:00
* and/or type can be NULL if not relevant.
*
* The result is a palloc'd string.
*
* The basic result we want is "name1_name2_label", omitting "_name2" or
* "_label" when those parameters are NULL. However, we must generate
* a name with less than NAMEDATALEN characters! So, we truncate one or
pgindent run for 9.4 This includes removing tabs after periods in C comments, which was applied to back branches, so this change should not effect backpatching.
2014-05-06 18:12:18 +02:00
* both names if necessary to make a short-enough string. The label part
Clean up generation of default names for constraints, indexes, and serial sequences, as per recent discussion. All these names are now of the form table_column_type, with digits added if needed to make them unique. Default constraint names are chosen to be unique across their whole schema, not just within the parent object, so as to be more SQL-spec-compatible and make the information schema views more useful.
2004-06-10 19:56:03 +02:00
* is never truncated (so it had better be reasonably short).
*
* The caller is responsible for checking uniqueness of the generated
* name and retrying as needed; retrying will be done by altering the
* "label" string (which is why we never truncate that part).
ALTER TABLE rewrite. New cool stuff: * ALTER ... ADD COLUMN with defaults and NOT NULL constraints works per SQL spec. A default is implemented by rewriting the table with the new value stored in each row. * ALTER COLUMN TYPE. You can change a column's datatype to anything you want, so long as you can specify how to convert the old value. Rewrites the table. (Possible future improvement: optimize no-op conversions such as varchar(N) to varchar(N+1).) * Multiple ALTER actions in a single ALTER TABLE command. You can perform any number of column additions, type changes, and constraint additions with only one pass over the table contents. Basic documentation provided in ALTER TABLE ref page, but some more docs work is needed. Original patch from Rod Taylor, additional work from Tom Lane.
2004-05-05 06:48:48 +02:00
*/
Clean up generation of default names for constraints, indexes, and serial sequences, as per recent discussion. All these names are now of the form table_column_type, with digits added if needed to make them unique. Default constraint names are chosen to be unique across their whole schema, not just within the parent object, so as to be more SQL-spec-compatible and make the information schema views more useful.
2004-06-10 19:56:03 +02:00
char *
makeObjectName(const char *name1, const char *name2, const char *label)
ALTER TABLE rewrite. New cool stuff: * ALTER ... ADD COLUMN with defaults and NOT NULL constraints works per SQL spec. A default is implemented by rewriting the table with the new value stored in each row. * ALTER COLUMN TYPE. You can change a column's datatype to anything you want, so long as you can specify how to convert the old value. Rewrites the table. (Possible future improvement: optimize no-op conversions such as varchar(N) to varchar(N+1).) * Multiple ALTER actions in a single ALTER TABLE command. You can perform any number of column additions, type changes, and constraint additions with only one pass over the table contents. Basic documentation provided in ALTER TABLE ref page, but some more docs work is needed. Original patch from Rod Taylor, additional work from Tom Lane.
2004-05-05 06:48:48 +02:00
{
Clean up generation of default names for constraints, indexes, and serial sequences, as per recent discussion. All these names are now of the form table_column_type, with digits added if needed to make them unique. Default constraint names are chosen to be unique across their whole schema, not just within the parent object, so as to be more SQL-spec-compatible and make the information schema views more useful.
2004-06-10 19:56:03 +02:00
char *name;
int overhead = 0; /* chars needed for label and underscores */
int availchars; /* chars available for name(s) */
int name1chars; /* chars allocated to name1 */
int name2chars; /* chars allocated to name2 */
int ndx;
name1chars = strlen(name1);
if (name2)
{
name2chars = strlen(name2);
overhead++; /* allow for separating underscore */
}
else
name2chars = 0;
if (label)
overhead += strlen(label) + 1;
availchars = NAMEDATALEN - 1 - overhead;
Assert(availchars > 0); /* else caller chose a bad label */
ALTER TABLE rewrite. New cool stuff: * ALTER ... ADD COLUMN with defaults and NOT NULL constraints works per SQL spec. A default is implemented by rewriting the table with the new value stored in each row. * ALTER COLUMN TYPE. You can change a column's datatype to anything you want, so long as you can specify how to convert the old value. Rewrites the table. (Possible future improvement: optimize no-op conversions such as varchar(N) to varchar(N+1).) * Multiple ALTER actions in a single ALTER TABLE command. You can perform any number of column additions, type changes, and constraint additions with only one pass over the table contents. Basic documentation provided in ALTER TABLE ref page, but some more docs work is needed. Original patch from Rod Taylor, additional work from Tom Lane.
2004-05-05 06:48:48 +02:00
/*
Clean up generation of default names for constraints, indexes, and serial sequences, as per recent discussion. All these names are now of the form table_column_type, with digits added if needed to make them unique. Default constraint names are chosen to be unique across their whole schema, not just within the parent object, so as to be more SQL-spec-compatible and make the information schema views more useful.
2004-06-10 19:56:03 +02:00
* If we must truncate, preferentially truncate the longer name. This
Standard pgindent run for 8.1.
2005-10-15 04:49:52 +02:00
* logic could be expressed without a loop, but it's simple and obvious as
* a loop.
ALTER TABLE rewrite. New cool stuff: * ALTER ... ADD COLUMN with defaults and NOT NULL constraints works per SQL spec. A default is implemented by rewriting the table with the new value stored in each row. * ALTER COLUMN TYPE. You can change a column's datatype to anything you want, so long as you can specify how to convert the old value. Rewrites the table. (Possible future improvement: optimize no-op conversions such as varchar(N) to varchar(N+1).) * Multiple ALTER actions in a single ALTER TABLE command. You can perform any number of column additions, type changes, and constraint additions with only one pass over the table contents. Basic documentation provided in ALTER TABLE ref page, but some more docs work is needed. Original patch from Rod Taylor, additional work from Tom Lane.
2004-05-05 06:48:48 +02:00
*/
Clean up generation of default names for constraints, indexes, and serial sequences, as per recent discussion. All these names are now of the form table_column_type, with digits added if needed to make them unique. Default constraint names are chosen to be unique across their whole schema, not just within the parent object, so as to be more SQL-spec-compatible and make the information schema views more useful.
2004-06-10 19:56:03 +02:00
while (name1chars + name2chars > availchars)
{
if (name1chars > name2chars)
name1chars--;
else
name2chars--;
}
Trivial dead code removal: in makeObjectName(), name1 must be non-NULL (due to the preceding strlen(), for example), so we needn't recheck this before invoking pg_mbcliplen(). Per Coverity static analysis performed by EnterpriseDB.
2005-06-21 02:35:05 +02:00
name1chars = pg_mbcliplen(name1, name1chars, name1chars);
Clean up generation of default names for constraints, indexes, and serial sequences, as per recent discussion. All these names are now of the form table_column_type, with digits added if needed to make them unique. Default constraint names are chosen to be unique across their whole schema, not just within the parent object, so as to be more SQL-spec-compatible and make the information schema views more useful.
2004-06-10 19:56:03 +02:00
if (name2)
name2chars = pg_mbcliplen(name2, name2chars, name2chars);
/* Now construct the string using the chosen lengths */
name = palloc(name1chars + name2chars + overhead + 1);
memcpy(name, name1, name1chars);
ndx = name1chars;
if (name2)
{
name[ndx++] = '_';
memcpy(name + ndx, name2, name2chars);
ndx += name2chars;
}
if (label)
{
name[ndx++] = '_';
strcpy(name + ndx, label);
}
else
name[ndx] = '\0';
return name;
}
/*
* Select a nonconflicting name for a new relation. This is ordinarily
* used to choose index names (which is why it's here) but it can also
* be used for sequences, or any autogenerated relation kind.
*
* name1, name2, and label are used the same way as for makeObjectName(),
* except that the label can't be NULL; digits will be appended to the label
* if needed to create a name that is unique within the specified namespace.
*
* Note: it is theoretically possible to get a collision anyway, if someone
* else chooses the same name concurrently. This is fairly unlikely to be
* a problem in practice, especially if one is holding an exclusive lock on
* the relation identified by name1. However, if choosing multiple names
* within a single command, you'd better create the new object and do
* CommandCounterIncrement before choosing the next one!
*
* Returns a palloc'd string.
*/
char *
ChooseRelationName(const char *name1, const char *name2,
Make backend header files C++ safe This alters various incidental uses of C++ key words to use other similar identifiers, so that a C++ compiler won't choke outright. You still (probably) need extern "C" { }; around the inclusion of backend headers. based on a patch by Kurt Harriman <harriman@acm.org> Also add a script cpluspluscheck to check for C++ compatibility in the future. As of right now, this passes without error for me.
2009-07-16 08:33:46 +02:00
const char *label, Oid namespaceid)
Clean up generation of default names for constraints, indexes, and serial sequences, as per recent discussion. All these names are now of the form table_column_type, with digits added if needed to make them unique. Default constraint names are chosen to be unique across their whole schema, not just within the parent object, so as to be more SQL-spec-compatible and make the information schema views more useful.
2004-06-10 19:56:03 +02:00
{
int pass = 0;
char *relname = NULL;
char modlabel[NAMEDATALEN];
/* try the unmodified label first */
StrNCpy(modlabel, label, sizeof(modlabel));
ALTER TABLE rewrite. New cool stuff: * ALTER ... ADD COLUMN with defaults and NOT NULL constraints works per SQL spec. A default is implemented by rewriting the table with the new value stored in each row. * ALTER COLUMN TYPE. You can change a column's datatype to anything you want, so long as you can specify how to convert the old value. Rewrites the table. (Possible future improvement: optimize no-op conversions such as varchar(N) to varchar(N+1).) * Multiple ALTER actions in a single ALTER TABLE command. You can perform any number of column additions, type changes, and constraint additions with only one pass over the table contents. Basic documentation provided in ALTER TABLE ref page, but some more docs work is needed. Original patch from Rod Taylor, additional work from Tom Lane.
2004-05-05 06:48:48 +02:00
for (;;)
{
Clean up generation of default names for constraints, indexes, and serial sequences, as per recent discussion. All these names are now of the form table_column_type, with digits added if needed to make them unique. Default constraint names are chosen to be unique across their whole schema, not just within the parent object, so as to be more SQL-spec-compatible and make the information schema views more useful.
2004-06-10 19:56:03 +02:00
relname = makeObjectName(name1, name2, modlabel);
ALTER TABLE rewrite. New cool stuff: * ALTER ... ADD COLUMN with defaults and NOT NULL constraints works per SQL spec. A default is implemented by rewriting the table with the new value stored in each row. * ALTER COLUMN TYPE. You can change a column's datatype to anything you want, so long as you can specify how to convert the old value. Rewrites the table. (Possible future improvement: optimize no-op conversions such as varchar(N) to varchar(N+1).) * Multiple ALTER actions in a single ALTER TABLE command. You can perform any number of column additions, type changes, and constraint additions with only one pass over the table contents. Basic documentation provided in ALTER TABLE ref page, but some more docs work is needed. Original patch from Rod Taylor, additional work from Tom Lane.
2004-05-05 06:48:48 +02:00
Make backend header files C++ safe This alters various incidental uses of C++ key words to use other similar identifiers, so that a C++ compiler won't choke outright. You still (probably) need extern "C" { }; around the inclusion of backend headers. based on a patch by Kurt Harriman <harriman@acm.org> Also add a script cpluspluscheck to check for C++ compatibility in the future. As of right now, this passes without error for me.
2009-07-16 08:33:46 +02:00
if (!OidIsValid(get_relname_relid(relname, namespaceid)))
ALTER TABLE rewrite. New cool stuff: * ALTER ... ADD COLUMN with defaults and NOT NULL constraints works per SQL spec. A default is implemented by rewriting the table with the new value stored in each row. * ALTER COLUMN TYPE. You can change a column's datatype to anything you want, so long as you can specify how to convert the old value. Rewrites the table. (Possible future improvement: optimize no-op conversions such as varchar(N) to varchar(N+1).) * Multiple ALTER actions in a single ALTER TABLE command. You can perform any number of column additions, type changes, and constraint additions with only one pass over the table contents. Basic documentation provided in ALTER TABLE ref page, but some more docs work is needed. Original patch from Rod Taylor, additional work from Tom Lane.
2004-05-05 06:48:48 +02:00
break;
/* found a conflict, so try a new name component */
Clean up generation of default names for constraints, indexes, and serial sequences, as per recent discussion. All these names are now of the form table_column_type, with digits added if needed to make them unique. Default constraint names are chosen to be unique across their whole schema, not just within the parent object, so as to be more SQL-spec-compatible and make the information schema views more useful.
2004-06-10 19:56:03 +02:00
pfree(relname);
snprintf(modlabel, sizeof(modlabel), "%s%d", label, ++pass);
ALTER TABLE rewrite. New cool stuff: * ALTER ... ADD COLUMN with defaults and NOT NULL constraints works per SQL spec. A default is implemented by rewriting the table with the new value stored in each row. * ALTER COLUMN TYPE. You can change a column's datatype to anything you want, so long as you can specify how to convert the old value. Rewrites the table. (Possible future improvement: optimize no-op conversions such as varchar(N) to varchar(N+1).) * Multiple ALTER actions in a single ALTER TABLE command. You can perform any number of column additions, type changes, and constraint additions with only one pass over the table contents. Basic documentation provided in ALTER TABLE ref page, but some more docs work is needed. Original patch from Rod Taylor, additional work from Tom Lane.
2004-05-05 06:48:48 +02:00
}
Clean up generation of default names for constraints, indexes, and serial sequences, as per recent discussion. All these names are now of the form table_column_type, with digits added if needed to make them unique. Default constraint names are chosen to be unique across their whole schema, not just within the parent object, so as to be more SQL-spec-compatible and make the information schema views more useful.
2004-06-10 19:56:03 +02:00
return relname;
ALTER TABLE rewrite. New cool stuff: * ALTER ... ADD COLUMN with defaults and NOT NULL constraints works per SQL spec. A default is implemented by rewriting the table with the new value stored in each row. * ALTER COLUMN TYPE. You can change a column's datatype to anything you want, so long as you can specify how to convert the old value. Rewrites the table. (Possible future improvement: optimize no-op conversions such as varchar(N) to varchar(N+1).) * Multiple ALTER actions in a single ALTER TABLE command. You can perform any number of column additions, type changes, and constraint additions with only one pass over the table contents. Basic documentation provided in ALTER TABLE ref page, but some more docs work is needed. Original patch from Rod Taylor, additional work from Tom Lane.
2004-05-05 06:48:48 +02:00
}
Adjust naming of indexes and their columns per recent discussion. Index expression columns are now named after the FigureColname result for their expressions, rather than always being "pg_expression_N". Digits are appended to this name if needed to make the column name unique within the index. (That happens for regular columns too, thus fixing the old problem that CREATE INDEX fooi ON foo (f1, f1) fails. Before exclusion indexes there was no real reason to do such a thing, but now maybe there is.) Default names for indexes and associated constraints now include the column names of all their columns, not only the first one as in previous practice. (Of course, this will be truncated as needed to fit in NAMEDATALEN. Also, pkey indexes retain the historical behavior of not naming specific columns at all.) An example of the results: regression=# create table foo (f1 int, f2 text, regression(# exclude (f1 with =, lower(f2) with =)); NOTICE: CREATE TABLE / EXCLUDE will create implicit index "foo_f1_lower_exclusion" for table "foo" CREATE TABLE regression=# \d foo_f1_lower_exclusion Index "public.foo_f1_lower_exclusion" Column | Type | Definition --------+---------+------------ f1 | integer | f1 lower | text | lower(f2) btree, for table "public.foo"
2009-12-23 03:35:25 +01:00
/*
* Select the name to be used for an index.
*
* The argument list is pretty ad-hoc :-(
*/
Avoid pre-determining index names during CREATE TABLE LIKE parsing. Formerly, when trying to copy both indexes and comments, CREATE TABLE LIKE had to pre-assign names to indexes that had comments, because it made up an explicit CommentStmt command to apply the comment and so it had to know the name for the index. This creates bad interactions with other indexes, as shown in bug #6734 from Daniele Varrazzo: the preassignment logic couldn't take any other indexes into account so it could choose a conflicting name. To fix, add a field to IndexStmt that allows it to carry a comment to be assigned to the new index. (This isn't a user-exposed feature of CREATE INDEX, only an internal option.) Now we don't need preassignment of index names in any situation. I also took the opportunity to refactor DefineIndex to accept the IndexStmt as such, rather than passing all its fields individually in a mile-long parameter list. Back-patch to 9.2, but no further, because it seems too dangerous to change IndexStmt or DefineIndex's API in released branches. The bug exists back to 9.0 where CREATE TABLE LIKE grew the ability to copy comments, but given the lack of prior complaints we'll just let it go unfixed before 9.2.
2012-07-16 19:25:18 +02:00
static char *
Adjust naming of indexes and their columns per recent discussion. Index expression columns are now named after the FigureColname result for their expressions, rather than always being "pg_expression_N". Digits are appended to this name if needed to make the column name unique within the index. (That happens for regular columns too, thus fixing the old problem that CREATE INDEX fooi ON foo (f1, f1) fails. Before exclusion indexes there was no real reason to do such a thing, but now maybe there is.) Default names for indexes and associated constraints now include the column names of all their columns, not only the first one as in previous practice. (Of course, this will be truncated as needed to fit in NAMEDATALEN. Also, pkey indexes retain the historical behavior of not naming specific columns at all.) An example of the results: regression=# create table foo (f1 int, f2 text, regression(# exclude (f1 with =, lower(f2) with =)); NOTICE: CREATE TABLE / EXCLUDE will create implicit index "foo_f1_lower_exclusion" for table "foo" CREATE TABLE regression=# \d foo_f1_lower_exclusion Index "public.foo_f1_lower_exclusion" Column | Type | Definition --------+---------+------------ f1 | integer | f1 lower | text | lower(f2) btree, for table "public.foo"
2009-12-23 03:35:25 +01:00
ChooseIndexName(const char *tabname, Oid namespaceId,
List *colnames, List *exclusionOpNames,
bool primary, bool isconstraint)
{
char *indexname;
if (primary)
{
/* the primary key's name does not depend on the specific column(s) */
indexname = ChooseRelationName(tabname,
NULL,
"pkey",
namespaceId);
}
else if (exclusionOpNames != NIL)
{
indexname = ChooseRelationName(tabname,
ChooseIndexNameAddition(colnames),
Shorten suffix of automatically created indexes to "_excl" when using exclusion constraints, in line with string length of other pre-9.0 suffixes.
2010-03-22 16:24:11 +01:00
"excl",
Adjust naming of indexes and their columns per recent discussion. Index expression columns are now named after the FigureColname result for their expressions, rather than always being "pg_expression_N". Digits are appended to this name if needed to make the column name unique within the index. (That happens for regular columns too, thus fixing the old problem that CREATE INDEX fooi ON foo (f1, f1) fails. Before exclusion indexes there was no real reason to do such a thing, but now maybe there is.) Default names for indexes and associated constraints now include the column names of all their columns, not only the first one as in previous practice. (Of course, this will be truncated as needed to fit in NAMEDATALEN. Also, pkey indexes retain the historical behavior of not naming specific columns at all.) An example of the results: regression=# create table foo (f1 int, f2 text, regression(# exclude (f1 with =, lower(f2) with =)); NOTICE: CREATE TABLE / EXCLUDE will create implicit index "foo_f1_lower_exclusion" for table "foo" CREATE TABLE regression=# \d foo_f1_lower_exclusion Index "public.foo_f1_lower_exclusion" Column | Type | Definition --------+---------+------------ f1 | integer | f1 lower | text | lower(f2) btree, for table "public.foo"
2009-12-23 03:35:25 +01:00
namespaceId);
}
else if (isconstraint)
{
indexname = ChooseRelationName(tabname,
ChooseIndexNameAddition(colnames),
"key",
namespaceId);
}
else
{
indexname = ChooseRelationName(tabname,
ChooseIndexNameAddition(colnames),
"idx",
namespaceId);
}
return indexname;
}
/*
* Generate "name2" for a new index given the list of column names for it
* (as produced by ChooseIndexColumnNames). This will be passed to
* ChooseRelationName along with the parent table name and a suitable label.
*
* We know that less than NAMEDATALEN characters will actually be used,
* so we can truncate the result once we've generated that many.
Clone extended stats in CREATE TABLE (LIKE INCLUDING ALL) The LIKE INCLUDING ALL clause to CREATE TABLE intuitively indicates cloning of extended statistics on the source table, but it failed to do so. Patch it up so that it does. Also include an INCLUDING STATISTICS option to the LIKE clause, so that the behavior can be requested individually, or excluded individually. While at it, reorder the INCLUDING options, both in code and in docs, in alphabetical order which makes more sense than feature-implementation order that was previously used. Backpatch this to Postgres 10, where extended statistics were introduced, because this is seen as an oversight in a fresh feature which is better to get consistent from the get-go instead of changing only in pg11. In pg11, comments on statistics objects are cloned too. In pg10 they are not, because I (Álvaro) was too coward to change the parse node as required to support it. Also, in pg10 I chose not to renumber the parser symbols for the various INCLUDING options in LIKE, for the same reason. Any corresponding user-visible changes (docs) are backpatched, though. Reported-by: Stephen Froehlich Author: David Rowley Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera, Tomas Vondra Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CY1PR0601MB1927315B45667A1B679D0FD5E5EF0@CY1PR0601MB1927.namprd06.prod.outlook.com
2018-03-05 23:37:19 +01:00
*
* XXX See also ChooseExtendedStatisticNameAddition.
Adjust naming of indexes and their columns per recent discussion. Index expression columns are now named after the FigureColname result for their expressions, rather than always being "pg_expression_N". Digits are appended to this name if needed to make the column name unique within the index. (That happens for regular columns too, thus fixing the old problem that CREATE INDEX fooi ON foo (f1, f1) fails. Before exclusion indexes there was no real reason to do such a thing, but now maybe there is.) Default names for indexes and associated constraints now include the column names of all their columns, not only the first one as in previous practice. (Of course, this will be truncated as needed to fit in NAMEDATALEN. Also, pkey indexes retain the historical behavior of not naming specific columns at all.) An example of the results: regression=# create table foo (f1 int, f2 text, regression(# exclude (f1 with =, lower(f2) with =)); NOTICE: CREATE TABLE / EXCLUDE will create implicit index "foo_f1_lower_exclusion" for table "foo" CREATE TABLE regression=# \d foo_f1_lower_exclusion Index "public.foo_f1_lower_exclusion" Column | Type | Definition --------+---------+------------ f1 | integer | f1 lower | text | lower(f2) btree, for table "public.foo"
2009-12-23 03:35:25 +01:00
*/
static char *
ChooseIndexNameAddition(List *colnames)
{
char buf[NAMEDATALEN * 2];
int buflen = 0;
ListCell *lc;
buf[0] = '\0';
foreach(lc, colnames)
{
const char *name = (const char *) lfirst(lc);
if (buflen > 0)
pgindent run for 9.0
2010-02-26 03:01:40 +01:00
buf[buflen++] = '_'; /* insert _ between names */
Adjust naming of indexes and their columns per recent discussion. Index expression columns are now named after the FigureColname result for their expressions, rather than always being "pg_expression_N". Digits are appended to this name if needed to make the column name unique within the index. (That happens for regular columns too, thus fixing the old problem that CREATE INDEX fooi ON foo (f1, f1) fails. Before exclusion indexes there was no real reason to do such a thing, but now maybe there is.) Default names for indexes and associated constraints now include the column names of all their columns, not only the first one as in previous practice. (Of course, this will be truncated as needed to fit in NAMEDATALEN. Also, pkey indexes retain the historical behavior of not naming specific columns at all.) An example of the results: regression=# create table foo (f1 int, f2 text, regression(# exclude (f1 with =, lower(f2) with =)); NOTICE: CREATE TABLE / EXCLUDE will create implicit index "foo_f1_lower_exclusion" for table "foo" CREATE TABLE regression=# \d foo_f1_lower_exclusion Index "public.foo_f1_lower_exclusion" Column | Type | Definition --------+---------+------------ f1 | integer | f1 lower | text | lower(f2) btree, for table "public.foo"
2009-12-23 03:35:25 +01:00
/*
* At this point we have buflen <= NAMEDATALEN. name should be less
* than NAMEDATALEN already, but use strlcpy for paranoia.
*/
strlcpy(buf + buflen, name, NAMEDATALEN);
buflen += strlen(buf + buflen);
if (buflen >= NAMEDATALEN)
break;
}
return pstrdup(buf);
}
/*
* Select the actual names to be used for the columns of an index, given the
pgindent run for 9.4 This includes removing tabs after periods in C comments, which was applied to back branches, so this change should not effect backpatching.
2014-05-06 18:12:18 +02:00
* list of IndexElems for the columns. This is mostly about ensuring the
Adjust naming of indexes and their columns per recent discussion. Index expression columns are now named after the FigureColname result for their expressions, rather than always being "pg_expression_N". Digits are appended to this name if needed to make the column name unique within the index. (That happens for regular columns too, thus fixing the old problem that CREATE INDEX fooi ON foo (f1, f1) fails. Before exclusion indexes there was no real reason to do such a thing, but now maybe there is.) Default names for indexes and associated constraints now include the column names of all their columns, not only the first one as in previous practice. (Of course, this will be truncated as needed to fit in NAMEDATALEN. Also, pkey indexes retain the historical behavior of not naming specific columns at all.) An example of the results: regression=# create table foo (f1 int, f2 text, regression(# exclude (f1 with =, lower(f2) with =)); NOTICE: CREATE TABLE / EXCLUDE will create implicit index "foo_f1_lower_exclusion" for table "foo" CREATE TABLE regression=# \d foo_f1_lower_exclusion Index "public.foo_f1_lower_exclusion" Column | Type | Definition --------+---------+------------ f1 | integer | f1 lower | text | lower(f2) btree, for table "public.foo"
2009-12-23 03:35:25 +01:00
* names are unique so we don't get a conflicting-attribute-names error.
*
* Returns a List of plain strings (char *, not String nodes).
*/
Avoid pre-determining index names during CREATE TABLE LIKE parsing. Formerly, when trying to copy both indexes and comments, CREATE TABLE LIKE had to pre-assign names to indexes that had comments, because it made up an explicit CommentStmt command to apply the comment and so it had to know the name for the index. This creates bad interactions with other indexes, as shown in bug #6734 from Daniele Varrazzo: the preassignment logic couldn't take any other indexes into account so it could choose a conflicting name. To fix, add a field to IndexStmt that allows it to carry a comment to be assigned to the new index. (This isn't a user-exposed feature of CREATE INDEX, only an internal option.) Now we don't need preassignment of index names in any situation. I also took the opportunity to refactor DefineIndex to accept the IndexStmt as such, rather than passing all its fields individually in a mile-long parameter list. Back-patch to 9.2, but no further, because it seems too dangerous to change IndexStmt or DefineIndex's API in released branches. The bug exists back to 9.0 where CREATE TABLE LIKE grew the ability to copy comments, but given the lack of prior complaints we'll just let it go unfixed before 9.2.
2012-07-16 19:25:18 +02:00
static List *
Adjust naming of indexes and their columns per recent discussion. Index expression columns are now named after the FigureColname result for their expressions, rather than always being "pg_expression_N". Digits are appended to this name if needed to make the column name unique within the index. (That happens for regular columns too, thus fixing the old problem that CREATE INDEX fooi ON foo (f1, f1) fails. Before exclusion indexes there was no real reason to do such a thing, but now maybe there is.) Default names for indexes and associated constraints now include the column names of all their columns, not only the first one as in previous practice. (Of course, this will be truncated as needed to fit in NAMEDATALEN. Also, pkey indexes retain the historical behavior of not naming specific columns at all.) An example of the results: regression=# create table foo (f1 int, f2 text, regression(# exclude (f1 with =, lower(f2) with =)); NOTICE: CREATE TABLE / EXCLUDE will create implicit index "foo_f1_lower_exclusion" for table "foo" CREATE TABLE regression=# \d foo_f1_lower_exclusion Index "public.foo_f1_lower_exclusion" Column | Type | Definition --------+---------+------------ f1 | integer | f1 lower | text | lower(f2) btree, for table "public.foo"
2009-12-23 03:35:25 +01:00
ChooseIndexColumnNames(List *indexElems)
{
List *result = NIL;
ListCell *lc;
foreach(lc, indexElems)
{
IndexElem *ielem = (IndexElem *) lfirst(lc);
const char *origname;
const char *curname;
int i;
char buf[NAMEDATALEN];
/* Get the preliminary name from the IndexElem */
if (ielem->indexcolname)
Phase 2 of pgindent updates. Change pg_bsd_indent to follow upstream rules for placement of comments to the right of code, and remove pgindent hack that caused comments following #endif to not obey the general rule. Commit e3860ffa4dd0dad0dd9eea4be9cc1412373a8c89 wasn't actually using the published version of pg_bsd_indent, but a hacked-up version that tried to minimize the amount of movement of comments to the right of code. The situation of interest is where such a comment has to be moved to the right of its default placement at column 33 because there's code there. BSD indent has always moved right in units of tab stops in such cases --- but in the previous incarnation, indent was working in 8-space tab stops, while now it knows we use 4-space tabs. So the net result is that in about half the cases, such comments are placed one tab stop left of before. This is better all around: it leaves more room on the line for comment text, and it means that in such cases the comment uniformly starts at the next 4-space tab stop after the code, rather than sometimes one and sometimes two tabs after. Also, ensure that comments following #endif are indented the same as comments following other preprocessor commands such as #else. That inconsistency turns out to have been self-inflicted damage from a poorly-thought-through post-indent "fixup" in pgindent. This patch is much less interesting than the first round of indent changes, but also bulkier, so I thought it best to separate the effects. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E1dAmxK-0006EE-1r@gemulon.postgresql.org Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/30527.1495162840@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-06-21 21:18:54 +02:00
origname = ielem->indexcolname; /* caller-specified name */
Adjust naming of indexes and their columns per recent discussion. Index expression columns are now named after the FigureColname result for their expressions, rather than always being "pg_expression_N". Digits are appended to this name if needed to make the column name unique within the index. (That happens for regular columns too, thus fixing the old problem that CREATE INDEX fooi ON foo (f1, f1) fails. Before exclusion indexes there was no real reason to do such a thing, but now maybe there is.) Default names for indexes and associated constraints now include the column names of all their columns, not only the first one as in previous practice. (Of course, this will be truncated as needed to fit in NAMEDATALEN. Also, pkey indexes retain the historical behavior of not naming specific columns at all.) An example of the results: regression=# create table foo (f1 int, f2 text, regression(# exclude (f1 with =, lower(f2) with =)); NOTICE: CREATE TABLE / EXCLUDE will create implicit index "foo_f1_lower_exclusion" for table "foo" CREATE TABLE regression=# \d foo_f1_lower_exclusion Index "public.foo_f1_lower_exclusion" Column | Type | Definition --------+---------+------------ f1 | integer | f1 lower | text | lower(f2) btree, for table "public.foo"
2009-12-23 03:35:25 +01:00
else if (ielem->name)
Phase 2 of pgindent updates. Change pg_bsd_indent to follow upstream rules for placement of comments to the right of code, and remove pgindent hack that caused comments following #endif to not obey the general rule. Commit e3860ffa4dd0dad0dd9eea4be9cc1412373a8c89 wasn't actually using the published version of pg_bsd_indent, but a hacked-up version that tried to minimize the amount of movement of comments to the right of code. The situation of interest is where such a comment has to be moved to the right of its default placement at column 33 because there's code there. BSD indent has always moved right in units of tab stops in such cases --- but in the previous incarnation, indent was working in 8-space tab stops, while now it knows we use 4-space tabs. So the net result is that in about half the cases, such comments are placed one tab stop left of before. This is better all around: it leaves more room on the line for comment text, and it means that in such cases the comment uniformly starts at the next 4-space tab stop after the code, rather than sometimes one and sometimes two tabs after. Also, ensure that comments following #endif are indented the same as comments following other preprocessor commands such as #else. That inconsistency turns out to have been self-inflicted damage from a poorly-thought-through post-indent "fixup" in pgindent. This patch is much less interesting than the first round of indent changes, but also bulkier, so I thought it best to separate the effects. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E1dAmxK-0006EE-1r@gemulon.postgresql.org Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/30527.1495162840@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-06-21 21:18:54 +02:00
origname = ielem->name; /* simple column reference */
Adjust naming of indexes and their columns per recent discussion. Index expression columns are now named after the FigureColname result for their expressions, rather than always being "pg_expression_N". Digits are appended to this name if needed to make the column name unique within the index. (That happens for regular columns too, thus fixing the old problem that CREATE INDEX fooi ON foo (f1, f1) fails. Before exclusion indexes there was no real reason to do such a thing, but now maybe there is.) Default names for indexes and associated constraints now include the column names of all their columns, not only the first one as in previous practice. (Of course, this will be truncated as needed to fit in NAMEDATALEN. Also, pkey indexes retain the historical behavior of not naming specific columns at all.) An example of the results: regression=# create table foo (f1 int, f2 text, regression(# exclude (f1 with =, lower(f2) with =)); NOTICE: CREATE TABLE / EXCLUDE will create implicit index "foo_f1_lower_exclusion" for table "foo" CREATE TABLE regression=# \d foo_f1_lower_exclusion Index "public.foo_f1_lower_exclusion" Column | Type | Definition --------+---------+------------ f1 | integer | f1 lower | text | lower(f2) btree, for table "public.foo"
2009-12-23 03:35:25 +01:00
else
pgindent run for 9.0
2010-02-26 03:01:40 +01:00
origname = "expr"; /* default name for expression */
Adjust naming of indexes and their columns per recent discussion. Index expression columns are now named after the FigureColname result for their expressions, rather than always being "pg_expression_N". Digits are appended to this name if needed to make the column name unique within the index. (That happens for regular columns too, thus fixing the old problem that CREATE INDEX fooi ON foo (f1, f1) fails. Before exclusion indexes there was no real reason to do such a thing, but now maybe there is.) Default names for indexes and associated constraints now include the column names of all their columns, not only the first one as in previous practice. (Of course, this will be truncated as needed to fit in NAMEDATALEN. Also, pkey indexes retain the historical behavior of not naming specific columns at all.) An example of the results: regression=# create table foo (f1 int, f2 text, regression(# exclude (f1 with =, lower(f2) with =)); NOTICE: CREATE TABLE / EXCLUDE will create implicit index "foo_f1_lower_exclusion" for table "foo" CREATE TABLE regression=# \d foo_f1_lower_exclusion Index "public.foo_f1_lower_exclusion" Column | Type | Definition --------+---------+------------ f1 | integer | f1 lower | text | lower(f2) btree, for table "public.foo"
2009-12-23 03:35:25 +01:00
/* If it conflicts with any previous column, tweak it */
curname = origname;
for (i = 1;; i++)
{
ListCell *lc2;
char nbuf[32];
int nlen;
foreach(lc2, result)
{
if (strcmp(curname, (char *) lfirst(lc2)) == 0)
break;
}
if (lc2 == NULL)
break; /* found nonconflicting name */
sprintf(nbuf, "%d", i);
/* Ensure generated names are shorter than NAMEDATALEN */
nlen = pg_mbcliplen(origname, strlen(origname),
NAMEDATALEN - 1 - strlen(nbuf));
memcpy(buf, origname, nlen);
strcpy(buf + nlen, nbuf);
curname = buf;
}
/* And attach to the result list */
result = lappend(result, pstrdup(curname));
}
return result;
}
Implement reindex command
2000-02-18 10:30:20 +01:00
/*
Cause REINDEX to regard TOAST tables as regular relations, not system tables that need special defenses. I believe this is okay even for TOAST tables that belong to system tables.
2002-08-29 17:56:20 +02:00
* ReindexIndex
Make REINDEX DATABASE do what one would expect, namely reindex all indexes in the database. The old behavior (reindex system catalogs only) is now available as REINDEX SYSTEM. I did not add the complementary REINDEX USER case since there did not seem to be consensus for this, but it would be trivial to add later. Per recent discussions.
2005-06-22 23:14:31 +02:00
* Recreate a specific index.
Implement reindex command
2000-02-18 10:30:20 +01:00
*/
Local partitioned indexes When CREATE INDEX is run on a partitioned table, create catalog entries for an index on the partitioned table (which is just a placeholder since the table proper has no data of its own), and recurse to create actual indexes on the existing partitions; create them in future partitions also. As a convenience gadget, if the new index definition matches some existing index in partitions, these are picked up and used instead of creating new ones. Whichever way these indexes come about, they become attached to the index on the parent table and are dropped alongside it, and cannot be dropped on isolation unless they are detached first. To support pg_dump'ing these indexes, add commands CREATE INDEX ON ONLY <table> (which creates the index on the parent partitioned table, without recursing) and ALTER INDEX ATTACH PARTITION (which is used after the indexes have been created individually on each partition, to attach them to the parent index). These reconstruct prior database state exactly. Reviewed-by: (in alphabetical order) Peter Eisentraut, Robert Haas, Amit Langote, Jesper Pedersen, Simon Riggs, David Rowley Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171113170646.gzweigyrgg6pwsg4@alvherre.pgsql
2018-01-19 15:49:22 +01:00
void
Support VERBOSE option in REINDEX command. When this option is specified, a progress report is printed as each index is reindexed. Per discussion, we agreed on the following syntax for the extensibility of the options. REINDEX (flexible options) { INDEX | ... } name Sawada Masahiko. Reviewed by Robert Haas, Fabrízio Mello, Alvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Jim Nasby and me. Discussion: CAD21AoA0pK3YcOZAFzMae+2fcc3oGp5zoRggDyMNg5zoaWDhdQ@mail.gmail.com
2015-05-15 13:09:57 +02:00
ReindexIndex(RangeVar *indexRelation, int options)
Implement reindex command
2000-02-18 10:30:20 +01:00
{
pg_class has a relnamespace column. You can create and access tables in schemas other than the system namespace; however, there's no search path yet, and not all operations work yet on tables outside the system namespace.
2002-03-26 20:17:02 +01:00
Oid indOid;
Improve table locking behavior in the face of current DDL. In the previous coding, callers were faced with an awkward choice: look up the name, do permissions checks, and then lock the table; or look up the name, lock the table, and then do permissions checks. The first choice was wrong because the results of the name lookup and permissions checks might be out-of-date by the time the table lock was acquired, while the second allowed a user with no privileges to interfere with access to a table by users who do have privileges (e.g. if a malicious backend queues up for an AccessExclusiveLock on a table on which AccessShareLock is already held, further attempts to access the table will be blocked until the AccessExclusiveLock is obtained and the malicious backend's transaction rolls back). To fix, allow callers of RangeVarGetRelid() to pass a callback which gets executed after performing the name lookup but before acquiring the relation lock. If the name lookup is retried (because invalidation messages are received), the callback will be re-executed as well, so we get the best of both worlds. RangeVarGetRelid() is renamed to RangeVarGetRelidExtended(); callers not wishing to supply a callback can continue to invoke it as RangeVarGetRelid(), which is now a macro. Since the only one caller that uses nowait = true now passes a callback anyway, the RangeVarGetRelid() macro defaults nowait as well. The callback can also be used for supplemental locking - for example, REINDEX INDEX needs to acquire the table lock before the index lock to reduce deadlock possibilities. There's a lot more work to be done here to fix all the cases where this can be a problem, but this commit provides the general infrastructure and fixes the following specific cases: REINDEX INDEX, REINDEX TABLE, LOCK TABLE, and and DROP TABLE/INDEX/SEQUENCE/VIEW/FOREIGN TABLE. Per discussion with Noah Misch and Alvaro Herrera.
2011-11-30 16:12:27 +01:00
Oid heapOid = InvalidOid;
Fix lost persistence setting during REINDEX INDEX ReindexIndex() trusts a parser-built RangeVar with the persistence to use for the new copy of the index; but the parser naturally does not know what's the persistence of the original index. To find out the correct persistence, grab it from relcache. This bug was introduced by commit 85b506bbfc2937c9, and therefore no backpatch is necessary. Bug reported by Thom Brown, analysis and patch by Michael Paquier; test case provided by Fabrízio de Royes Mello.
2015-03-30 21:01:44 +02:00
Relation irel;
char persistence;
Improve table locking behavior in the face of current DDL. In the previous coding, callers were faced with an awkward choice: look up the name, do permissions checks, and then lock the table; or look up the name, lock the table, and then do permissions checks. The first choice was wrong because the results of the name lookup and permissions checks might be out-of-date by the time the table lock was acquired, while the second allowed a user with no privileges to interfere with access to a table by users who do have privileges (e.g. if a malicious backend queues up for an AccessExclusiveLock on a table on which AccessShareLock is already held, further attempts to access the table will be blocked until the AccessExclusiveLock is obtained and the malicious backend's transaction rolls back). To fix, allow callers of RangeVarGetRelid() to pass a callback which gets executed after performing the name lookup but before acquiring the relation lock. If the name lookup is retried (because invalidation messages are received), the callback will be re-executed as well, so we get the best of both worlds. RangeVarGetRelid() is renamed to RangeVarGetRelidExtended(); callers not wishing to supply a callback can continue to invoke it as RangeVarGetRelid(), which is now a macro. Since the only one caller that uses nowait = true now passes a callback anyway, the RangeVarGetRelid() macro defaults nowait as well. The callback can also be used for supplemental locking - for example, REINDEX INDEX needs to acquire the table lock before the index lock to reduce deadlock possibilities. There's a lot more work to be done here to fix all the cases where this can be a problem, but this commit provides the general infrastructure and fixes the following specific cases: REINDEX INDEX, REINDEX TABLE, LOCK TABLE, and and DROP TABLE/INDEX/SEQUENCE/VIEW/FOREIGN TABLE. Per discussion with Noah Misch and Alvaro Herrera.
2011-11-30 16:12:27 +01:00
Fix lost persistence setting during REINDEX INDEX ReindexIndex() trusts a parser-built RangeVar with the persistence to use for the new copy of the index; but the parser naturally does not know what's the persistence of the original index. To find out the correct persistence, grab it from relcache. This bug was introduced by commit 85b506bbfc2937c9, and therefore no backpatch is necessary. Bug reported by Thom Brown, analysis and patch by Michael Paquier; test case provided by Fabrízio de Royes Mello.
2015-03-30 21:01:44 +02:00
/*
* Find and lock index, and check permissions on table; use callback to
* obtain lock on table first, to avoid deadlock hazard. The lock level
* used here must match the index lock obtained in reindex_index().
*/
Improve table locking behavior in the face of current DDL. In the previous coding, callers were faced with an awkward choice: look up the name, do permissions checks, and then lock the table; or look up the name, lock the table, and then do permissions checks. The first choice was wrong because the results of the name lookup and permissions checks might be out-of-date by the time the table lock was acquired, while the second allowed a user with no privileges to interfere with access to a table by users who do have privileges (e.g. if a malicious backend queues up for an AccessExclusiveLock on a table on which AccessShareLock is already held, further attempts to access the table will be blocked until the AccessExclusiveLock is obtained and the malicious backend's transaction rolls back). To fix, allow callers of RangeVarGetRelid() to pass a callback which gets executed after performing the name lookup but before acquiring the relation lock. If the name lookup is retried (because invalidation messages are received), the callback will be re-executed as well, so we get the best of both worlds. RangeVarGetRelid() is renamed to RangeVarGetRelidExtended(); callers not wishing to supply a callback can continue to invoke it as RangeVarGetRelid(), which is now a macro. Since the only one caller that uses nowait = true now passes a callback anyway, the RangeVarGetRelid() macro defaults nowait as well. The callback can also be used for supplemental locking - for example, REINDEX INDEX needs to acquire the table lock before the index lock to reduce deadlock possibilities. There's a lot more work to be done here to fix all the cases where this can be a problem, but this commit provides the general infrastructure and fixes the following specific cases: REINDEX INDEX, REINDEX TABLE, LOCK TABLE, and and DROP TABLE/INDEX/SEQUENCE/VIEW/FOREIGN TABLE. Per discussion with Noah Misch and Alvaro Herrera.
2011-11-30 16:12:27 +01:00
indOid = RangeVarGetRelidExtended(indexRelation, AccessExclusiveLock,
Combine options for RangeVarGetRelidExtended() into a flags argument. A followup patch will add a SKIP_LOCKED option. To avoid introducing evermore arguments, breaking existing callers each time, introduce a flags argument. This'll no doubt break a few external users... Also change the MISSING_OK behaviour so a DEBUG1 debug message is emitted when a relation is not found. Author: Nathan Bossart Reviewed-By: Michael Paquier and Andres Freund Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180306005349.b65whmvj7z6hbe2y@alap3.anarazel.de
2018-03-31 01:33:42 +02:00
0,
Improve table locking behavior in the face of current DDL. In the previous coding, callers were faced with an awkward choice: look up the name, do permissions checks, and then lock the table; or look up the name, lock the table, and then do permissions checks. The first choice was wrong because the results of the name lookup and permissions checks might be out-of-date by the time the table lock was acquired, while the second allowed a user with no privileges to interfere with access to a table by users who do have privileges (e.g. if a malicious backend queues up for an AccessExclusiveLock on a table on which AccessShareLock is already held, further attempts to access the table will be blocked until the AccessExclusiveLock is obtained and the malicious backend's transaction rolls back). To fix, allow callers of RangeVarGetRelid() to pass a callback which gets executed after performing the name lookup but before acquiring the relation lock. If the name lookup is retried (because invalidation messages are received), the callback will be re-executed as well, so we get the best of both worlds. RangeVarGetRelid() is renamed to RangeVarGetRelidExtended(); callers not wishing to supply a callback can continue to invoke it as RangeVarGetRelid(), which is now a macro. Since the only one caller that uses nowait = true now passes a callback anyway, the RangeVarGetRelid() macro defaults nowait as well. The callback can also be used for supplemental locking - for example, REINDEX INDEX needs to acquire the table lock before the index lock to reduce deadlock possibilities. There's a lot more work to be done here to fix all the cases where this can be a problem, but this commit provides the general infrastructure and fixes the following specific cases: REINDEX INDEX, REINDEX TABLE, LOCK TABLE, and and DROP TABLE/INDEX/SEQUENCE/VIEW/FOREIGN TABLE. Per discussion with Noah Misch and Alvaro Herrera.
2011-11-30 16:12:27 +01:00
RangeVarCallbackForReindexIndex,
(void *) &heapOid);
Fix lost persistence setting during REINDEX INDEX ReindexIndex() trusts a parser-built RangeVar with the persistence to use for the new copy of the index; but the parser naturally does not know what's the persistence of the original index. To find out the correct persistence, grab it from relcache. This bug was introduced by commit 85b506bbfc2937c9, and therefore no backpatch is necessary. Bug reported by Thom Brown, analysis and patch by Michael Paquier; test case provided by Fabrízio de Royes Mello.
2015-03-30 21:01:44 +02:00
/*
* Obtain the current persistence of the existing index. We already hold
* lock on the index.
*/
irel = index_open(indOid, NoLock);
Local partitioned indexes When CREATE INDEX is run on a partitioned table, create catalog entries for an index on the partitioned table (which is just a placeholder since the table proper has no data of its own), and recurse to create actual indexes on the existing partitions; create them in future partitions also. As a convenience gadget, if the new index definition matches some existing index in partitions, these are picked up and used instead of creating new ones. Whichever way these indexes come about, they become attached to the index on the parent table and are dropped alongside it, and cannot be dropped on isolation unless they are detached first. To support pg_dump'ing these indexes, add commands CREATE INDEX ON ONLY <table> (which creates the index on the parent partitioned table, without recursing) and ALTER INDEX ATTACH PARTITION (which is used after the indexes have been created individually on each partition, to attach them to the parent index). These reconstruct prior database state exactly. Reviewed-by: (in alphabetical order) Peter Eisentraut, Robert Haas, Amit Langote, Jesper Pedersen, Simon Riggs, David Rowley Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171113170646.gzweigyrgg6pwsg4@alvherre.pgsql
2018-01-19 15:49:22 +01:00
if (irel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_INDEX)
{
ReindexPartitionedIndex(irel);
return;
}
Fix lost persistence setting during REINDEX INDEX ReindexIndex() trusts a parser-built RangeVar with the persistence to use for the new copy of the index; but the parser naturally does not know what's the persistence of the original index. To find out the correct persistence, grab it from relcache. This bug was introduced by commit 85b506bbfc2937c9, and therefore no backpatch is necessary. Bug reported by Thom Brown, analysis and patch by Michael Paquier; test case provided by Fabrízio de Royes Mello.
2015-03-30 21:01:44 +02:00
persistence = irel->rd_rel->relpersistence;
index_close(irel, NoLock);
Support VERBOSE option in REINDEX command. When this option is specified, a progress report is printed as each index is reindexed. Per discussion, we agreed on the following syntax for the extensibility of the options. REINDEX (flexible options) { INDEX | ... } name Sawada Masahiko. Reviewed by Robert Haas, Fabrízio Mello, Alvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Jim Nasby and me. Discussion: CAD21AoA0pK3YcOZAFzMae+2fcc3oGp5zoRggDyMNg5zoaWDhdQ@mail.gmail.com
2015-05-15 13:09:57 +02:00
reindex_index(indOid, false, persistence, options);
Improve table locking behavior in the face of current DDL. In the previous coding, callers were faced with an awkward choice: look up the name, do permissions checks, and then lock the table; or look up the name, lock the table, and then do permissions checks. The first choice was wrong because the results of the name lookup and permissions checks might be out-of-date by the time the table lock was acquired, while the second allowed a user with no privileges to interfere with access to a table by users who do have privileges (e.g. if a malicious backend queues up for an AccessExclusiveLock on a table on which AccessShareLock is already held, further attempts to access the table will be blocked until the AccessExclusiveLock is obtained and the malicious backend's transaction rolls back). To fix, allow callers of RangeVarGetRelid() to pass a callback which gets executed after performing the name lookup but before acquiring the relation lock. If the name lookup is retried (because invalidation messages are received), the callback will be re-executed as well, so we get the best of both worlds. RangeVarGetRelid() is renamed to RangeVarGetRelidExtended(); callers not wishing to supply a callback can continue to invoke it as RangeVarGetRelid(), which is now a macro. Since the only one caller that uses nowait = true now passes a callback anyway, the RangeVarGetRelid() macro defaults nowait as well. The callback can also be used for supplemental locking - for example, REINDEX INDEX needs to acquire the table lock before the index lock to reduce deadlock possibilities. There's a lot more work to be done here to fix all the cases where this can be a problem, but this commit provides the general infrastructure and fixes the following specific cases: REINDEX INDEX, REINDEX TABLE, LOCK TABLE, and and DROP TABLE/INDEX/SEQUENCE/VIEW/FOREIGN TABLE. Per discussion with Noah Misch and Alvaro Herrera.
2011-11-30 16:12:27 +01:00
}
/*
* Check permissions on table before acquiring relation lock; also lock
* the heap before the RangeVarGetRelidExtended takes the index lock, to avoid
* deadlocks.
*/
static void
RangeVarCallbackForReindexIndex(const RangeVar *relation,
Oid relId, Oid oldRelId, void *arg)
{
char relkind;
Oid *heapOid = (Oid *) arg;
Make DROP TABLE rollback-able: postpone physical file delete until commit. (WAL logging for this is not done yet, however.) Clean up a number of really crufty things that are no longer needed now that DROP behaves nicely. Make temp table mapper do the right things when drop or rename affecting a temp table is rolled back. Also, remove "relation modified while in use" error check, in favor of locking tables at first reference and holding that lock throughout the statement.
2000-11-08 23:10:03 +01:00
Try to acquire relation locks in RangeVarGetRelid. In the previous coding, we would look up a relation in RangeVarGetRelid, lock the resulting OID, and then AcceptInvalidationMessages(). While this was sufficient to ensure that we noticed any changes to the relation definition before building the relcache entry, it didn't handle the possibility that the name we looked up no longer referenced the same OID. This was particularly problematic in the case where a table had been dropped and recreated: we'd latch on to the entry for the old relation and fail later on. Now, we acquire the relation lock inside RangeVarGetRelid, and retry the name lookup if we notice that invalidation messages have been processed meanwhile. Many operations that would previously have failed with an error in the presence of concurrent DDL will now succeed. There is a good deal of work remaining to be done here: many callers of RangeVarGetRelid still pass NoLock for one reason or another. In addition, nothing in this patch guards against the possibility that the meaning of an unqualified name might change due to the creation of a relation in a schema earlier in the user's search path than the one where it was previously found. Furthermore, there's nothing at all here to guard against similar race conditions for non-relations. For all that, it's a start. Noah Misch and Robert Haas
2011-07-09 04:19:30 +02:00
/*
Improve table locking behavior in the face of current DDL. In the previous coding, callers were faced with an awkward choice: look up the name, do permissions checks, and then lock the table; or look up the name, lock the table, and then do permissions checks. The first choice was wrong because the results of the name lookup and permissions checks might be out-of-date by the time the table lock was acquired, while the second allowed a user with no privileges to interfere with access to a table by users who do have privileges (e.g. if a malicious backend queues up for an AccessExclusiveLock on a table on which AccessShareLock is already held, further attempts to access the table will be blocked until the AccessExclusiveLock is obtained and the malicious backend's transaction rolls back). To fix, allow callers of RangeVarGetRelid() to pass a callback which gets executed after performing the name lookup but before acquiring the relation lock. If the name lookup is retried (because invalidation messages are received), the callback will be re-executed as well, so we get the best of both worlds. RangeVarGetRelid() is renamed to RangeVarGetRelidExtended(); callers not wishing to supply a callback can continue to invoke it as RangeVarGetRelid(), which is now a macro. Since the only one caller that uses nowait = true now passes a callback anyway, the RangeVarGetRelid() macro defaults nowait as well. The callback can also be used for supplemental locking - for example, REINDEX INDEX needs to acquire the table lock before the index lock to reduce deadlock possibilities. There's a lot more work to be done here to fix all the cases where this can be a problem, but this commit provides the general infrastructure and fixes the following specific cases: REINDEX INDEX, REINDEX TABLE, LOCK TABLE, and and DROP TABLE/INDEX/SEQUENCE/VIEW/FOREIGN TABLE. Per discussion with Noah Misch and Alvaro Herrera.
2011-11-30 16:12:27 +01:00
* If we previously locked some other index's heap, and the name we're
* looking up no longer refers to that relation, release the now-useless
* lock.
Try to acquire relation locks in RangeVarGetRelid. In the previous coding, we would look up a relation in RangeVarGetRelid, lock the resulting OID, and then AcceptInvalidationMessages(). While this was sufficient to ensure that we noticed any changes to the relation definition before building the relcache entry, it didn't handle the possibility that the name we looked up no longer referenced the same OID. This was particularly problematic in the case where a table had been dropped and recreated: we'd latch on to the entry for the old relation and fail later on. Now, we acquire the relation lock inside RangeVarGetRelid, and retry the name lookup if we notice that invalidation messages have been processed meanwhile. Many operations that would previously have failed with an error in the presence of concurrent DDL will now succeed. There is a good deal of work remaining to be done here: many callers of RangeVarGetRelid still pass NoLock for one reason or another. In addition, nothing in this patch guards against the possibility that the meaning of an unqualified name might change due to the creation of a relation in a schema earlier in the user's search path than the one where it was previously found. Furthermore, there's nothing at all here to guard against similar race conditions for non-relations. For all that, it's a start. Noah Misch and Robert Haas
2011-07-09 04:19:30 +02:00
*/
Improve table locking behavior in the face of current DDL. In the previous coding, callers were faced with an awkward choice: look up the name, do permissions checks, and then lock the table; or look up the name, lock the table, and then do permissions checks. The first choice was wrong because the results of the name lookup and permissions checks might be out-of-date by the time the table lock was acquired, while the second allowed a user with no privileges to interfere with access to a table by users who do have privileges (e.g. if a malicious backend queues up for an AccessExclusiveLock on a table on which AccessShareLock is already held, further attempts to access the table will be blocked until the AccessExclusiveLock is obtained and the malicious backend's transaction rolls back). To fix, allow callers of RangeVarGetRelid() to pass a callback which gets executed after performing the name lookup but before acquiring the relation lock. If the name lookup is retried (because invalidation messages are received), the callback will be re-executed as well, so we get the best of both worlds. RangeVarGetRelid() is renamed to RangeVarGetRelidExtended(); callers not wishing to supply a callback can continue to invoke it as RangeVarGetRelid(), which is now a macro. Since the only one caller that uses nowait = true now passes a callback anyway, the RangeVarGetRelid() macro defaults nowait as well. The callback can also be used for supplemental locking - for example, REINDEX INDEX needs to acquire the table lock before the index lock to reduce deadlock possibilities. There's a lot more work to be done here to fix all the cases where this can be a problem, but this commit provides the general infrastructure and fixes the following specific cases: REINDEX INDEX, REINDEX TABLE, LOCK TABLE, and and DROP TABLE/INDEX/SEQUENCE/VIEW/FOREIGN TABLE. Per discussion with Noah Misch and Alvaro Herrera.
2011-11-30 16:12:27 +01:00
if (relId != oldRelId && OidIsValid(oldRelId))
{
/* lock level here should match reindex_index() heap lock */
UnlockRelationOid(*heapOid, ShareLock);
*heapOid = InvalidOid;
}
/* If the relation does not exist, there's nothing more to do. */
if (!OidIsValid(relId))
return;
Implement reindex command
2000-02-18 10:30:20 +01:00
Improve table locking behavior in the face of current DDL. In the previous coding, callers were faced with an awkward choice: look up the name, do permissions checks, and then lock the table; or look up the name, lock the table, and then do permissions checks. The first choice was wrong because the results of the name lookup and permissions checks might be out-of-date by the time the table lock was acquired, while the second allowed a user with no privileges to interfere with access to a table by users who do have privileges (e.g. if a malicious backend queues up for an AccessExclusiveLock on a table on which AccessShareLock is already held, further attempts to access the table will be blocked until the AccessExclusiveLock is obtained and the malicious backend's transaction rolls back). To fix, allow callers of RangeVarGetRelid() to pass a callback which gets executed after performing the name lookup but before acquiring the relation lock. If the name lookup is retried (because invalidation messages are received), the callback will be re-executed as well, so we get the best of both worlds. RangeVarGetRelid() is renamed to RangeVarGetRelidExtended(); callers not wishing to supply a callback can continue to invoke it as RangeVarGetRelid(), which is now a macro. Since the only one caller that uses nowait = true now passes a callback anyway, the RangeVarGetRelid() macro defaults nowait as well. The callback can also be used for supplemental locking - for example, REINDEX INDEX needs to acquire the table lock before the index lock to reduce deadlock possibilities. There's a lot more work to be done here to fix all the cases where this can be a problem, but this commit provides the general infrastructure and fixes the following specific cases: REINDEX INDEX, REINDEX TABLE, LOCK TABLE, and and DROP TABLE/INDEX/SEQUENCE/VIEW/FOREIGN TABLE. Per discussion with Noah Misch and Alvaro Herrera.
2011-11-30 16:12:27 +01:00
/*
Run pgindent on 9.2 source tree in preparation for first 9.3 commit-fest.
2012-06-10 21:20:04 +02:00
* If the relation does exist, check whether it's an index. But note that
* the relation might have been dropped between the time we did the name
pgindent run for 9.4 This includes removing tabs after periods in C comments, which was applied to back branches, so this change should not effect backpatching.
2014-05-06 18:12:18 +02:00
* lookup and now. In that case, there's nothing to do.
Improve table locking behavior in the face of current DDL. In the previous coding, callers were faced with an awkward choice: look up the name, do permissions checks, and then lock the table; or look up the name, lock the table, and then do permissions checks. The first choice was wrong because the results of the name lookup and permissions checks might be out-of-date by the time the table lock was acquired, while the second allowed a user with no privileges to interfere with access to a table by users who do have privileges (e.g. if a malicious backend queues up for an AccessExclusiveLock on a table on which AccessShareLock is already held, further attempts to access the table will be blocked until the AccessExclusiveLock is obtained and the malicious backend's transaction rolls back). To fix, allow callers of RangeVarGetRelid() to pass a callback which gets executed after performing the name lookup but before acquiring the relation lock. If the name lookup is retried (because invalidation messages are received), the callback will be re-executed as well, so we get the best of both worlds. RangeVarGetRelid() is renamed to RangeVarGetRelidExtended(); callers not wishing to supply a callback can continue to invoke it as RangeVarGetRelid(), which is now a macro. Since the only one caller that uses nowait = true now passes a callback anyway, the RangeVarGetRelid() macro defaults nowait as well. The callback can also be used for supplemental locking - for example, REINDEX INDEX needs to acquire the table lock before the index lock to reduce deadlock possibilities. There's a lot more work to be done here to fix all the cases where this can be a problem, but this commit provides the general infrastructure and fixes the following specific cases: REINDEX INDEX, REINDEX TABLE, LOCK TABLE, and and DROP TABLE/INDEX/SEQUENCE/VIEW/FOREIGN TABLE. Per discussion with Noah Misch and Alvaro Herrera.
2011-11-30 16:12:27 +01:00
*/
relkind = get_rel_relkind(relId);
if (!relkind)
return;
Local partitioned indexes When CREATE INDEX is run on a partitioned table, create catalog entries for an index on the partitioned table (which is just a placeholder since the table proper has no data of its own), and recurse to create actual indexes on the existing partitions; create them in future partitions also. As a convenience gadget, if the new index definition matches some existing index in partitions, these are picked up and used instead of creating new ones. Whichever way these indexes come about, they become attached to the index on the parent table and are dropped alongside it, and cannot be dropped on isolation unless they are detached first. To support pg_dump'ing these indexes, add commands CREATE INDEX ON ONLY <table> (which creates the index on the parent partitioned table, without recursing) and ALTER INDEX ATTACH PARTITION (which is used after the indexes have been created individually on each partition, to attach them to the parent index). These reconstruct prior database state exactly. Reviewed-by: (in alphabetical order) Peter Eisentraut, Robert Haas, Amit Langote, Jesper Pedersen, Simon Riggs, David Rowley Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171113170646.gzweigyrgg6pwsg4@alvherre.pgsql
2018-01-19 15:49:22 +01:00
if (relkind != RELKIND_INDEX &&
relkind != RELKIND_PARTITIONED_INDEX)
Another round of error message editing, covering backend/commands/.
2003-07-20 23:56:35 +02:00
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
Improve table locking behavior in the face of current DDL. In the previous coding, callers were faced with an awkward choice: look up the name, do permissions checks, and then lock the table; or look up the name, lock the table, and then do permissions checks. The first choice was wrong because the results of the name lookup and permissions checks might be out-of-date by the time the table lock was acquired, while the second allowed a user with no privileges to interfere with access to a table by users who do have privileges (e.g. if a malicious backend queues up for an AccessExclusiveLock on a table on which AccessShareLock is already held, further attempts to access the table will be blocked until the AccessExclusiveLock is obtained and the malicious backend's transaction rolls back). To fix, allow callers of RangeVarGetRelid() to pass a callback which gets executed after performing the name lookup but before acquiring the relation lock. If the name lookup is retried (because invalidation messages are received), the callback will be re-executed as well, so we get the best of both worlds. RangeVarGetRelid() is renamed to RangeVarGetRelidExtended(); callers not wishing to supply a callback can continue to invoke it as RangeVarGetRelid(), which is now a macro. Since the only one caller that uses nowait = true now passes a callback anyway, the RangeVarGetRelid() macro defaults nowait as well. The callback can also be used for supplemental locking - for example, REINDEX INDEX needs to acquire the table lock before the index lock to reduce deadlock possibilities. There's a lot more work to be done here to fix all the cases where this can be a problem, but this commit provides the general infrastructure and fixes the following specific cases: REINDEX INDEX, REINDEX TABLE, LOCK TABLE, and and DROP TABLE/INDEX/SEQUENCE/VIEW/FOREIGN TABLE. Per discussion with Noah Misch and Alvaro Herrera.
2011-11-30 16:12:27 +01:00
errmsg("\"%s\" is not an index", relation->relname)));
pg_class has a relnamespace column. You can create and access tables in schemas other than the system namespace; however, there's no search path yet, and not all operations work yet on tables outside the system namespace.
2002-03-26 20:17:02 +01:00
Repair some REINDEX problems per recent discussions. The relcache is now able to cope with assigning new relfilenode values to nailed-in-cache indexes, so they can be reindexed using the fully crash-safe method. This leaves only shared system indexes as special cases. Remove the 'index deactivation' code, since it provides no useful protection in the shared- index case. Require reindexing of shared indexes to be done in standalone mode, but remove other restrictions on REINDEX. -P (IgnoreSystemIndexes) now prevents using indexes for lookups, but does not disable index updates. It is therefore safe to allow from PGOPTIONS. Upshot: reindexing system catalogs can be done without a standalone backend for all cases except shared catalogs.
2003-09-24 20:54:02 +02:00
/* Check permissions */
Improve table locking behavior in the face of current DDL. In the previous coding, callers were faced with an awkward choice: look up the name, do permissions checks, and then lock the table; or look up the name, lock the table, and then do permissions checks. The first choice was wrong because the results of the name lookup and permissions checks might be out-of-date by the time the table lock was acquired, while the second allowed a user with no privileges to interfere with access to a table by users who do have privileges (e.g. if a malicious backend queues up for an AccessExclusiveLock on a table on which AccessShareLock is already held, further attempts to access the table will be blocked until the AccessExclusiveLock is obtained and the malicious backend's transaction rolls back). To fix, allow callers of RangeVarGetRelid() to pass a callback which gets executed after performing the name lookup but before acquiring the relation lock. If the name lookup is retried (because invalidation messages are received), the callback will be re-executed as well, so we get the best of both worlds. RangeVarGetRelid() is renamed to RangeVarGetRelidExtended(); callers not wishing to supply a callback can continue to invoke it as RangeVarGetRelid(), which is now a macro. Since the only one caller that uses nowait = true now passes a callback anyway, the RangeVarGetRelid() macro defaults nowait as well. The callback can also be used for supplemental locking - for example, REINDEX INDEX needs to acquire the table lock before the index lock to reduce deadlock possibilities. There's a lot more work to be done here to fix all the cases where this can be a problem, but this commit provides the general infrastructure and fixes the following specific cases: REINDEX INDEX, REINDEX TABLE, LOCK TABLE, and and DROP TABLE/INDEX/SEQUENCE/VIEW/FOREIGN TABLE. Per discussion with Noah Misch and Alvaro Herrera.
2011-11-30 16:12:27 +01:00
if (!pg_class_ownercheck(relId, GetUserId()))
Replace AclObjectKind with ObjectType AclObjectKind was basically just another enumeration for object types, and we already have a preferred one for that. It's only used in aclcheck_error. By using ObjectType instead, we can also give some more precise error messages, for example "index" instead of "relation". Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2017-12-02 15:26:34 +01:00
aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_INDEX, relation->relname);
Implement reindex command
2000-02-18 10:30:20 +01:00
Improve table locking behavior in the face of current DDL. In the previous coding, callers were faced with an awkward choice: look up the name, do permissions checks, and then lock the table; or look up the name, lock the table, and then do permissions checks. The first choice was wrong because the results of the name lookup and permissions checks might be out-of-date by the time the table lock was acquired, while the second allowed a user with no privileges to interfere with access to a table by users who do have privileges (e.g. if a malicious backend queues up for an AccessExclusiveLock on a table on which AccessShareLock is already held, further attempts to access the table will be blocked until the AccessExclusiveLock is obtained and the malicious backend's transaction rolls back). To fix, allow callers of RangeVarGetRelid() to pass a callback which gets executed after performing the name lookup but before acquiring the relation lock. If the name lookup is retried (because invalidation messages are received), the callback will be re-executed as well, so we get the best of both worlds. RangeVarGetRelid() is renamed to RangeVarGetRelidExtended(); callers not wishing to supply a callback can continue to invoke it as RangeVarGetRelid(), which is now a macro. Since the only one caller that uses nowait = true now passes a callback anyway, the RangeVarGetRelid() macro defaults nowait as well. The callback can also be used for supplemental locking - for example, REINDEX INDEX needs to acquire the table lock before the index lock to reduce deadlock possibilities. There's a lot more work to be done here to fix all the cases where this can be a problem, but this commit provides the general infrastructure and fixes the following specific cases: REINDEX INDEX, REINDEX TABLE, LOCK TABLE, and and DROP TABLE/INDEX/SEQUENCE/VIEW/FOREIGN TABLE. Per discussion with Noah Misch and Alvaro Herrera.
2011-11-30 16:12:27 +01:00
/* Lock heap before index to avoid deadlock. */
if (relId != oldRelId)
{
/*
Run pgindent on 9.2 source tree in preparation for first 9.3 commit-fest.
2012-06-10 21:20:04 +02:00
* Lock level here should match reindex_index() heap lock. If the OID
* isn't valid, it means the index as concurrently dropped, which is
* not a problem for us; just return normally.
Improve table locking behavior in the face of current DDL. In the previous coding, callers were faced with an awkward choice: look up the name, do permissions checks, and then lock the table; or look up the name, lock the table, and then do permissions checks. The first choice was wrong because the results of the name lookup and permissions checks might be out-of-date by the time the table lock was acquired, while the second allowed a user with no privileges to interfere with access to a table by users who do have privileges (e.g. if a malicious backend queues up for an AccessExclusiveLock on a table on which AccessShareLock is already held, further attempts to access the table will be blocked until the AccessExclusiveLock is obtained and the malicious backend's transaction rolls back). To fix, allow callers of RangeVarGetRelid() to pass a callback which gets executed after performing the name lookup but before acquiring the relation lock. If the name lookup is retried (because invalidation messages are received), the callback will be re-executed as well, so we get the best of both worlds. RangeVarGetRelid() is renamed to RangeVarGetRelidExtended(); callers not wishing to supply a callback can continue to invoke it as RangeVarGetRelid(), which is now a macro. Since the only one caller that uses nowait = true now passes a callback anyway, the RangeVarGetRelid() macro defaults nowait as well. The callback can also be used for supplemental locking - for example, REINDEX INDEX needs to acquire the table lock before the index lock to reduce deadlock possibilities. There's a lot more work to be done here to fix all the cases where this can be a problem, but this commit provides the general infrastructure and fixes the following specific cases: REINDEX INDEX, REINDEX TABLE, LOCK TABLE, and and DROP TABLE/INDEX/SEQUENCE/VIEW/FOREIGN TABLE. Per discussion with Noah Misch and Alvaro Herrera.
2011-11-30 16:12:27 +01:00
*/
*heapOid = IndexGetRelation(relId, true);
if (OidIsValid(*heapOid))
LockRelationOid(*heapOid, ShareLock);
}
Implement reindex command
2000-02-18 10:30:20 +01:00
}
/*
* ReindexTable
Make REINDEX DATABASE do what one would expect, namely reindex all indexes in the database. The old behavior (reindex system catalogs only) is now available as REINDEX SYSTEM. I did not add the complementary REINDEX USER case since there did not seem to be consensus for this, but it would be trivial to add later. Per recent discussions.
2005-06-22 23:14:31 +02:00
* Recreate all indexes of a table (and of its toast table, if any)
Implement reindex command
2000-02-18 10:30:20 +01:00
*/
Adjust more backend functions to return OID rather than void. This is again intended to support extensions to the event trigger functionality. This may go a bit further than we need for that purpose, but there's some value in being consistent, and the OID may be useful for other purposes also. Dimitri Fontaine
2012-12-29 13:55:37 +01:00
Oid
Support VERBOSE option in REINDEX command. When this option is specified, a progress report is printed as each index is reindexed. Per discussion, we agreed on the following syntax for the extensibility of the options. REINDEX (flexible options) { INDEX | ... } name Sawada Masahiko. Reviewed by Robert Haas, Fabrízio Mello, Alvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Jim Nasby and me. Discussion: CAD21AoA0pK3YcOZAFzMae+2fcc3oGp5zoRggDyMNg5zoaWDhdQ@mail.gmail.com
2015-05-15 13:09:57 +02:00
ReindexTable(RangeVar *relation, int options)
Implement reindex command
2000-02-18 10:30:20 +01:00
{
pg_class has a relnamespace column. You can create and access tables in schemas other than the system namespace; however, there's no search path yet, and not all operations work yet on tables outside the system namespace.
2002-03-26 20:17:02 +01:00
Oid heapOid;
Implement reindex command
2000-02-18 10:30:20 +01:00
Try to acquire relation locks in RangeVarGetRelid. In the previous coding, we would look up a relation in RangeVarGetRelid, lock the resulting OID, and then AcceptInvalidationMessages(). While this was sufficient to ensure that we noticed any changes to the relation definition before building the relcache entry, it didn't handle the possibility that the name we looked up no longer referenced the same OID. This was particularly problematic in the case where a table had been dropped and recreated: we'd latch on to the entry for the old relation and fail later on. Now, we acquire the relation lock inside RangeVarGetRelid, and retry the name lookup if we notice that invalidation messages have been processed meanwhile. Many operations that would previously have failed with an error in the presence of concurrent DDL will now succeed. There is a good deal of work remaining to be done here: many callers of RangeVarGetRelid still pass NoLock for one reason or another. In addition, nothing in this patch guards against the possibility that the meaning of an unqualified name might change due to the creation of a relation in a schema earlier in the user's search path than the one where it was previously found. Furthermore, there's nothing at all here to guard against similar race conditions for non-relations. For all that, it's a start. Noah Misch and Robert Haas
2011-07-09 04:19:30 +02:00
/* The lock level used here should match reindex_relation(). */
Combine options for RangeVarGetRelidExtended() into a flags argument. A followup patch will add a SKIP_LOCKED option. To avoid introducing evermore arguments, breaking existing callers each time, introduce a flags argument. This'll no doubt break a few external users... Also change the MISSING_OK behaviour so a DEBUG1 debug message is emitted when a relation is not found. Author: Nathan Bossart Reviewed-By: Michael Paquier and Andres Freund Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180306005349.b65whmvj7z6hbe2y@alap3.anarazel.de
2018-03-31 01:33:42 +02:00
heapOid = RangeVarGetRelidExtended(relation, ShareLock, 0,
Improve behavior of concurrent CLUSTER. In the previous coding, a user could queue up for an AccessExclusiveLock on a table they did not have permission to cluster, thus potentially interfering with access by authorized users who got stuck waiting behind the AccessExclusiveLock. This approach avoids that. cluster() has the same permissions-checking requirements as REINDEX TABLE, so this commit moves the now-shared callback to tablecmds.c and renames it, per discussion with Noah Misch.
2011-12-21 21:17:28 +01:00
RangeVarCallbackOwnsTable, NULL);
Fix places that were using IsTransactionBlock() as an (inadequate) check that they'd get to commit immediately on finishing. There's now a centralized routine PreventTransactionChain() that implements the necessary tests.
2002-10-22 00:06:20 +02:00
Restore REINDEX constraint validation. Refactoring as part of commit 8ceb24568054232696dddc1166a8563bc78c900a had the unintended effect of making REINDEX TABLE and REINDEX DATABASE no longer validate constraints enforced by the indexes in question; REINDEX INDEX still did so. Indexes marked invalid remained so, and constraint violations arising from data corruption went undetected. Back-patch to 9.0, like the causative commit.
2013-07-31 00:36:52 +02:00
if (!reindex_relation(heapOid,
REINDEX_REL_PROCESS_TOAST |
Support VERBOSE option in REINDEX command. When this option is specified, a progress report is printed as each index is reindexed. Per discussion, we agreed on the following syntax for the extensibility of the options. REINDEX (flexible options) { INDEX | ... } name Sawada Masahiko. Reviewed by Robert Haas, Fabrízio Mello, Alvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Jim Nasby and me. Discussion: CAD21AoA0pK3YcOZAFzMae+2fcc3oGp5zoRggDyMNg5zoaWDhdQ@mail.gmail.com
2015-05-15 13:09:57 +02:00
REINDEX_REL_CHECK_CONSTRAINTS,
options))
Change some notices to warnings and vice versa according to criteria developed on -hackers.
2003-10-02 08:34:04 +02:00
ereport(NOTICE,
Repair some REINDEX problems per recent discussions. The relcache is now able to cope with assigning new relfilenode values to nailed-in-cache indexes, so they can be reindexed using the fully crash-safe method. This leaves only shared system indexes as special cases. Remove the 'index deactivation' code, since it provides no useful protection in the shared- index case. Require reindexing of shared indexes to be done in standalone mode, but remove other restrictions on REINDEX. -P (IgnoreSystemIndexes) now prevents using indexes for lookups, but does not disable index updates. It is therefore safe to allow from PGOPTIONS. Upshot: reindexing system catalogs can be done without a standalone backend for all cases except shared catalogs.
2003-09-24 20:54:02 +02:00
(errmsg("table \"%s\" has no indexes",
Another round of error message editing, covering backend/commands/.
2003-07-20 23:56:35 +02:00
relation->relname)));
Adjust more backend functions to return OID rather than void. This is again intended to support extensions to the event trigger functionality. This may go a bit further than we need for that purpose, but there's some value in being consistent, and the OID may be useful for other purposes also. Dimitri Fontaine
2012-12-29 13:55:37 +01:00
return heapOid;
Implement reindex command
2000-02-18 10:30:20 +01:00
}
/*
Code cleanup for REINDEX DATABASE/SCHEMA/SYSTEM. Fix some minor infelicities. Some of these things were introduced in commit fe263d115a7dd16095b8b8f1e943aff2bb4574d2, and some are older.
2015-03-08 17:18:43 +01:00
* ReindexMultipleTables
* Recreate indexes of tables selected by objectName/objectKind.
Repair some REINDEX problems per recent discussions. The relcache is now able to cope with assigning new relfilenode values to nailed-in-cache indexes, so they can be reindexed using the fully crash-safe method. This leaves only shared system indexes as special cases. Remove the 'index deactivation' code, since it provides no useful protection in the shared- index case. Require reindexing of shared indexes to be done in standalone mode, but remove other restrictions on REINDEX. -P (IgnoreSystemIndexes) now prevents using indexes for lookups, but does not disable index updates. It is therefore safe to allow from PGOPTIONS. Upshot: reindexing system catalogs can be done without a standalone backend for all cases except shared catalogs.
2003-09-24 20:54:02 +02:00
*
* To reduce the probability of deadlocks, each table is reindexed in a
* separate transaction, so we can release the lock on it right away.
First phase of plan-invalidation project: create a plan cache management module and teach PREPARE and protocol-level prepared statements to use it. In service of this, rearrange utility-statement processing so that parse analysis does not assume table schemas can't change before execution for utility statements (necessary because we don't attempt to re-acquire locks for utility statements when reusing a stored plan). This requires some refactoring of the ProcessUtility API, but it ends up cleaner anyway, for instance we can get rid of the QueryContext global. Still to do: fix up SPI and related code to use the plan cache; I'm tempted to try to make SQL functions use it too. Also, there are at least some aspects of system state that we want to ensure remain the same during a replan as in the original processing; search_path certainly ought to behave that way for instance, and perhaps there are others.
2007-03-13 01:33:44 +01:00
* That means this must not be called within a user transaction block!
Implement reindex command
2000-02-18 10:30:20 +01:00
*/
Code cleanup for REINDEX DATABASE/SCHEMA/SYSTEM. Fix some minor infelicities. Some of these things were introduced in commit fe263d115a7dd16095b8b8f1e943aff2bb4574d2, and some are older.
2015-03-08 17:18:43 +01:00
void
Support VERBOSE option in REINDEX command. When this option is specified, a progress report is printed as each index is reindexed. Per discussion, we agreed on the following syntax for the extensibility of the options. REINDEX (flexible options) { INDEX | ... } name Sawada Masahiko. Reviewed by Robert Haas, Fabrízio Mello, Alvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Jim Nasby and me. Discussion: CAD21AoA0pK3YcOZAFzMae+2fcc3oGp5zoRggDyMNg5zoaWDhdQ@mail.gmail.com
2015-05-15 13:09:57 +02:00
ReindexMultipleTables(const char *objectName, ReindexObjectType objectKind,
int options)
Implement reindex command
2000-02-18 10:30:20 +01:00
{
REINDEX SCHEMA Add new SCHEMA option to REINDEX and reindexdb. Sawada Masahiko Reviewed by Michael Paquier and Fabrízio de Royes Mello
2014-12-08 16:28:00 +01:00
Oid objectOid;
Pgindent run for 8.0.
2004-08-29 07:07:03 +02:00
Relation relationRelation;
Ye-old pgindent run. Same 4-space tabs.
2000-04-12 19:17:23 +02:00
HeapScanDesc scan;
Code cleanup for REINDEX DATABASE/SCHEMA/SYSTEM. Fix some minor infelicities. Some of these things were introduced in commit fe263d115a7dd16095b8b8f1e943aff2bb4574d2, and some are older.
2015-03-08 17:18:43 +01:00
ScanKeyData scan_keys[1];
Pgindent run for 8.0.
2004-08-29 07:07:03 +02:00
HeapTuple tuple;
First phase of memory management rewrite (see backend/utils/mmgr/README for details). It doesn't really do that much yet, since there are no short-term memory contexts in the executor, but the infrastructure is in place and long-term contexts are handled reasonably. A few long- standing bugs have been fixed, such as 'VACUUM; anything' in a single query string crashing. Also, out-of-memory is now considered a recoverable ERROR, not FATAL. Eliminate a large amount of crufty, now-dead code in and around memory management. Fix problem with holding off SIGTRAP, SIGSEGV, etc in postmaster and backend startup.
2000-06-28 05:33:33 +02:00
MemoryContext private_context;
Ye-old pgindent run. Same 4-space tabs.
2000-04-12 19:17:23 +02:00
MemoryContext old;
Pgindent run for 8.0.
2004-08-29 07:07:03 +02:00
List *relids = NIL;
ListCell *l;
Code cleanup for REINDEX DATABASE/SCHEMA/SYSTEM. Fix some minor infelicities. Some of these things were introduced in commit fe263d115a7dd16095b8b8f1e943aff2bb4574d2, and some are older.
2015-03-08 17:18:43 +01:00
int num_keys;
Implement reindex command
2000-02-18 10:30:20 +01:00
REINDEX SCHEMA Add new SCHEMA option to REINDEX and reindexdb. Sawada Masahiko Reviewed by Michael Paquier and Fabrízio de Royes Mello
2014-12-08 16:28:00 +01:00
AssertArg(objectName);
Assert(objectKind == REINDEX_OBJECT_SCHEMA ||
objectKind == REINDEX_OBJECT_SYSTEM ||
objectKind == REINDEX_OBJECT_DATABASE);
Implement reindex command
2000-02-18 10:30:20 +01:00
REINDEX SCHEMA Add new SCHEMA option to REINDEX and reindexdb. Sawada Masahiko Reviewed by Michael Paquier and Fabrízio de Royes Mello
2014-12-08 16:28:00 +01:00
/*
Code cleanup for REINDEX DATABASE/SCHEMA/SYSTEM. Fix some minor infelicities. Some of these things were introduced in commit fe263d115a7dd16095b8b8f1e943aff2bb4574d2, and some are older.
2015-03-08 17:18:43 +01:00
* Get OID of object to reindex, being the database currently being used
* by session for a database or for system catalogs, or the schema defined
* by caller. At the same time do permission checks that need different
* processing depending on the object type.
REINDEX SCHEMA Add new SCHEMA option to REINDEX and reindexdb. Sawada Masahiko Reviewed by Michael Paquier and Fabrízio de Royes Mello
2014-12-08 16:28:00 +01:00
*/
if (objectKind == REINDEX_OBJECT_SCHEMA)
{
objectOid = get_namespace_oid(objectName, false);
First phase of memory management rewrite (see backend/utils/mmgr/README for details). It doesn't really do that much yet, since there are no short-term memory contexts in the executor, but the infrastructure is in place and long-term contexts are handled reasonably. A few long- standing bugs have been fixed, such as 'VACUUM; anything' in a single query string crashing. Also, out-of-memory is now considered a recoverable ERROR, not FATAL. Eliminate a large amount of crufty, now-dead code in and around memory management. Fix problem with holding off SIGTRAP, SIGSEGV, etc in postmaster and backend startup.
2000-06-28 05:33:33 +02:00
REINDEX SCHEMA Add new SCHEMA option to REINDEX and reindexdb. Sawada Masahiko Reviewed by Michael Paquier and Fabrízio de Royes Mello
2014-12-08 16:28:00 +01:00
if (!pg_namespace_ownercheck(objectOid, GetUserId()))
Replace AclObjectKind with ObjectType AclObjectKind was basically just another enumeration for object types, and we already have a preferred one for that. It's only used in aclcheck_error. By using ObjectType instead, we can also give some more precise error messages, for example "index" instead of "relation". Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2017-12-02 15:26:34 +01:00
aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SCHEMA,
REINDEX SCHEMA Add new SCHEMA option to REINDEX and reindexdb. Sawada Masahiko Reviewed by Michael Paquier and Fabrízio de Royes Mello
2014-12-08 16:28:00 +01:00
objectName);
}
else
{
objectOid = MyDatabaseId;
Code cleanup for REINDEX DATABASE/SCHEMA/SYSTEM. Fix some minor infelicities. Some of these things were introduced in commit fe263d115a7dd16095b8b8f1e943aff2bb4574d2, and some are older.
2015-03-08 17:18:43 +01:00
if (strcmp(objectName, get_database_name(objectOid)) != 0)
REINDEX SCHEMA Add new SCHEMA option to REINDEX and reindexdb. Sawada Masahiko Reviewed by Michael Paquier and Fabrízio de Royes Mello
2014-12-08 16:28:00 +01:00
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
errmsg("can only reindex the currently open database")));
Code cleanup for REINDEX DATABASE/SCHEMA/SYSTEM. Fix some minor infelicities. Some of these things were introduced in commit fe263d115a7dd16095b8b8f1e943aff2bb4574d2, and some are older.
2015-03-08 17:18:43 +01:00
if (!pg_database_ownercheck(objectOid, GetUserId()))
Replace AclObjectKind with ObjectType AclObjectKind was basically just another enumeration for object types, and we already have a preferred one for that. It's only used in aclcheck_error. By using ObjectType instead, we can also give some more precise error messages, for example "index" instead of "relation". Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2017-12-02 15:26:34 +01:00
aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_DATABASE,
REINDEX SCHEMA Add new SCHEMA option to REINDEX and reindexdb. Sawada Masahiko Reviewed by Michael Paquier and Fabrízio de Royes Mello
2014-12-08 16:28:00 +01:00
objectName);
}
Implement reindex command
2000-02-18 10:30:20 +01:00
First phase of memory management rewrite (see backend/utils/mmgr/README for details). It doesn't really do that much yet, since there are no short-term memory contexts in the executor, but the infrastructure is in place and long-term contexts are handled reasonably. A few long- standing bugs have been fixed, such as 'VACUUM; anything' in a single query string crashing. Also, out-of-memory is now considered a recoverable ERROR, not FATAL. Eliminate a large amount of crufty, now-dead code in and around memory management. Fix problem with holding off SIGTRAP, SIGSEGV, etc in postmaster and backend startup.
2000-06-28 05:33:33 +02:00
/*
Standard pgindent run for 8.1.
2005-10-15 04:49:52 +02:00
* Create a memory context that will survive forced transaction commits we
* do below. Since it is a child of PortalContext, it will go away
* eventually even if we suffer an error; there's no need for special
* abort cleanup logic.
First phase of memory management rewrite (see backend/utils/mmgr/README for details). It doesn't really do that much yet, since there are no short-term memory contexts in the executor, but the infrastructure is in place and long-term contexts are handled reasonably. A few long- standing bugs have been fixed, such as 'VACUUM; anything' in a single query string crashing. Also, out-of-memory is now considered a recoverable ERROR, not FATAL. Eliminate a large amount of crufty, now-dead code in and around memory management. Fix problem with holding off SIGTRAP, SIGSEGV, etc in postmaster and backend startup.
2000-06-28 05:33:33 +02:00
*/
Portal and memory management infrastructure for extended query protocol. Both plannable queries and utility commands are now always executed within Portals, which have been revamped so that they can handle the load (they used to be good only for single SELECT queries). Restructure code to push command-completion-tag selection logic out of postgres.c, so that it won't have to be duplicated between simple and extended queries. initdb forced due to addition of a field to Query nodes.
2003-05-02 22:54:36 +02:00
private_context = AllocSetContextCreate(PortalContext,
Code cleanup for REINDEX DATABASE/SCHEMA/SYSTEM. Fix some minor infelicities. Some of these things were introduced in commit fe263d115a7dd16095b8b8f1e943aff2bb4574d2, and some are older.
2015-03-08 17:18:43 +01:00
"ReindexMultipleTables",
Add macros to make AllocSetContextCreate() calls simpler and safer. I found that half a dozen (nearly 5%) of our AllocSetContextCreate calls had typos in the context-sizing parameters. While none of these led to especially significant problems, they did create minor inefficiencies, and it's now clear that expecting people to copy-and-paste those calls accurately is not a great idea. Let's reduce the risk of future errors by introducing single macros that encapsulate the common use-cases. Three such macros are enough to cover all but two special-purpose contexts; those two calls can be left as-is, I think. While this patch doesn't in itself improve matters for third-party extensions, it doesn't break anything for them either, and they can gradually adopt the simplified notation over time. In passing, change TopMemoryContext to use the default allocation parameters. Formerly it could only be extended 8K at a time. That was probably reasonable when this code was written; but nowadays we create many more contexts than we did then, so that it's not unusual to have a couple hundred K in TopMemoryContext, even without considering various dubious code that sticks other things there. There seems no good reason not to let it use growing blocks like most other contexts. Back-patch to 9.6, mostly because that's still close enough to HEAD that it's easy to do so, and keeping the branches in sync can be expected to avoid some future back-patching pain. The bugs fixed by these changes don't seem to be significant enough to justify fixing them further back. Discussion: <21072.1472321324@sss.pgh.pa.us>
2016-08-27 23:50:38 +02:00
ALLOCSET_SMALL_SIZES);
Implement reindex command
2000-02-18 10:30:20 +01:00
Repair some REINDEX problems per recent discussions. The relcache is now able to cope with assigning new relfilenode values to nailed-in-cache indexes, so they can be reindexed using the fully crash-safe method. This leaves only shared system indexes as special cases. Remove the 'index deactivation' code, since it provides no useful protection in the shared- index case. Require reindexing of shared indexes to be done in standalone mode, but remove other restrictions on REINDEX. -P (IgnoreSystemIndexes) now prevents using indexes for lookups, but does not disable index updates. It is therefore safe to allow from PGOPTIONS. Upshot: reindexing system catalogs can be done without a standalone backend for all cases except shared catalogs.
2003-09-24 20:54:02 +02:00
/*
Code cleanup for REINDEX DATABASE/SCHEMA/SYSTEM. Fix some minor infelicities. Some of these things were introduced in commit fe263d115a7dd16095b8b8f1e943aff2bb4574d2, and some are older.
2015-03-08 17:18:43 +01:00
* Define the search keys to find the objects to reindex. For a schema, we
* select target relations using relnamespace, something not necessary for
* a database-wide operation.
REINDEX SCHEMA Add new SCHEMA option to REINDEX and reindexdb. Sawada Masahiko Reviewed by Michael Paquier and Fabrízio de Royes Mello
2014-12-08 16:28:00 +01:00
*/
if (objectKind == REINDEX_OBJECT_SCHEMA)
{
Further changes to REINDEX SCHEMA Ensure we reindex indexes built on Mat Views. Based on patch from Micheal Paquier Add thorough tests to check that indexes on tables, toast tables and mat views are reindexed. Simon Riggs
2014-12-11 23:54:05 +01:00
num_keys = 1;
REINDEX SCHEMA Add new SCHEMA option to REINDEX and reindexdb. Sawada Masahiko Reviewed by Michael Paquier and Fabrízio de Royes Mello
2014-12-08 16:28:00 +01:00
ScanKeyInit(&scan_keys[0],
Anum_pg_class_relnamespace,
BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
ObjectIdGetDatum(objectOid));
}
else
num_keys = 0;
Some minor tweaks of REINDEX processing: grab exclusive lock a little earlier, make error checks more uniform.
2001-11-20 03:46:13 +01:00
/*
* Scan pg_class to build a list of the relations we need to reindex.
Repair some REINDEX problems per recent discussions. The relcache is now able to cope with assigning new relfilenode values to nailed-in-cache indexes, so they can be reindexed using the fully crash-safe method. This leaves only shared system indexes as special cases. Remove the 'index deactivation' code, since it provides no useful protection in the shared- index case. Require reindexing of shared indexes to be done in standalone mode, but remove other restrictions on REINDEX. -P (IgnoreSystemIndexes) now prevents using indexes for lookups, but does not disable index updates. It is therefore safe to allow from PGOPTIONS. Upshot: reindexing system catalogs can be done without a standalone backend for all cases except shared catalogs.
2003-09-24 20:54:02 +02:00
*
Update messages, comments and documentation for materialized views. All instances of the verbiage lagging the code. Back-patch to 9.3, where materialized views were introduced.
2013-07-05 21:25:51 +02:00
* We only consider plain relations and materialized views here (toast
* rels will be processed indirectly by reindex_relation).
Some minor tweaks of REINDEX processing: grab exclusive lock a little earlier, make error checks more uniform.
2001-11-20 03:46:13 +01:00
*/
Completion of project to use fixed OIDs for all system catalogs and indexes. Replace all heap_openr and index_openr calls by heap_open and index_open. Remove runtime lookups of catalog OID numbers in various places. Remove relcache's support for looking up system catalogs by name. Bulky but mostly very boring patch ...
2005-04-14 22:03:27 +02:00
relationRelation = heap_open(RelationRelationId, AccessShareLock);
REINDEX SCHEMA Add new SCHEMA option to REINDEX and reindexdb. Sawada Masahiko Reviewed by Michael Paquier and Fabrízio de Royes Mello
2014-12-08 16:28:00 +01:00
scan = heap_beginscan_catalog(relationRelation, num_keys, scan_keys);
Restructure indexscan API (index_beginscan, index_getnext) per yesterday's proposal to pghackers. Also remove unnecessary parameters to heap_beginscan, heap_rescan. I modified pg_proc.h to reflect the new numbers of parameters for the AM interface routines, but did not force an initdb because nothing actually looks at those fields.
2002-05-21 01:51:44 +02:00
while ((tuple = heap_getnext(scan, ForwardScanDirection)) != NULL)
Implement reindex command
2000-02-18 10:30:20 +01:00
{
Repair some REINDEX problems per recent discussions. The relcache is now able to cope with assigning new relfilenode values to nailed-in-cache indexes, so they can be reindexed using the fully crash-safe method. This leaves only shared system indexes as special cases. Remove the 'index deactivation' code, since it provides no useful protection in the shared- index case. Require reindexing of shared indexes to be done in standalone mode, but remove other restrictions on REINDEX. -P (IgnoreSystemIndexes) now prevents using indexes for lookups, but does not disable index updates. It is therefore safe to allow from PGOPTIONS. Upshot: reindexing system catalogs can be done without a standalone backend for all cases except shared catalogs.
2003-09-24 20:54:02 +02:00
Form_pg_class classtuple = (Form_pg_class) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
Refine our definition of what constitutes a system relation. Although user-defined relations can't be directly created in pg_catalog, it's possible for them to end up there, because you can create them in some other schema and then use ALTER TABLE .. SET SCHEMA to move them there. Previously, such relations couldn't afterwards be manipulated, because IsSystemRelation()/IsSystemClass() rejected all attempts to modify objects in the pg_catalog schema, regardless of their origin. With this patch, they now reject only those objects in pg_catalog which were created at initdb-time, allowing most operations on user-created tables in pg_catalog to proceed normally. This patch also adds new functions IsCatalogRelation() and IsCatalogClass(), which is similar to IsSystemRelation() and IsSystemClass() but with a slightly narrower definition: only TOAST tables of system catalogs are included, rather than *all* TOAST tables. This is currently used only for making decisions about when invalidation messages need to be sent, but upcoming logical decoding patches will find other uses for this information. Andres Freund, with some modifications by me.
2013-11-29 02:57:20 +01:00
Oid relid = HeapTupleGetOid(tuple);
Repair some REINDEX problems per recent discussions. The relcache is now able to cope with assigning new relfilenode values to nailed-in-cache indexes, so they can be reindexed using the fully crash-safe method. This leaves only shared system indexes as special cases. Remove the 'index deactivation' code, since it provides no useful protection in the shared- index case. Require reindexing of shared indexes to be done in standalone mode, but remove other restrictions on REINDEX. -P (IgnoreSystemIndexes) now prevents using indexes for lookups, but does not disable index updates. It is therefore safe to allow from PGOPTIONS. Upshot: reindexing system catalogs can be done without a standalone backend for all cases except shared catalogs.
2003-09-24 20:54:02 +02:00
Further changes to REINDEX SCHEMA Ensure we reindex indexes built on Mat Views. Based on patch from Micheal Paquier Add thorough tests to check that indexes on tables, toast tables and mat views are reindexed. Simon Riggs
2014-12-11 23:54:05 +01:00
/*
Code cleanup for REINDEX DATABASE/SCHEMA/SYSTEM. Fix some minor infelicities. Some of these things were introduced in commit fe263d115a7dd16095b8b8f1e943aff2bb4574d2, and some are older.
2015-03-08 17:18:43 +01:00
* Only regular tables and matviews can have indexes, so ignore any
* other kind of relation.
Local partitioned indexes When CREATE INDEX is run on a partitioned table, create catalog entries for an index on the partitioned table (which is just a placeholder since the table proper has no data of its own), and recurse to create actual indexes on the existing partitions; create them in future partitions also. As a convenience gadget, if the new index definition matches some existing index in partitions, these are picked up and used instead of creating new ones. Whichever way these indexes come about, they become attached to the index on the parent table and are dropped alongside it, and cannot be dropped on isolation unless they are detached first. To support pg_dump'ing these indexes, add commands CREATE INDEX ON ONLY <table> (which creates the index on the parent partitioned table, without recursing) and ALTER INDEX ATTACH PARTITION (which is used after the indexes have been created individually on each partition, to attach them to the parent index). These reconstruct prior database state exactly. Reviewed-by: (in alphabetical order) Peter Eisentraut, Robert Haas, Amit Langote, Jesper Pedersen, Simon Riggs, David Rowley Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171113170646.gzweigyrgg6pwsg4@alvherre.pgsql
2018-01-19 15:49:22 +01:00
*
* It is tempting to also consider partitioned tables here, but that
* has the problem that if the children are in the same schema, they
* would be processed twice. Maybe we could have a separate list of
* partitioned tables, and expand that afterwards into relids,
* ignoring any duplicates.
Further changes to REINDEX SCHEMA Ensure we reindex indexes built on Mat Views. Based on patch from Micheal Paquier Add thorough tests to check that indexes on tables, toast tables and mat views are reindexed. Simon Riggs
2014-12-11 23:54:05 +01:00
*/
Add a materialized view relations. A materialized view has a rule just like a view and a heap and other physical properties like a table. The rule is only used to populate the table, references in queries refer to the materialized data. This is a minimal implementation, but should still be useful in many cases. Currently data is only populated "on demand" by the CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW and REFRESH MATERIALIZED VIEW statements. It is expected that future releases will add incremental updates with various timings, and that a more refined concept of defining what is "fresh" data will be developed. At some point it may even be possible to have queries use a materialized in place of references to underlying tables, but that requires the other above-mentioned features to be working first. Much of the documentation work by Robert Haas. Review by Noah Misch, Thom Brown, Robert Haas, Marko Tiikkaja Security review by KaiGai Kohei, with a decision on how best to implement sepgsql still pending.
2013-03-04 01:23:31 +01:00
if (classtuple->relkind != RELKIND_RELATION &&
classtuple->relkind != RELKIND_MATVIEW)
Repair some REINDEX problems per recent discussions. The relcache is now able to cope with assigning new relfilenode values to nailed-in-cache indexes, so they can be reindexed using the fully crash-safe method. This leaves only shared system indexes as special cases. Remove the 'index deactivation' code, since it provides no useful protection in the shared- index case. Require reindexing of shared indexes to be done in standalone mode, but remove other restrictions on REINDEX. -P (IgnoreSystemIndexes) now prevents using indexes for lookups, but does not disable index updates. It is therefore safe to allow from PGOPTIONS. Upshot: reindexing system catalogs can be done without a standalone backend for all cases except shared catalogs.
2003-09-24 20:54:02 +02:00
continue;
Cause REINDEX to regard TOAST tables as regular relations, not system tables that need special defenses. I believe this is okay even for TOAST tables that belong to system tables.
2002-08-29 17:56:20 +02:00
Make CLUSTER and REINDEX silently skip remote temp tables in their database-wide editions. Per report from bitsandbytes88 <at> hotmail.com and subsequent discussion.
2007-09-10 23:59:37 +02:00
/* Skip temp tables of other backends; we can't reindex them at all */
Generalize concept of temporary relations to "relation persistence". This commit replaces pg_class.relistemp with pg_class.relpersistence; and also modifies the RangeVar node type to carry relpersistence rather than istemp. It also removes removes rd_istemp from RelationData and instead performs the correct computation based on relpersistence. For clarity, we add three new macros: RelationNeedsWAL(), RelationUsesLocalBuffers(), and RelationUsesTempNamespace(), so that we can clarify the purpose of each check that previous depended on rd_istemp. This is intended as infrastructure for the upcoming unlogged tables patch, as well as for future possible work on global temporary tables.
2010-12-13 18:34:26 +01:00
if (classtuple->relpersistence == RELPERSISTENCE_TEMP &&
Modify the relcache to record the temp status of both local and nonlocal temp relations; this is no more expensive than before, now that we have pg_class.relistemp. Insert tests into bufmgr.c to prevent attempting to fetch pages from nonlocal temp relations. This provides a low-level defense against bugs-of-omission allowing temp pages to be loaded into shared buffers, as in the contrib/pgstattuple problem reported by Stuart Bishop. While at it, tweak a bunch of places to use new relcache tests (instead of expensive probes into pg_namespace) to detect local or nonlocal temp tables.
2009-04-01 00:12:48 +02:00
!isTempNamespace(classtuple->relnamespace))
Make CLUSTER and REINDEX silently skip remote temp tables in their database-wide editions. Per report from bitsandbytes88 <at> hotmail.com and subsequent discussion.
2007-09-10 23:59:37 +02:00
continue;
Make REINDEX DATABASE do what one would expect, namely reindex all indexes in the database. The old behavior (reindex system catalogs only) is now available as REINDEX SYSTEM. I did not add the complementary REINDEX USER case since there did not seem to be consensus for this, but it would be trivial to add later. Per recent discussions.
2005-06-22 23:14:31 +02:00
/* Check user/system classification, and optionally skip */
Code cleanup for REINDEX DATABASE/SCHEMA/SYSTEM. Fix some minor infelicities. Some of these things were introduced in commit fe263d115a7dd16095b8b8f1e943aff2bb4574d2, and some are older.
2015-03-08 17:18:43 +01:00
if (objectKind == REINDEX_OBJECT_SYSTEM &&
!IsSystemClass(relid, classtuple))
REINDEX SCHEMA Add new SCHEMA option to REINDEX and reindexdb. Sawada Masahiko Reviewed by Michael Paquier and Fabrízio de Royes Mello
2014-12-08 16:28:00 +01:00
continue;
Repair some REINDEX problems per recent discussions. The relcache is now able to cope with assigning new relfilenode values to nailed-in-cache indexes, so they can be reindexed using the fully crash-safe method. This leaves only shared system indexes as special cases. Remove the 'index deactivation' code, since it provides no useful protection in the shared- index case. Require reindexing of shared indexes to be done in standalone mode, but remove other restrictions on REINDEX. -P (IgnoreSystemIndexes) now prevents using indexes for lookups, but does not disable index updates. It is therefore safe to allow from PGOPTIONS. Upshot: reindexing system catalogs can be done without a standalone backend for all cases except shared catalogs.
2003-09-24 20:54:02 +02:00
Code cleanup for REINDEX DATABASE/SCHEMA/SYSTEM. Fix some minor infelicities. Some of these things were introduced in commit fe263d115a7dd16095b8b8f1e943aff2bb4574d2, and some are older.
2015-03-08 17:18:43 +01:00
/* Save the list of relation OIDs in private context */
old = MemoryContextSwitchTo(private_context);
REINDEX SCHEMA Add new SCHEMA option to REINDEX and reindexdb. Sawada Masahiko Reviewed by Michael Paquier and Fabrízio de Royes Mello
2014-12-08 16:28:00 +01:00
/*
Code cleanup for REINDEX DATABASE/SCHEMA/SYSTEM. Fix some minor infelicities. Some of these things were introduced in commit fe263d115a7dd16095b8b8f1e943aff2bb4574d2, and some are older.
2015-03-08 17:18:43 +01:00
* We always want to reindex pg_class first if it's selected to be
* reindexed. This ensures that if there is any corruption in
* pg_class' indexes, they will be fixed before we process any other
* tables. This is critical because reindexing itself will try to
* update pg_class.
REINDEX SCHEMA Add new SCHEMA option to REINDEX and reindexdb. Sawada Masahiko Reviewed by Michael Paquier and Fabrízio de Royes Mello
2014-12-08 16:28:00 +01:00
*/
Code cleanup for REINDEX DATABASE/SCHEMA/SYSTEM. Fix some minor infelicities. Some of these things were introduced in commit fe263d115a7dd16095b8b8f1e943aff2bb4574d2, and some are older.
2015-03-08 17:18:43 +01:00
if (relid == RelationRelationId)
relids = lcons_oid(relid, relids);
else
relids = lappend_oid(relids, relid);
Repair some REINDEX problems per recent discussions. The relcache is now able to cope with assigning new relfilenode values to nailed-in-cache indexes, so they can be reindexed using the fully crash-safe method. This leaves only shared system indexes as special cases. Remove the 'index deactivation' code, since it provides no useful protection in the shared- index case. Require reindexing of shared indexes to be done in standalone mode, but remove other restrictions on REINDEX. -P (IgnoreSystemIndexes) now prevents using indexes for lookups, but does not disable index updates. It is therefore safe to allow from PGOPTIONS. Upshot: reindexing system catalogs can be done without a standalone backend for all cases except shared catalogs.
2003-09-24 20:54:02 +02:00
MemoryContextSwitchTo(old);
Implement reindex command
2000-02-18 10:30:20 +01:00
}
heap_endscan(scan);
heap_close(relationRelation, AccessShareLock);
Some minor tweaks of REINDEX processing: grab exclusive lock a little earlier, make error checks more uniform.
2001-11-20 03:46:13 +01:00
/* Now reindex each rel in a separate transaction */
Improve snapshot manager by keeping explicit track of snapshots. There are two ways to track a snapshot: there's the "registered" list, which is used for arbitrary long-lived snapshots; and there's the "active stack", which is used for the snapshot that is considered "active" at any time. This also allows users of snapshots to stop worrying about snapshot memory allocation and freeing, and about using PG_TRY blocks around ActiveSnapshot assignment. This is all done automatically now. As a consequence, this allows us to reset MyProc->xmin when there are no more snapshots registered in the current backend, reducing the impact that long-running transactions have on VACUUM.
2008-05-12 22:02:02 +02:00
PopActiveSnapshot();
Backend support for autocommit removed, per recent discussions. The only remnant of this failed experiment is that the server will take SET AUTOCOMMIT TO ON. Still TODO: provide some client-side autocommit logic in libpq.
2003-05-14 05:26:03 +02:00
CommitTransactionCommand();
Reimplement the linked list data structure used throughout the backend. In the past, we used a 'Lispy' linked list implementation: a "list" was merely a pointer to the head node of the list. The problem with that design is that it makes lappend() and length() linear time. This patch fixes that problem (and others) by maintaining a count of the list length and a pointer to the tail node along with each head node pointer. A "list" is now a pointer to a structure containing some meta-data about the list; the head and tail pointers in that structure refer to ListCell structures that maintain the actual linked list of nodes. The function names of the list API have also been changed to, I hope, be more logically consistent. By default, the old function names are still available; they will be disabled-by-default once the rest of the tree has been updated to use the new API names.
2004-05-26 06:41:50 +02:00
foreach(l, relids)
Implement reindex command
2000-02-18 10:30:20 +01:00
{
Pgindent run for 8.0.
2004-08-29 07:07:03 +02:00
Oid relid = lfirst_oid(l);
Repair some REINDEX problems per recent discussions. The relcache is now able to cope with assigning new relfilenode values to nailed-in-cache indexes, so they can be reindexed using the fully crash-safe method. This leaves only shared system indexes as special cases. Remove the 'index deactivation' code, since it provides no useful protection in the shared- index case. Require reindexing of shared indexes to be done in standalone mode, but remove other restrictions on REINDEX. -P (IgnoreSystemIndexes) now prevents using indexes for lookups, but does not disable index updates. It is therefore safe to allow from PGOPTIONS. Upshot: reindexing system catalogs can be done without a standalone backend for all cases except shared catalogs.
2003-09-24 20:54:02 +02:00
Backend support for autocommit removed, per recent discussions. The only remnant of this failed experiment is that the server will take SET AUTOCOMMIT TO ON. Still TODO: provide some client-side autocommit logic in libpq.
2003-05-14 05:26:03 +02:00
StartTransactionCommand();
Redesign query-snapshot timing so that volatile functions in READ COMMITTED mode see a fresh snapshot for each command in the function, rather than using the latest interactive command's snapshot. Also, suppress fresh snapshots as well as CommandCounterIncrement inside STABLE and IMMUTABLE functions, instead using the snapshot taken for the most closely nested regular query. (This behavior is only sane for read-only functions, so the patch also enforces that such functions contain only SELECT commands.) As per my proposal of 6-Sep-2004; I note that I floated essentially the same proposal on 19-Jun-2002, but that discussion tailed off without any action. Since 8.0 seems like the right place to be taking possibly nontrivial backwards compatibility hits, let's get it done now.
2004-09-13 22:10:13 +02:00
/* functions in indexes may want a snapshot set */
Improve snapshot manager by keeping explicit track of snapshots. There are two ways to track a snapshot: there's the "registered" list, which is used for arbitrary long-lived snapshots; and there's the "active stack", which is used for the snapshot that is considered "active" at any time. This also allows users of snapshots to stop worrying about snapshot memory allocation and freeing, and about using PG_TRY blocks around ActiveSnapshot assignment. This is all done automatically now. As a consequence, this allows us to reset MyProc->xmin when there are no more snapshots registered in the current backend, reducing the impact that long-running transactions have on VACUUM.
2008-05-12 22:02:02 +02:00
PushActiveSnapshot(GetTransactionSnapshot());
Restore REINDEX constraint validation. Refactoring as part of commit 8ceb24568054232696dddc1166a8563bc78c900a had the unintended effect of making REINDEX TABLE and REINDEX DATABASE no longer validate constraints enforced by the indexes in question; REINDEX INDEX still did so. Indexes marked invalid remained so, and constraint violations arising from data corruption went undetected. Back-patch to 9.0, like the causative commit.
2013-07-31 00:36:52 +02:00
if (reindex_relation(relid,
REINDEX_REL_PROCESS_TOAST |
Support VERBOSE option in REINDEX command. When this option is specified, a progress report is printed as each index is reindexed. Per discussion, we agreed on the following syntax for the extensibility of the options. REINDEX (flexible options) { INDEX | ... } name Sawada Masahiko. Reviewed by Robert Haas, Fabrízio Mello, Alvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Jim Nasby and me. Discussion: CAD21AoA0pK3YcOZAFzMae+2fcc3oGp5zoRggDyMNg5zoaWDhdQ@mail.gmail.com
2015-05-15 13:09:57 +02:00
REINDEX_REL_CHECK_CONSTRAINTS,
options))
if (options & REINDEXOPT_VERBOSE)
ereport(INFO,
(errmsg("table \"%s.%s\" was reindexed",
get_namespace_name(get_rel_namespace(relid)),
get_rel_name(relid))));
Improve snapshot manager by keeping explicit track of snapshots. There are two ways to track a snapshot: there's the "registered" list, which is used for arbitrary long-lived snapshots; and there's the "active stack", which is used for the snapshot that is considered "active" at any time. This also allows users of snapshots to stop worrying about snapshot memory allocation and freeing, and about using PG_TRY blocks around ActiveSnapshot assignment. This is all done automatically now. As a consequence, this allows us to reset MyProc->xmin when there are no more snapshots registered in the current backend, reducing the impact that long-running transactions have on VACUUM.
2008-05-12 22:02:02 +02:00
PopActiveSnapshot();
Backend support for autocommit removed, per recent discussions. The only remnant of this failed experiment is that the server will take SET AUTOCOMMIT TO ON. Still TODO: provide some client-side autocommit logic in libpq.
2003-05-14 05:26:03 +02:00
CommitTransactionCommand();
Implement reindex command
2000-02-18 10:30:20 +01:00
}
Backend support for autocommit removed, per recent discussions. The only remnant of this failed experiment is that the server will take SET AUTOCOMMIT TO ON. Still TODO: provide some client-side autocommit logic in libpq.
2003-05-14 05:26:03 +02:00
StartTransactionCommand();
First phase of memory management rewrite (see backend/utils/mmgr/README for details). It doesn't really do that much yet, since there are no short-term memory contexts in the executor, but the infrastructure is in place and long-term contexts are handled reasonably. A few long- standing bugs have been fixed, such as 'VACUUM; anything' in a single query string crashing. Also, out-of-memory is now considered a recoverable ERROR, not FATAL. Eliminate a large amount of crufty, now-dead code in and around memory management. Fix problem with holding off SIGTRAP, SIGSEGV, etc in postmaster and backend startup.
2000-06-28 05:33:33 +02:00
MemoryContextDelete(private_context);
Implement reindex command
2000-02-18 10:30:20 +01:00
}
Local partitioned indexes When CREATE INDEX is run on a partitioned table, create catalog entries for an index on the partitioned table (which is just a placeholder since the table proper has no data of its own), and recurse to create actual indexes on the existing partitions; create them in future partitions also. As a convenience gadget, if the new index definition matches some existing index in partitions, these are picked up and used instead of creating new ones. Whichever way these indexes come about, they become attached to the index on the parent table and are dropped alongside it, and cannot be dropped on isolation unless they are detached first. To support pg_dump'ing these indexes, add commands CREATE INDEX ON ONLY <table> (which creates the index on the parent partitioned table, without recursing) and ALTER INDEX ATTACH PARTITION (which is used after the indexes have been created individually on each partition, to attach them to the parent index). These reconstruct prior database state exactly. Reviewed-by: (in alphabetical order) Peter Eisentraut, Robert Haas, Amit Langote, Jesper Pedersen, Simon Riggs, David Rowley Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171113170646.gzweigyrgg6pwsg4@alvherre.pgsql
2018-01-19 15:49:22 +01:00
/*
* ReindexPartitionedIndex
* Reindex each child of the given partitioned index.
*
* Not yet implemented.
*/
static void
ReindexPartitionedIndex(Relation parentIdx)
{
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
errmsg("REINDEX is not yet implemented for partitioned indexes")));
}
/*
* Insert or delete an appropriate pg_inherits tuple to make the given index
* be a partition of the indicated parent index.
*
* This also corrects the pg_depend information for the affected index.
*/
void
IndexSetParentIndex(Relation partitionIdx, Oid parentOid)
{
Relation pg_inherits;
Post-feature-freeze pgindent run. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15719.1523984266@sss.pgh.pa.us
2018-04-26 20:47:16 +02:00
ScanKeyData key[2];
SysScanDesc scan;
Local partitioned indexes When CREATE INDEX is run on a partitioned table, create catalog entries for an index on the partitioned table (which is just a placeholder since the table proper has no data of its own), and recurse to create actual indexes on the existing partitions; create them in future partitions also. As a convenience gadget, if the new index definition matches some existing index in partitions, these are picked up and used instead of creating new ones. Whichever way these indexes come about, they become attached to the index on the parent table and are dropped alongside it, and cannot be dropped on isolation unless they are detached first. To support pg_dump'ing these indexes, add commands CREATE INDEX ON ONLY <table> (which creates the index on the parent partitioned table, without recursing) and ALTER INDEX ATTACH PARTITION (which is used after the indexes have been created individually on each partition, to attach them to the parent index). These reconstruct prior database state exactly. Reviewed-by: (in alphabetical order) Peter Eisentraut, Robert Haas, Amit Langote, Jesper Pedersen, Simon Riggs, David Rowley Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171113170646.gzweigyrgg6pwsg4@alvherre.pgsql
2018-01-19 15:49:22 +01:00
Oid partRelid = RelationGetRelid(partitionIdx);
HeapTuple tuple;
bool fix_dependencies;
/* Make sure this is an index */
Assert(partitionIdx->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_INDEX ||
partitionIdx->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_INDEX);
/*
* Scan pg_inherits for rows linking our index to some parent.
*/
pg_inherits = relation_open(InheritsRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
ScanKeyInit(&key[0],
Anum_pg_inherits_inhrelid,
BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
ObjectIdGetDatum(partRelid));
ScanKeyInit(&key[1],
Anum_pg_inherits_inhseqno,
BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_INT4EQ,
Int32GetDatum(1));
scan = systable_beginscan(pg_inherits, InheritsRelidSeqnoIndexId, true,
NULL, 2, key);
tuple = systable_getnext(scan);
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))
{
if (parentOid == InvalidOid)
{
/*
Post-feature-freeze pgindent run. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15719.1523984266@sss.pgh.pa.us
2018-04-26 20:47:16 +02:00
* No pg_inherits row, and no parent wanted: nothing to do in this
* case.
Local partitioned indexes When CREATE INDEX is run on a partitioned table, create catalog entries for an index on the partitioned table (which is just a placeholder since the table proper has no data of its own), and recurse to create actual indexes on the existing partitions; create them in future partitions also. As a convenience gadget, if the new index definition matches some existing index in partitions, these are picked up and used instead of creating new ones. Whichever way these indexes come about, they become attached to the index on the parent table and are dropped alongside it, and cannot be dropped on isolation unless they are detached first. To support pg_dump'ing these indexes, add commands CREATE INDEX ON ONLY <table> (which creates the index on the parent partitioned table, without recursing) and ALTER INDEX ATTACH PARTITION (which is used after the indexes have been created individually on each partition, to attach them to the parent index). These reconstruct prior database state exactly. Reviewed-by: (in alphabetical order) Peter Eisentraut, Robert Haas, Amit Langote, Jesper Pedersen, Simon Riggs, David Rowley Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171113170646.gzweigyrgg6pwsg4@alvherre.pgsql
2018-01-19 15:49:22 +01:00
*/
fix_dependencies = false;
}
else
{
Post-feature-freeze pgindent run. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15719.1523984266@sss.pgh.pa.us
2018-04-26 20:47:16 +02:00
Datum values[Natts_pg_inherits];
bool isnull[Natts_pg_inherits];
Local partitioned indexes When CREATE INDEX is run on a partitioned table, create catalog entries for an index on the partitioned table (which is just a placeholder since the table proper has no data of its own), and recurse to create actual indexes on the existing partitions; create them in future partitions also. As a convenience gadget, if the new index definition matches some existing index in partitions, these are picked up and used instead of creating new ones. Whichever way these indexes come about, they become attached to the index on the parent table and are dropped alongside it, and cannot be dropped on isolation unless they are detached first. To support pg_dump'ing these indexes, add commands CREATE INDEX ON ONLY <table> (which creates the index on the parent partitioned table, without recursing) and ALTER INDEX ATTACH PARTITION (which is used after the indexes have been created individually on each partition, to attach them to the parent index). These reconstruct prior database state exactly. Reviewed-by: (in alphabetical order) Peter Eisentraut, Robert Haas, Amit Langote, Jesper Pedersen, Simon Riggs, David Rowley Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171113170646.gzweigyrgg6pwsg4@alvherre.pgsql
2018-01-19 15:49:22 +01:00
/*
* No pg_inherits row exists, and we want a parent for this index,
* so insert it.
*/
values[Anum_pg_inherits_inhrelid - 1] = ObjectIdGetDatum(partRelid);
values[Anum_pg_inherits_inhparent - 1] =
ObjectIdGetDatum(parentOid);
values[Anum_pg_inherits_inhseqno - 1] = Int32GetDatum(1);
memset(isnull, false, sizeof(isnull));
tuple = heap_form_tuple(RelationGetDescr(pg_inherits),
values, isnull);
CatalogTupleInsert(pg_inherits, tuple);
fix_dependencies = true;
}
}
else
{
Post-feature-freeze pgindent run. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15719.1523984266@sss.pgh.pa.us
2018-04-26 20:47:16 +02:00
Form_pg_inherits inhForm = (Form_pg_inherits) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
Local partitioned indexes When CREATE INDEX is run on a partitioned table, create catalog entries for an index on the partitioned table (which is just a placeholder since the table proper has no data of its own), and recurse to create actual indexes on the existing partitions; create them in future partitions also. As a convenience gadget, if the new index definition matches some existing index in partitions, these are picked up and used instead of creating new ones. Whichever way these indexes come about, they become attached to the index on the parent table and are dropped alongside it, and cannot be dropped on isolation unless they are detached first. To support pg_dump'ing these indexes, add commands CREATE INDEX ON ONLY <table> (which creates the index on the parent partitioned table, without recursing) and ALTER INDEX ATTACH PARTITION (which is used after the indexes have been created individually on each partition, to attach them to the parent index). These reconstruct prior database state exactly. Reviewed-by: (in alphabetical order) Peter Eisentraut, Robert Haas, Amit Langote, Jesper Pedersen, Simon Riggs, David Rowley Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171113170646.gzweigyrgg6pwsg4@alvherre.pgsql
2018-01-19 15:49:22 +01:00
if (parentOid == InvalidOid)
{
/*
* There exists a pg_inherits row, which we want to clear; do so.
*/
CatalogTupleDelete(pg_inherits, &tuple->t_self);
fix_dependencies = true;
}
else
{
/*
* A pg_inherits row exists. If it's the same we want, then we're
* good; if it differs, that amounts to a corrupt catalog and
* should not happen.
*/
if (inhForm->inhparent != parentOid)
{
/* unexpected: we should not get called in this case */
elog(ERROR, "bogus pg_inherit row: inhrelid %u inhparent %u",
inhForm->inhrelid, inhForm->inhparent);
}
/* already in the right state */
fix_dependencies = false;
}
}
/* done with pg_inherits */
systable_endscan(scan);
relation_close(pg_inherits, RowExclusiveLock);
if (fix_dependencies)
{
ObjectAddress partIdx;
/*
* Insert/delete pg_depend rows. If setting a parent, add an
* INTERNAL_AUTO dependency to the parent index; if making standalone,
* remove all existing rows and put back the regular dependency on the
* table.
*/
ObjectAddressSet(partIdx, RelationRelationId, partRelid);
if (OidIsValid(parentOid))
{
Post-feature-freeze pgindent run. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15719.1523984266@sss.pgh.pa.us
2018-04-26 20:47:16 +02:00
ObjectAddress parentIdx;
Local partitioned indexes When CREATE INDEX is run on a partitioned table, create catalog entries for an index on the partitioned table (which is just a placeholder since the table proper has no data of its own), and recurse to create actual indexes on the existing partitions; create them in future partitions also. As a convenience gadget, if the new index definition matches some existing index in partitions, these are picked up and used instead of creating new ones. Whichever way these indexes come about, they become attached to the index on the parent table and are dropped alongside it, and cannot be dropped on isolation unless they are detached first. To support pg_dump'ing these indexes, add commands CREATE INDEX ON ONLY <table> (which creates the index on the parent partitioned table, without recursing) and ALTER INDEX ATTACH PARTITION (which is used after the indexes have been created individually on each partition, to attach them to the parent index). These reconstruct prior database state exactly. Reviewed-by: (in alphabetical order) Peter Eisentraut, Robert Haas, Amit Langote, Jesper Pedersen, Simon Riggs, David Rowley Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171113170646.gzweigyrgg6pwsg4@alvherre.pgsql
2018-01-19 15:49:22 +01:00
ObjectAddressSet(parentIdx, RelationRelationId, parentOid);
recordDependencyOn(&partIdx, &parentIdx, DEPENDENCY_INTERNAL_AUTO);
}
else
{
Post-feature-freeze pgindent run. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15719.1523984266@sss.pgh.pa.us
2018-04-26 20:47:16 +02:00
ObjectAddress partitionTbl;
Local partitioned indexes When CREATE INDEX is run on a partitioned table, create catalog entries for an index on the partitioned table (which is just a placeholder since the table proper has no data of its own), and recurse to create actual indexes on the existing partitions; create them in future partitions also. As a convenience gadget, if the new index definition matches some existing index in partitions, these are picked up and used instead of creating new ones. Whichever way these indexes come about, they become attached to the index on the parent table and are dropped alongside it, and cannot be dropped on isolation unless they are detached first. To support pg_dump'ing these indexes, add commands CREATE INDEX ON ONLY <table> (which creates the index on the parent partitioned table, without recursing) and ALTER INDEX ATTACH PARTITION (which is used after the indexes have been created individually on each partition, to attach them to the parent index). These reconstruct prior database state exactly. Reviewed-by: (in alphabetical order) Peter Eisentraut, Robert Haas, Amit Langote, Jesper Pedersen, Simon Riggs, David Rowley Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171113170646.gzweigyrgg6pwsg4@alvherre.pgsql
2018-01-19 15:49:22 +01:00
ObjectAddressSet(partitionTbl, RelationRelationId,
partitionIdx->rd_index->indrelid);
deleteDependencyRecordsForClass(RelationRelationId, partRelid,
RelationRelationId,
DEPENDENCY_INTERNAL_AUTO);
recordDependencyOn(&partIdx, &partitionTbl, DEPENDENCY_AUTO);
}
Fix CommandCounterIncrement in partition-related DDL It makes sense to do the CCIs in the places that do catalog updates, rather than before the places that error out because the former ones fail to do it. In particular, it looks like StorePartitionBound() and IndexSetParentIndex() ought to make their own CCIs. Per review comments from Peter Eisentraut for row-level triggers on partitioned tables. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171229225319.ajltgss2ojkfd3kp@alvherre.pgsql
2018-03-20 15:19:41 +01:00
/* make our updates visible */
CommandCounterIncrement();
Local partitioned indexes When CREATE INDEX is run on a partitioned table, create catalog entries for an index on the partitioned table (which is just a placeholder since the table proper has no data of its own), and recurse to create actual indexes on the existing partitions; create them in future partitions also. As a convenience gadget, if the new index definition matches some existing index in partitions, these are picked up and used instead of creating new ones. Whichever way these indexes come about, they become attached to the index on the parent table and are dropped alongside it, and cannot be dropped on isolation unless they are detached first. To support pg_dump'ing these indexes, add commands CREATE INDEX ON ONLY <table> (which creates the index on the parent partitioned table, without recursing) and ALTER INDEX ATTACH PARTITION (which is used after the indexes have been created individually on each partition, to attach them to the parent index). These reconstruct prior database state exactly. Reviewed-by: (in alphabetical order) Peter Eisentraut, Robert Haas, Amit Langote, Jesper Pedersen, Simon Riggs, David Rowley Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20171113170646.gzweigyrgg6pwsg4@alvherre.pgsql
2018-01-19 15:49:22 +01:00
}
}